The Organic Law of 19 June, of Qualifications and Vocational Training, aims at the organisation of an integral system of vocational training, qualifications and accreditation, which will respond effectively and transparency of social and economic demands through the various forms of training. To this end, it creates the National System of Qualifications and Vocational Training, defining it in Article 2.1 as the set of instruments and actions necessary to promote and develop the integration of vocational training offerings, through the National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications, as well as the evaluation and accreditation of the corresponding professional skills, in order to promote the professional and social development of the people and cover the needs of the production system.

The National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications, as set out in Article 7.1, is designed to facilitate the integrated nature and adequacy of vocational training and the labour market, as well as training throughout life, the mobility of workers and the unity of the labour market. This catalogue consists of the qualifications identified in the production system and the training associated with them, which is organised in training modules.

Article 5.3 of the Organic Law of 19 June, gives the National Qualifications Institute the responsibility to define, develop and maintain the National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications, in its quality of technical organ of support to the General Council of Vocational Training, whose regulatory development is set out in Article 9.2 of Royal Decree 1128/2003 of 5 September, which regulates the National Catalogue of Qualifications Professionals, in accordance with Article 9.4, the obligation to maintain permanently updated by its periodic review which, in any case, shall be carried out within a period of not more than five years from the date of inclusion of the qualification in the catalogue.

On the other hand, article 7.3 of the Organic Law of June 19, as amended by the Organic Law 4/2011 of March 11, complementary to the Law of Sustainable Economy, lowers the formal requirements required for the (a) changes to the specific aspects of professional qualifications and competence units set out in the National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications in order to facilitate their rapid adaptation to the needs of the economy and job market.

Therefore, this order is issued in application of Royal Decree 817/2014 of 26 September 2014 laying down specific aspects of professional qualifications for the purposes of which it is amended, Article 7.3 of the Organic Law of 19 June 2002 on qualifications and vocational training, which was obtained by the Council of State of the Council of State 618/2014 of 23 July 2014, is applicable to the approval and effects of the legislation.

Thus, in this order, eight professional qualifications of the Professional Family Glass and Ceramics, which has an age in the National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications of more than five years, are updated. Royal Decree 817/2014 of 26 September 2014. However, by virtue of the mainstreaming of certain units of competence updated by this procedure, certain professional qualifications which will be the subject of a deeper or more far-reaching change are affected. with an age less than that expressed.

In the process of drafting this order, the Autonomous Communities have been consulted and the General Council of Vocational Training and the State School Council have issued a report.

Under the joint proposal of the Minister for Education, Culture and Sport and the Minister for Employment and Social Security, I have:

Article 1. Object and scope of application.

This ministerial order aims to update eight professional qualifications for the professional family Vidrio and Ceramica, with the corresponding annexes being replaced, and partially modified. certain professional qualifications through the replacement of certain competing units and training modules, in application of Royal Decree 817/2014 of 26 September, laying down the specific aspects of the professional qualifications for whose modification, procedure of Article 7.3 of the Organic Law of 19 June, on qualifications and vocational training, is applicable to the adoption and effects of the legislation.

Updated and partially modified professional qualifications are valid and are applicable throughout the national territory, and do not constitute a regulation of professional practice.

Article 2. Updating certain professional qualifications of the professional family Vidrio and Ceramica, established by Royal Decree 295/2004 of 20 February establishing certain qualifications Professional training modules are included in the National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications, as well as their corresponding training modules which are incorporated into the Modular Catalogue of Vocational Training.

As set out in the single additional provision of Royal Decree 295/2004 of 20 February 2004, the updating of professional qualifications, the specifications of which are contained in Annexes LIII and LIV of the aforementioned royal decree:

One. A new wording is given to Annex LIII, Professional Qualification and Glass moulding. Level 1. VIC053_1, which is listed as Annex I to this order.

Two. A new wording is given to Annex LIV, Professional Qualification Control of materials, processes and products in ceramic laboratory. Level 2. VIVI054_2, which is listed as Annex II to this order.

Article 3. Updating of certain professional qualifications of the Professional Family Glass and Ceramics, established by Royal Decree 1228/2006 of 27 October, supplementing the National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications, by means of the establishment of certain professional qualifications, as well as their corresponding training modules which are incorporated into the Modular Vocational Training Catalogue.

As set out in the unique additional provision of Royal Decree 1228/2006 of 27 October, the updating of professional qualifications, the specifications of which are contained in the Annexes CCIII, is appropriate. CCIV, CCV, CCVI, CCVIII and CCIX of the said royal decree:

One. A new wording is given to Annex CCIII, Professional Qualification Manufacture and manual and semi-automatic processing of glass products. Level 1. VIC203_1, which is listed as Annex III to this order.

Two. A new wording is given to the Annex CCIV, Professional Qualification Basic operations with automatic equipment in ceramic plant. Level 1. VIC204_1, which is listed as Annex IV to this order.

Three. A new wording is given to Annex CCV, Professional Qualification Manual or semi-automatic reproduction operations of ceramic products. Level 1. VIC205_1, which is listed as Annex V to this order.

Four. A new wording is given to Annex CCVI, Professional Qualification Operations for the manufacture of fried, enamelled and ceramic pigments. Level 2. VIC206_2, which is listed as Annex VI to this order.

Five. A new wording is given to Annex CCVIII, Professional Qualification Organisation for the manufacture of fried, enamelled and ceramic pigments. Level 3. VIC208_3, which is listed as Annex VII to this order.

Six. A new wording is given to Annex CCIX, Professional Qualification Organization of the manufacture of ceramic products. Level 3. VIC209_3, which is listed as Annex VIII to this order.

Article 4. Partial modification of certain professional qualifications, of the Professional Family Glass and Ceramics, established by Royal Decree 1228/2006 of 27 October, supplementing the National Catalogue of Professional Qualifications, by the establishment of certain professional qualifications, as well as their corresponding training modules which are incorporated into the Modular Catalogue of Vocational Training.

As set out in the single additional provision of Royal Decree 1228/2006 of 27 October, the updating of professional qualifications, the specifications of which are contained in the Annexes CCX and CCXI of the aforementioned royal decree:

One. The professional qualification established as ' Annex CCX: Organisation of the manufacture of glass products is amended. Level 3. VIC210_3 "replacing, respectively, the unit of competence" UC0664_3: Participate in the production programming in process industries "and the associated training module" F0664_3: Production programming in process industries. (60 h) "by the competition unit" UC0664_3: Participate in the production programming in process industries "and the associated training module" MF0664_3: Production programming in process industries. (60 h) ", and respectively replacing the" UC0665_3: Participate in the elaboration and maintenance of quality and environmental management systems in process industries " and the associated training module MF0665_3: Management of quality and environmental in process industries. (90 h) "by the competition unit" UC0665_3: Participate in the development and maintenance of quality and environmental management systems in process industries " and the associated training module MF0665_3: Quality management and environmental in process industries. (90 h) "corresponding to Annex VII" Organisation for the manufacture of fried, enamelled and ceramic pigments. Level 3. VIC208_3 " of this order.

Two. The professional qualification established as ' Annex CCXI: Organisation of manufacture in the processing of glass products is hereby amended. Level 3. VIC211_3 "replacing, respectively, the competition unit" UC0664_3: Participate in the production programming in process industries "and the associated training module" F0664_3: Production programming in process industries. (60 h) "by the competition unit" UC0664_3: Participate in the production programming in process industries "and the associated training module" MF0664_3: Production programming in process industries. (60 h) ", and respectively replacing the" UC0665_3: Participate in the elaboration and maintenance of quality and environmental management systems in process industries " and the associated training module MF0665_3: Management of quality and environmental in process industries. (90 h) "by the competition unit" UC0665_3: Participate in the development and maintenance of quality and environmental management systems in process industries " and the associated training module MF0665_3: Quality management and environmental in process industries. (90 h) "corresponding to Annex VII" Organisation for the manufacture of fried, enamelled and ceramic pigments. Level3. VIC208_3 " of this order.

Final disposition first. Competence title.

This order is dictated by the powers conferred on the State by Article 149.1.1. and the 30th of the Constitution, on the regulation of the basic conditions that guarantee the equality of all Spaniards in the exercise of rights and in the fulfilment of constitutional duties, and for the regulation of the conditions for obtaining, issuing and approval of academic and professional qualifications.

Final disposition second. Entry into force.

This order shall enter into force on the day following that of its publication in the "Official State Gazette".

Madrid, October 1, 2015. -Government Vice President and Minister of the Presidency Soraya Saenz de Santamaria Anton.

ANNEX I

PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATION: DECORATION AND MOULDING OF GLASS

Professional Family: Glass and Ceramics

Level: 1

Code: VIC053_1

General Competition

Perform manufacturing, decoration, and molding operations of glass products, following the technical instructions given and ensuring the quality and safety of operations.

Competition Units

UC0144_1: Perform manual mechanized on glass products

UC0145_1: Performing decorations using surface applications on glass products

UC0146_1: Develop glass products by thermoforming and "fusing"

UC0147_1: Build stained glass

Professional Environment

Professional Scope

Develops its activity in areas of decoration and glass molding, dedicated to the manufacture of glass products, in entities of a private nature, in large, small and medium-sized or micro-enterprises, both by is self-employed, irrespective of its legal form. It develops its activity depending on its case, functional and/or hierarchically of a superior. The principles of universal accessibility in accordance with applicable regulations apply in the development of their professional activity.

Productive Sectors

The productive sector of glass is located in the subsector related to the transformation and decoration of ornamental flat glass, packaging, household items and ornamental objects.

Relevant Occupations and Jobs

The terms of the following relationship of occupations and jobs are used with a generic and omnicomprensivo character of women and men.

Glass Workshops

Glass Recorder

Decorative painters in glass, ceramics and other materials

Glass Decorators

Ornamental (thermoformed) flat glass moulders

Fusing operators

Glassware

Glazing glassware

Blowers, modellers, laminators, cutters, and glass pullers

Associated Training (360 hours)

Training Modules

MF0144_1: Manual mechanics on glass products (90 hours)

MF0145_1: Surface applications (90 hours)

MF0146_1: Termoformed and "fusing" (90 hours)

MF0147_1: Glass (90 hours)

COMPETITION UNIT 1: PERFORM MANUAL MECHANIZED ON GLASS PRODUCTS

Level: 1

Code: UC0144_1

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Prepare glass products, pack them, and label them to store them in safety conditions and avoid deterioration.

CR 1.1 Flat glass sheets, glass objects and the products obtained are transported without any deterioration or unacceptable alterations in their characteristics, under conditions of safety.

CR 1.2 Glass products are tagged by marking them, allowing their identification and location in the warehouse.

CR 1.3 Products identified as "non-compliant" are marked and located as provided in the technical instructions.

CR 1.4 Glass products are stored packaged and packaged, avoiding damage.

RP 2: Install flat glass articles for glazing surfaces, following the specifications established and complying with applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CR 2.1 Flat glass sheets for glazing are transported by avoiding deterioration and alterations, complying with applicable regulations.

CR 2.2 The characteristics corresponding to the type of glass are verified by checking their thickness, colour, shape and size according to the technical specifications.

CR 2.3 The cut, sung, and, if applicable, drilled, is controlled by checking their correspondence with the dimensions and characteristics specified in the work order.

CR 2.4 The characteristics of the components and the glass correspond to each other, as set out in the work order.

CR 2.5 The adhesion of the glass is checked, ensuring the continuity of the seal.

CR 2.6 Calzos are placed according to the number and type specified in the work order, complying with applicable regulations.

RP 3: Carry out operations of singing, beveling, polishing, carving and killing to decorate glass products, according to specified technical instructions, procedures and means, complying with the applicable rules of prevention occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 3.1 The preparation of the glass surface is performed, allowing the application of decorative treatments according to the techniques established in the procedures.

CR 3.2 The beveling, polishing, and pall operations are performed by regulating and adjusting the specific machinery, in accordance with the technical instructions and complying with applicable regulations.

CR 3.3 The grinder is selected based on the work order specifications.

CR 3.4. The glass surfaces are carved by adjusting and handling the carving or rotating strawberry and the tools indicated, complying with applicable regulations.

CR 3.5 The abrasive elements subject to wear are identified and replaced in the specified time and mode.

CR 3.6 The templates and aggregates for the decoration by stream of aggregates are specified according to the technical instructions.

CR 3.7 Matted surfaces are obtained with the arid jet machine, adjusting it according to technical instructions and complying with applicable regulations.

CR 3.8 The machines, tools and tools are kept oiled, adjusted and clean according to technical instructions and procedural manuals.

CR 3.9 The work area under the responsibility of the operating staff is kept clean and orderly.

Professional context:

Production media:

Singers and bevelers rectilines, shapes and bilateral. Suction cups for the movement of sheets of glass. Machine for the storage of flat glass, crane-cranes and specific tools for the loading and storage of Lijadoras and polishing machines. Pistol and jet cabin of aggregates, abrasive materials (corindon, sand, synthetic abrasives), templates. Tools for manual carving, around carving. Carburundum, corindon and diamond grinds. Tools and tools for installation of glazing.

Products and results:

Flat glass panes, mirrors, glass containers (bottles, jars and jars), table glass and ornamental glass with carving decorations, chambered, polished singing, paloma chest and engraving the stream of aggregates. Glass panes and ornamental glass modeled with or without mechanical decorations. Flat glass sheets installed.

Information used or generated:

Manufacturing programs, procedures manuals, and technical instructions. Work orders, control sheets, incident parts. Applicable rules on the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

COMPETITION UNIT 2: PERFORM DECORATIONS USING SURFACE APPLICATIONS ON GLASS PRODUCTS

Level: 1

Code: UC0145_1

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Make vitrifiable surface applications to decorate glass, according to specified technical instructions and procedures and means and in compliance with applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational risks and protection environmental.

CR 1.1 The preparation of the glass surface is performed using the techniques set out in the specified technical instructions and procedures.

CR 1.2 The screen printing machine is prepared, dosing the ink according to technical instructions.

CR 1.3 The preparation and application of vitrifiable enamels and inks is performed in accordance with the technical instructions and complying with applicable regulations.

CR 1.4 The application to paintbrush of vitrifiable colored and fillable is performed by ensuring the absence of defects and imperfections in the application and according to the technical instructions.

CR 1.5 Vitrifiable decals are applied by following the technical instructions.

CR 1.6 Vitrifiable glazes and inks are controlled, ensuring the technical characteristics specified in the technical procedures and instructions.

CR 1.7 The vitrified decorations are obtained by applying the cooking cycle indicated in the technical instructions, complying with the applicable regulations.

RP 2: Make non-vitrifiable surface applications to decorate glass, according to specified technical instructions and procedures and means, complying with applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational risks and protection environmental.

CR 2.1 The preparation of the glass surface is performed by allowing the application of non-vitrifiable decorations according to the techniques established in the procedures.

CR 2.2 The cut and sung glass is adjusted to the quality dimensions and characteristics specified in the work order.

CR 2.3 The type of glass, thickness, shape, color, and size is as set out in the technical instructions.

CR 2.4 Auxiliary reagents and materials are identified, tagged and stored following established procedures and complying with applicable regulations.

CR 2.5 The application of paints and coatings is carried out in compliance with the parameters of application weight, pressure and rheological conditions of the paint established in the procedures, complying with the applicable regulations.

CR 2.6 The machines, tools and tools are kept oiled, adjusted and clean according to technical instructions and procedural manuals.

CR 2.7 The work zone under your responsibility remains clean and orderly.

Professional context:

Production media:

screen-screen screens, automatic screen application equipment and manual screen-screen application heads, polyvinyl trays, handguns and manual and automatic aerographic application booths, lathe and brushes. Oven.

Products and results:

Flat glass panes, mirrors, glass containers (bottles, jars and jars) table glass and ornamental glass with inscriptions and/or silk-screen decorations, coloured, filleted.

Information used or generated:

Manufacturing programs, procedures manuals, and technical instructions. Work orders and control sheets (printed and item parts). Applicable rules on the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

COMPETITION UNIT 3: MAKE GLASS PRODUCTS BY THERMOFORMING AND "USING"

Level: 1

Code: UC0146_1

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Prepare the base glass for the decoration operations by following the design, technical instructions, procedures and means specified and complying with the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 1.1 Flat glass sheets are transported by avoiding deterioration and complying with applicable regulations.

CR 1.2 Base glass is cut by the required useful (rulina, hair cutter, disc cutter, among others), according to the specified dimensions.

CR 1.3 The inert face of the base glass is identified, avoiding errors.

CR 1.4 The two sides of the glass are cleaned by allowing the decoration operations, complying with the applicable regulations.

RP 2: Perform operations to decorate the base glass according to the design, technical instructions and procedures and means specified, complying with applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CR 2.1 The glasses are selected based on the decoration to be applied, specified in the design.

CR 2.2 The decoration with glass paste is made according to the decorative characteristics specified in the design and complying with the applicable regulations.

CR 2.3 The decoration with colored glass sheets is made according to the decorative features specified in the design.

CR 2.4 The specified decorative effects are achieved by applying paint to brush or by aerography, according to specified procedures and means.

CR 2.5 The generation of bubbles between glass is realized by obtaining the specified decorative effects.

RP 3: Carry out operations to heat the glass in function of the type of technique used and complying with the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CR 3.1 The base of the oven is prepared according to technical instructions, allowing to obtain parts with the specified characteristics and complying with the applicable regulations.

CR 3.2 The glass part is placed in the prepared oven, allowing to obtain parts with the specified characteristics.

CR 3.3 The heating and cooling temperature curve is selected, taking into account the size and thickness of the glass and the final effect to be obtained.

CR 3.4 The discharge, transport and packaging of the finished product is performed by avoiding deterioration and complying with the applicable regulations.

RP 4: Perform operations to heat-mold flat glass plates in moulds according to technical instructions, complying with applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CR 4.1 Flat glass sheets are transported by avoiding deterioration and complying with applicable regulations.

CR 4.2 The cut and sung glass is adjusted to the quality dimensions and characteristics specified in the work order.

CR 4.3 The mold used conforms to the dimensions of the part to be obtained and to the requirements of the thermal cycle, according to the technical instructions.

CR 4.4 The glass sheets with the dimensions and the technical and aesthetic characteristics indicated are achieved by programming the cooking cycle according to technical instructions.

Professional context:

Production media:

Decoration designs, base glass, cutting tools (rulina, hair cutter, disc cutter, etc.) and separation tools, colored glass plates, glazes, glass threads, glass paste, separator powder. "Fusing" oven. Oven for plate modeling. Molds.

Products and results:

Flat glass and ornamental glass panes decorated by "fusing".

Information used or generated:

Manufacturing programs, procedures manuals, and technical instructions. Work orders for the section manager and control sheets (printed and item parts). Applicable rules on the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

COMPETITION UNIT 4: MAKE STAINED GLASS

Level: 1

Code: UC0147_1

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Prepare glass for the production of the stained glass by following the design, technical instructions, procedures and means specified.

CR 1.1 The correspondence between the design of each of the components of the window and the dimensions and numbering of the templates is checked, following the design and the technical instructions.

CR 1.2 Base glass is cut by the cutting line and the separation tools according to the specified dimensions.

CR 1.3 Parts of complex, circular or curved shapes are obtained by using cutting machines.

CR 1.4 The cutting edge is sung, using the specified procedures and means.

CR 1.5 The cut pieces are controlled, checking the match with the corresponding templates.

CR 1.6 The machines, tools and tools are kept oiled, adjusted and clean according to technical instructions and procedural manuals.

CR 1.7 The work area under the responsibility of the operating staff is kept clean and orderly.

RP 2: Perform operations to mount and frame plemated windows according to specified technical instructions, procedures and means, complying with applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational risks and protection environmental.

CR 2.1 The window frame is constructed by adapting the lead profile to the dimensions specified in the technical instructions.

CR 2.2 The plemomadas are mounted wetting with wax and welding the tips of the plumes.

CR 2.3 The putty is made in compliance with the procedures laid down in the technical instructions.

CR 2.4 The lead profiles of the feathered stained glass are bent and encased, guaranteed the impermeability and rigidity of the stained glass.

CR 2.5 The cleaning of the finished window is done with the established materials and procedures, complying with the applicable regulations.

CR 2.6 The frame of the window is integrated, ensuring that it does not stand out more than the decoration of this one.

CR 2.7 The window is framed by following the technical assembly instructions.

RP 3: Perform operations to mount and frame copper-encased stained glass windows, according to specified technical instructions, procedures and means, and to comply with applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational risks and protection environmental.

CR 3.1 Finishing or lubricant patinas apply to welds, protecting them from oxidation.

CR 3.2 The width of the copper tape used for the encased is verified, adjusting it to the thickness of the glass.

CR 3.3 The copper tape used for the wrapping is applied by avoiding wrinkles and imperfections.

CR 3.4 The decapant is applied to the attachment points, to the lit and to the tin welding, ensuring the attachment of the glasses and complying with the applicable regulations.

CR 3.5 Finishing welding is performed, obtaining a smooth, continuous, abombated gasket and complying with applicable regulations.

CR 3.6 The frame of the window is integrated, ensuring that it does not stand out more than the decoration of this one.

CR 3.7 The stained glass window is placed, respecting the technical assembly instructions.

RP 4: Carry out operations to assemble and frame stained glass windows with concrete profile, according to the technical instructions and procedures and means specified, complying with the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 4.1 The outer iron plate frame is made according to the dimensions specified in the work order.

CR 4.2 Glass "dallas" are cut with the diamond disc by adapting them to the shapes of the set design.

CR 4.3 The decanting of the "dallas" is done, allowing to create the special effects and variations of luminosity specified in the design.

CR 4.4 The mass of concrete is prepared taking into account the characteristics required for the elaboration of the joints of the stained glass.

CR 4.5 The clamping rods are welded to the frame while respecting the established design, complying with the applicable regulations.

CR 4.6 The joints are filled with concrete, ensuring the rigidity and impermeability of the stained glass window according to the technical instructions and means specified.

RP 5: Perform operations to mount and frame windows with aluminum profile, according to the technical instructions and procedures and means specified.

CR 5.1 The inner rods of the glazing are cut and bent according to the design of the window.

CR 5.2 The impermeability and rigidity of the aluminium profile window is ensured by applying silicone to the joints.

CR 5.3 The frame of the window is integrated into the assembly, ensuring that it does not stand out more than the decoration of this one.

CR 5.4 The placement of the window is performed according to technical instructions, procedures, and specified means of assembly.

CR 5.5 The mounted window is cleaned with solvents and with soap and water following specified procedures and means.

Professional context:

Production media:

Cutting and cutting-off tools, diamond disc, glass "dallas", transparent, matted and coloured glass plates. Support junkets, silicone.

Products and results:

pleated windows, by means of copper ("tiffany") , stained glass windows with a concrete profile and glass windows with aluminium profile.

Information used or generated:

Glass designs, work orders, technical instructions, and record and control sheets (printed and item parts). Applicable rules on the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

TRAINING MODULE 1: MANUAL MACHINED IN GLASS PRODUCTS

Level: 1

Code: MF0144_1

Associated with UC: Perform manual mechanized on glass products

Duration: 90 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Identify the main manufacturing processes, decoration and assembly of glass products, each describing them.

CE1.1 Identify the main transport, cutting, singing and drilling techniques of flat glass sheets relating to equipment and media.

CE1.2 Describe the works for the preparation and the assembly in the work of a certain prefabricated element of glass, quote the useful tools and tools and explain the logical sequence of operations.

CE1.3 Explain the logical sequence of manufacturing operations in glass products by relating the media to the product obtained.

CE1.4 Select the different techniques of mechanical decoration of glass products relating to the media and the products obtained.

C2: Perform mechanical manufacturing on glass sheets for glazing, identifying possible defects with the causes that originate them.

CE2.1 In a practical case of glass sheet manufacturing, from written work orders and given materials:

-Select the type of glass based on work orders.

-Identify the means and materials involved in the execution of the various machining operations.

-Set the appropriate sequence of operations, taking care of work orders.

-Select the tools, tools, and machines to justify your choice.

-Transport flat glass sheets by means of windy, avoiding deterioration.

-Adjust cutting, beveling, singing, killing, sanding and drilling machines, according to technical instructions.

-Perform the mechanical operations of cutting, beveling, singing, killing, sanding and drilling described in the work orders according to the technical characteristics.

-Transport and store the obtained products, avoiding damage.

CE2.2 Identify the main occupational risks of operations by relating them to individual protection means.

CE2.3 Identify possible defects by relating them to the causes that originate them.

C3: Decorate glass products using mechanical means.

CE3.1 In a practical scenario of mechanical decoration of glass products, from written work orders and given materials:

-Select the specified product by taking the work order.

-Identify the means and materials involved in the execution of the various machining operations.

-Set the appropriate sequence of operations required, taking care of the work order.

-Select the useful tools, tools, and machines, justifying your choice.

-Adjust the engraving machines to the arid and carved jet, according to technical instructions.

-Perform the mechanical engraving decorations to the stream of aggregates and carved out the work orders.

-Transport and store the obtained products, avoiding damage.

CE3.2 Identify the main occupational risks of operations by relating them to individual protection means.

CE3.3 Identify possible defects, relating them to the causes that originate them.

C4: Mount and seal glass sheets for glazing, identifying possible defects with the causes that cause them.

CE4.1 In a practical case of mounting glazing or prefabricated glass panels, from technical assembly instructions and with given materials:

-Indicate the logical sequence of operations, taking care of the work order.

-Select glass parts, tools, tools, and materials according to technical characteristics.

-Operate tools and tools by conditioning the glass elements to their mounting and fixing.

-Operate useful and tools for mounting and fixing glazing and/or prefabricated glass panels, according to established procedures.

-Sellar or, if appropriate, place junkets, according to established procedures.

CE4.2 Identify the main occupational risks of operations by relating them to individual protection means.

CE4.3 Identify possible defects, relating them to the causes that originate them.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C2 with respect to CE2.1; C3 with respect to CE3.1; C4 with respect to CE4.1.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

Finish the job based on criteria of suitability, speed, economy and effectiveness.

Adapt to organization, organizational and technological changes, as well as new situations or contexts.

Interpret and execute the work instructions.

Respect the organization's internal procedures and rules.

Habit to the organization's work rate.

Contents:

1. Manufacture and

of glazing

Mechanical operations in flat glass products.

Cut, separation, drilling, canting.

Finish operations: polished, chambered, sanded and chambered.

Preparation and handling of machinery, tools and tools: cutting tables.

Taladoring, canter, herring, sanding, beveler.

Specifications for glasses with special finishes.

2. Mechanical decorations in flat glass products

Engraved with the stream of aggregates: surface matting and embossed.

Talked: faceted, threads, and points.

3. Installation of glazing

Placement principles: fixation/independence, tightness and compatibility of materials.

Necessary auxiliary media: racks, gams, junks, chocks, anchors, and sealants.

Special glazing: covers, skylights, glazing with hidden and moulded carpentry. Preparation and handling of tools and tools. Mounting and sealing operating procedures.

4. Transport and storage of glass products and measures for the prevention of occupational hazards, environmental protection in manual manufacturing operations, mechanical decoration and installation of glass products

Equipment, facilities, and tools for transport and storage.

Characteristic risks of the facilities, equipment, machines and operating procedures of manual manufacturing operations, mechanical decoration and installation of glass products.

Applicable Environmental Prevention and Protection Regulations.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the performance of manual machined in glass products, which shall be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 1 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education) or other higher level education related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

FORMATIVE MODULE 2: SURFACE APPLICATIONS

Level: 1

Code: MF0145_1

Associated with UC: Performing Decorations by Surface Applications in Glass Products

Duration: 90 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Identify and describe the main decoration processes using surface applications in glass products.

CE1.1 Identify the main techniques for the application of vitrifiable and reactive inks relating to the equipment and means for their application.

CE1.2 In a practical case of manual decoration of a glass product, by means of vitrifiable decoration or non-vitrifiable decoration, from a written work order:

-Indicate the materials used (enamels, silk-screen ink, acids, reagents, among others), citing its characteristics.

-Citate the procedures used, the machines and equipment, explaining their technological characteristics and their operation.

CE1.3 Relate the different techniques of decoration of glass products by surface applications with the media and with the obtained products.

C2: Apply labels or decorations by screen printing on glass surfaces, in accordance with the procedure laid down in the work order.

CE2.1 In a practical scenario of decorations by screen printing on glass surfaces, from a written work order and given materials:

-Select the type of glass specified on the work order.

-Identify the media and materials of the various ink preparation and application operations, relating them to each other.

-Set the appropriate sequence of operations required, taking care of the work order.

-Select the necessary tools, tools, and machines to justify your choice.

-Transporting flat glass sheets by means of windy, avoiding damage.

-Prepare the glass surface, according to the established procedure.

-Homogenize the ink, according to the established procedure.

-Apply the manual screen printing according to the procedure set in the work order.

-Perform the heat treatment of the decorated glass products according to the established procedures.

-Perform product aspect control, ensuring its quality.

-Transport and store the obtained products, avoiding damage.

CE2.2 Identify the job risks of operations by matching them to individual protection means.

CE2.3 Relate possible defects, identifying the causes that originate them.

C3: Perform vitrifiable surface applications by pinceling, coloring, or decals on glass products.

CE3.1 In a practical decoration of decoration by means of decals, brushstrokes or coloured in glass products, from a written work order and given materials:

-Identify the media and materials of the various preparation and application operations of the enamel, relating them to each other.

-Set the appropriate sequence of operations required, taking care of the work order.

-Select the necessary tools, tools, and machines to justify your choice.

-Prepare the glass surface, according to the established procedure.

-Homogenize, if any, the ink, according to the established procedure.

-Prepare the decal, according to the procedure set in the work order.

-Apply the decal manually according to the procedure set in the work order.

-Perform the heat treatment of the decorated glass product according to the established procedures.

-Perform product aspect control, ensuring its quality.

CE3.2 Identify the labor risks of operations by adapting individual protection means.

CE3.3 Relate possible defects, identifying the causes that originate them.

C4: Decorate glass using non-vitrifiable surface applications.

CE4.1 In a practical case of glass decoration by application of reagents and non-vitrifiable materials on glass surfaces, from a written work order and given materials:

-Select the type of glass specified in the work order.

-Identify the necessary reagents and materials and dose the required amount, according to the procedure set out in the work order.

-Set the appropriate sequence of operations, taking care of the work order.

-Select the necessary tools, tools, and machines to justify your choice.

-Manually apply the reagents according to the procedure set in the work order.

-Transport and store the obtained products, avoiding damage.

CE4.2 Identify the labor risks of operations by adjusting the means of protection.

CE4.3 Relate possible defects, identifying the causes that originate them.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.2; C2 with respect to CE2.1; C3 with respect to CE3.1; C4 with respect to CE4.1.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

Finish the job based on criteria of suitability, speed, economy and effectiveness.

Adapt to organization, organizational and technological changes, as well as new situations or contexts.

Interpret and execute the work instructions.

Respect the organization's internal procedures and rules.

Habit to the organization's work rate.

Contents:

1. Vitrifiable decoration of glass products

Serigraphy, colored, brushstroke. Identification of products obtained and their main characteristics.

Conditioning of vitrifiable enamels and inks.

Preparation, tuning and handling of machinery.

Description and identification of defects. Causes and possible solutions. Decals. Identification of products obtained and their main characteristics.

Preparing materials.

Preparation, tuning and handling of machinery.

Description and identification of defects. Causes and possible solutions.

Non-vitrifiable decoration of glass products.

2. Conditions for handling and storage of the reagents and materials used.

Performing non-vitrifiable decorations.

Identification of products obtained and their main characteristics.

Engraved, killed, and polished to the acid.

Painted.

Plastified.

3. Transport and storage of glass products

Teams, installations, and tools.

Risk prevention, environmental protection and safety and occupational health measures in manual manufacturing operations, mechanical decoration and installation of glass products.

4. Characteristic risks of installations, equipment, machines and operating procedures of manual manufacturing operations, mechanical decoration and installation of glass products

Applicable rules on prevention of occupational risks, safety, hygiene and environmental protection.

Personal protection equipment.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the performance of decorations by surface applications in glass products, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 1 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education) or other higher level education related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 3: THERMOFORMED AND "USING"

Level: 1

Code: MF0146_1

Associated with UC: Elaborate glass products by thermoforming and "fusing"

Duration: 90 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Identify and describe the main thermoforming and "fusing" processes.

CE1.1 Identify the major plate molding techniques by thermoforming and "fusing" by relating them to the media and products obtained.

CE1.2 In a scenario of thermoforming a glass product, from a written work order:

-Indicate the materials to be used, citing its main characteristics.

-Describe the procedures used, citing machines and equipment and explaining their technological characteristics and operation.

CE1.3 In a scenario of "fusing" a glass product from a written work order:

-Indicate the materials to be used, citing its characteristics.

-Describe the procedures used, citing machines and equipment and explaining their technological characteristics and operation.

C2: Modeling glass plates by thermoforming.

CE2.1 In a practical scenario of modeling glass plates by thermoforming from a written work order and given materials:

-Select the type of glass specified in the work order.

-Check that the dimensions and color of the specified glass are adjusted to those indicated in the work order.

-Set the appropriate sequence of operations, taking care of the work order.

-Transporting flat glass sheets by means of windy, avoiding damage.

-Select the mold and tools by justifying your choice.

-Mount and adjust the molds, according to the procedure set in the work order.

-Perform the heat treatment of the glass sheets according to the established procedures.

-Transport and store the obtained products, avoiding deterioration.

CE2.2 Identify the occupational risks of operations by adapting the means of protection.

CE2.3 Relate possible defects, identifying the causes that originate them.

C3: Perform decorations by "fusing".

CE3.1 In a practical scenario of decoration of glass products by "smoking", from a written work order and given materials:

-Identify the base glass, the colored glass sheets, the glass paste, glass threads, granulated glass and the necessary materials, depending on the decoration to be applied.

-Set the appropriate sequence of operations required, taking care of the work order.

-Select the necessary tools, tools, and machines to justify your choice.

-Prepare the base of the oven, according to the established procedure.

-Load the oven, according to the procedure set.

-Perform the heat treatment of the decorated glass sheets according to the established procedures.

-Transport and store the obtained products, avoiding damage.

CE3.2 Identify the labor risks of operations by adapting individual protection means.

CE3.3 Relate possible defects, identifying the causes that originate them.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.2 and CE1.3; C2 with respect to CE2.1; C3 with respect to CE3.1.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

Finish the job based on criteria of suitability, speed, economy and effectiveness.

Adapt to organization, organizational and technological changes, as well as new situations or contexts.

Interpret and execute the work instructions.

Respect the organization's internal procedures and rules.

Habit to the organization's work rate.

Contents:

1. Thermoformed

Identification of products obtained and their main characteristics.

Thermoforming Molds.

Preparation, tuning and handling of machinery and facilities.

Description and identification of defects. Causes and possible solutions.

2. Decoration of glass products by "fusing"

Identification of products obtained and their main characteristics.

Elementary concepts of glass compatibility. Defects associated with incompatibility.

Fusing techniques:

Decoration with glass paste.

Decoration with colored glass. Decoration using vitrifiable and "fusing" applications.

Decoration by bubble generation.

3. Transport and storage of glass products

Teams, installations, and tools.

4. Measures for the prevention of risks, environmental and safety protection and occupational health in the operations of thermoforming and fusing.

Characteristic risks of installations, equipment, machines, and operating procedures of manual thermoforming and "fusing" operations.

Safety, hygiene and environmental measures.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the manufacture of glass products by thermoforming and "fusing", which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 1 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education) or other higher level education related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 4: STAINED GLASS

Level: 1

Code: MF0147_1

Associated with UC: Elaborate Stained Glass

Duration: 90 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Identify the types of stained glass, explaining the processes for making and assembling them.

CE1.1 Relate the different types of stained glass windows by selecting the materials used in the production process and the techniques used to manufacture them.

CE1.2 Describe all the necessary works for the assembly of a plemomada window, with concrete or aluminum profile or by means of copper, citing the necessary tools and tools and explaining the logical sequence of operations.

C2: Perform operations to mount and frame windows according to specified technical instructions, procedures, and means.

CE2.1 In a practical scenario of mounting and placement of stained glass, from templates and written technical specifications and with given materials:

-Prepare and identify the necessary glasses, according to the procedure set.

-Identify media and materials relating to the execution of the various assembly and framing operations of the window.

-Set the appropriate sequence of operations required, according to specified technical instructions, procedures, and means.

-Select the necessary tools, tools, and machines, justifying your choice.

-Perform the assembly, sealing, cleaning, and framing operations of the window, taking care of the work order.

CE2.2 Identify the main occupational risks of operations by relating them to individual means of protection.

CE2.3 Relate possible defects, identifying the causes that originate them.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C2 with respect to CE2.1.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

Finish the job based on criteria of suitability, speed, economy and effectiveness.

Interpret and execute the work instructions.

Respect the organization's internal procedures and rules.

Adapt to organization, organizational and technological changes as well as new situations or contexts.

Habit to the organization's work rate.

Contents:

1. Stained-glass windows

Preparation procedures.

Template and Glass Court.

Performing profiles.

Type of stained glass.

2. Processing and framing procedures for stained glass windows

Emplacement Windows.

Copper stained glass windows.

Concrete stained glass.

Glass with aluminum profile.

Siliconated stained glass.

3. Measures for the prevention of risks, environmental protection and safety and occupational health in the processing operations of stained glass windows

Characteristic risks of installations, equipment, machines and operating procedures of manual processing and framing operations of stained glass windows.

Safety, hygiene and environmental measures.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the processing of stained glass, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 1 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education) or other higher level education related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

ANNEX II

PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATION: CONTROL OF MATERIALS, PROCESSES AND PRODUCTS IN CERAMIC LABORATORY

Professional Family: Glass and Ceramics

Level: 2

Code: VIVI054_2

General Competition

Carry out testing for characterization and control of raw materials, processes, finished products and product development, following the technical instructions given and guaranteeing the quality and safety of the products. operations.

Competition Units

UC0148_2: Perform ceramic process and material control tests

UC0149_2: Perform standardized ceramic product control tests

UC0150_2: Perform product development trials

Professional Environment

Professional Scope

Develops its activity in laboratories of quality control and development of products dedicated to the manufacture of ceramics, in entities of public or private nature, in small and medium-sized enterprises or microenterprises, both self-employed persons, irrespective of their legal form. It develops its activity depending on its case, functional and/or hierarchically of a superior. The principles of universal accessibility in accordance with applicable regulations apply in the development of their professional activity.

Productive Sectors

It is located in the production sector of industrial ceramics, subsector of atomized manufacturing and ceramic pastes, frits, pigments, enamels, tiles, structural ceramics, refractory, dishware and decoration articles ceramics and ceramics for technical use.

Relevant Occupations and Jobs

The terms of the following relationship of occupations and jobs are used with a generic and omnicomprensivo character of women and men.

Laboratory auxiliaries of ceramic industries

Development Lab Auxiliary

Test Line Operators

Quality control technicians

Associated Training (480 hours)

Training Modules

MF0148_2: Characterization and control of ceramic materials and processes (150 hours)

MF0149_2: Ceramic rules (120 hours)

MF0150_2: Product development tests and trials (210 hours)

COMPETITION UNIT 1: CONDUCTING CONTROL TESTS ON CERAMIC MATERIALS AND PROCESSES

Level: 2

Code: UC0148_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Adjust the necessary equipment, calibrating them for the performance of the characterization and control tests, following procedures established by the company.

CR 1.1 Test equipment and means are selected on the basis of the tests to be carried out and the procedures established by the company.

CR 1.2 Test and control equipment are prepared, put to the point, in accordance with established standards or procedures.

CR 1.3 The measuring and control instruments are prepared to calibrate them, where appropriate, in accordance with the procedures established by the company.

CR 1.4 Laboratory equipment and media are available for use at the time provided, complying with safety, use and storage standards.

CR 1.5 The laboratory instruments to be used conform to the type of analysis with the required accuracy in the technical instructions.

RP 2: Prepare the sample for the performance of the materials or process control test, following procedures established by the company.

CR 2.1 Sampling is performed according to the specified procedures, ensuring the representativeness of the selected sample.

CR 2.2 The sample is labeled, registering it according to the codes set out in the documents and media intended for that purpose.

CR 2.3 The sample is dried until the constant weight is reached, grinding it to the specified grinding degree when the test conditions require it.

CR 2.4 The amount of sample required is weighed, using the accuracy and precision set by the company.

RP 3: Prepare the dissolutions of the reagents for the performance of the test of materials or process control, complying with the applicable regulations for the prevention of risks and environmental protection.

CR 3.1 The preparation of the reactants of the reagents is performed by performing the indicated calculations, taking into account whether they are done by weight or volume and by considering the purity of the reagents.

CR 3.2 The dissolutions of the reagents are prepared according to the concentration specified in the procedures.

CR 3.3 Reagents are placed in containers suitable for storage, labelling them and specifying the reagent, the concentration and the date of preparation thereof.

RP 4: Measure the characteristics of raw materials and semi-finished products by means of the test procedures specified in the technical instructions, complying with the applicable rules for the prevention of risks environmental protection.

CR 4.1 The physical characteristics of the sample (moisture, granulometric distribution, plasticity index, fusibility, and rheological behavior) are determined with the accuracy and precision required and following the procedures set.

CR 4.2 The carbonates content and the calcination losses of the samples are measured with the accuracy and precision required and following the established procedures.

CR 4.3 The behavior of the material in compositions is determined by comparison with standard compositions.

CR 4.4 The rheological characteristics of the inks, pastes barbotins, engobes and enamels are determined with the accuracy and precision required and following the established procedures.

CR 4.5 The materials that do not meet the specifications are identified, treating them according to the specified procedures.

RP 5: Perform process controls using the test procedures specified in the technical instructions, detecting and correcting anomalies and complying with the applicable rules for the prevention of risks environmental.

CR 5.1 The degree of material grinding is evaluated based on the results obtained by the rejection test.

CR 5.2 Possible anomalies and deviations in the preparation operation of ceramic pastes are detected by means of tests for the determination of humidity, rejection of an established mesh light, of measurement of the distribution granulometric of a paste by sifting, both dry and wet and, where appropriate, the measurement of the fluidity of the powder, correcting them according to the procedure laid down.

CR 5.3 The wall formation speed tests, apparent density and, where applicable, flexural strength are practiced on the shaped product, detecting and correcting anomalies and deviations in their characteristics of the quality.

CR 5.4 The residual moisture tests, drying shrinkage and, where appropriate, flexural strength, are practiced on the dried product, detecting and correcting anomalies and deviations in their quality characteristics.

CR 5.5 The measurements of density and viscosity of enamel and applied enamel weight are performed, detecting and correcting anomalies and deviations in the enamel application operation.

RP 6: Manage lab resources, controlling stocks, and following company-established procedures.

CR 6.1 Written instructions concerning the systems of sorting and storage of the products and materials are identified, interpreting the given information.

CR 6.2 The listings for sourcing of materials and reagents are elaborated, according to the stock and the needs.

CR 6.3 Data required for perfect identification of materials are included in orders unequivocally, following established procedures.

CR 6.4 The inventory is made by reflecting stock of samples, reagents and materials.

CR 6.5 Sample and material identification documents are managed by allowing the updated query.

RP 7: Meet the required information regarding the development and results of the work, following procedures established by the company.

CR 7.1 The calculations are performed, obtaining the results in the appropriate units.

CR 7.2 The results obtained are recorded in the specified control forms, following established procedures.

CR 7.3 Non-conformities, incidents, and corrective actions occurring are recorded following established procedures.

CR 7.4 Technical analysis and control reports are written using the specified forms, following established procedures.

Professional context:

Production media:

Mineral raw materials and inorganic chemicals with varying degrees of transformation: clays, kaolines, feldspates, silicates, carbonates, quartz, among others. Fried in grain, scales, granilla or micronized. Ceramic inks. Enamels in barbotin, micronized or granulated. Micronized ceramic pigments. Ceramic additives. Finished or in process ceramic pieces. Reagents such as: acids and bases, iron and chromium oxides, among others.

Ceramic laboratory equipment and instruments: Laboratory disorders (muffa, quick, fried, calcination), stoves, precision scales, laboratory tools. Equipment for the preparation of test pieces: presses, extruders, grinders, grinders, screen printing machines, plaster moulds, enamelled skate, spray booth. Equipment for the determination of: plasticity, viscosity, compaction, density, thermal expansion, dimensions, particle size, color, mechanical strength (flexural, compression, abrasion), chemical attack resistance, frost, content in carbonates. Equipment for the determination of linear contraction.

Products and results:

Results of the tests and inspections of the control of the partial chemical composition, mineralogical and behavior in the process of manufacture of raw materials and semi-finished products used in the manufacture of ceramic products conformed, fried pigments and enamels. Results on process variables in the manufacture of conformed ceramic products, fried, pigments and ceramic enamels. Sourcing listings, equipment and materials inventory. Raw materials, semi-finished products and finished products correctly labelled and stored. Product classification.

Information used or generated:

Material Input Tokens. Control programme. Sampling and testing standards and procedures. Quality manual. Manual of use, maintenance and calibration of equipment and instruments. Applicable rules for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection. Data obtained from the tests performed. Report of control results. Registration of incidents. Inventory of samples, reagents and. files of non-conformities and corrective actions. Inventory items. Software and logical media handling. Processing of equipment maintenance and control files.

COMPETITION UNIT 2: PERFORM STANDARDIZED TESTS FOR CONTROL OF CERAMIC PRODUCTS

Level: 2

Code: UC0149_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Adjust the equipment necessary for the performance of the characterization and control tests, following the procedures established by the company.

CR 1.1 The equipment needed to perform the tests and controls is prepared, being done according to the established procedures.

CR 1.2 The measuring and control instruments are prepared, calibrated, where appropriate, in accordance with the procedures laid down.

CR 1.3 The laboratory equipment and media are ready for use at the time provided, complying with safety, use and storage standards.

CR 1.4 The laboratory instruments to be used, conform to the type of analysis with the required precision in the technical instructions.

RP 2: Carry out finished product testing in accordance with international testing standards and comply with applicable labour risk prevention and environmental protection regulations.

CR 2.1 The product is identified according to the classification criteria set out in the relevant international regulations.

CR 2.2 The corresponding product standard and the sampling and acceptance conditions indicated therein are identified by the test regulations.

CR 2.3 The legal provisions, the official rules applicable to the ceramic product to be tested, as well as the conditions for sampling and acceptance of each type of ceramic product are identified following the procedures set.

CR 2.4 Equipment and materials are prepared in accordance with the procedures described in the relevant test standard.

CR 2.5 The tiles, materials for the construction of cooked clay, dishware, sanitary ware, ceramics for technical and ceramic use for ornamental use and decoration are carried out according to the procedures described in the testing standards.

CR 2.6 The results of the analysis are calculated, expressing them in the units defined by international standards.

CR 2.7 Test results are interpreted by comparing them to the acceptance or rejection criteria described in the standard.

CR 2.8 The tested specimens are stored according to the test regulations.

RP 3: Manage lab resources by controlling stocks, following procedures established by the company.

CR 3.1 Written instructions concerning the systems for sorting and storing products and materials are identified by applying them according to established procedures.

CR 3.2 The listings for sourcing materials and reagents are elaborated according to the stock and the needs.

CR 3.3 Data required for the identification of materials are included in orders unequivocally.

CR 3.4 The inventory is made, reflecting exactly the stock of samples, reagents and materials.

CR 3.5 Sample and material identification documents are managed by allowing the query of the updated stock data.

RP 4: Meet the information about the development and results of the work, following the procedures established by the company.

CR 4.1 Calculations are performed, expressing the results in the appropriate units.

CR 4.2 The results obtained are recorded in the corresponding control forms following established procedures.

CR 4.3 Non-conformities, incidents, and corrective actions are recorded following established procedures.

CR 4.4 The reports of finished product trials are written in accordance with the procedures described in the relevant international standards.

Professional context:

Production media:

Materials for the construction of cooked clay, ceramic tiles, dishware, sanitary ware, ceramic ceramic tiles, ceramic and ceramic insulators for ornamental use and decoration.

Ceramic laboratory equipment and instruments: stoves, precision scales, laboratory tools. Autoclave. Equipment for the determination of mechanical strength (bending, traction, compression and modulus of elasticity). Equipment for determining the dilation of ceramic products. Equipment for the dimensional measurement of ceramic products. Equipment for the determination of the abrasion resistance of enamelled surfaces and of unglazed surfaces, Equipment for the measurement of impact resistance, resistance to chemical attack and frost. Equipment for the determination of scratch resistance. Equipment for determination to stain resistance. Equipment for the determination of efflorescences. Equipment for the determination of the slide in ceramic tiles.

Products and results:

Results of the tests on behavior in the process of new compositions and characteristics of new products. Test results reports in accordance with the specifications of the applicable regulations.

Information used or generated:

International applicable rules for ceramic products. Sampling and testing standards and procedures. Quality manual. Manual of use, maintenance and calibration of equipment and instruments. Applicable rules on prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection. Data obtained from the tests performed. Test results reports in accordance with the specifications of the applicable regulations.

COMPETITION UNIT 3: PERFORM PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT TRIALS

Level: 2

Code: UC0150_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Perform the testing of laboratory-scale pastas compositions, following the established procedure and complying with applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CR 1.1 Dislocculation diagrams on compositions are constructed using commercial deflocculants commonly used in the sector.

CR 1.2 The compactibility of the composition is evaluated by the construction of compaction diagrams for the various pressure and humidity intervals of work.

CR 1.3 The mechanical behavior in green, dry, and cooked of the paste is characterized by the realization of flexural strength assays.

CR 1.4 The behavior in the drying of shaped pastes in plastic or in suspension is characterized by the elaboration of the moisture diagrams against linear contraction, made from the intervals of usual humidity in each shaping technique.

CR 1.5 The behavior in the cooking of the composition is measured by the construction of cooking diagrams and the measurement of the piroplastic deformation of the shaped paste.

CR 1.6 The effect of the addition of different raw materials for support in composition behavior during the manufacturing process (rheological behavior, compactness, drying and cooking) and in the characteristics of the finished product (flexural strength, porosity) is evaluated, compared to standard compositions.

RP 2: Perform, at the laboratory scale, tests for compositions of engobes, enamels, inks, chips and pigments following the established procedure and complying with the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 2.1 Fries and glazes fusibility is determined by performing the inclined melt button tests, complying with applicable regulations.

CR 2.2 The appearance after cooking is checked by comparing the cooked composition to the usual control conditions with standard compositions.

CR 2.3 The decorative elements are verified and controlled according to the technical instructions.

CR 2.4 Color development is determined by quantitative comparison, that is, color measurement by colorimeter with a standard composition.

CR 2.5 The effect of the addition of different raw materials in the composition properties is determined by comparison with standard compositions.

CR 2.6 The effect of the different raw materials involved in the color development composition of a pigment in a known composition is determined by comparison with standard compositions.

RP 3: Test semi-industrial paste compositions, following the established procedure and complying with applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 3.1 The dosage, milling and industrial preparation (atomization, wetting or kneading) of the paste to be tested is performed according to the established procedure.

CR 3.2 The storage of the paste to be tested is performed under the appropriate conditions specified in the operating procedures.

CR 3.3 The rheological properties established in the composition, if prepared by wet route, are determined with the accuracy and precision required.

CR 3.4 The industrial conformed of the paste is performed according to the technical instructions established for the test.

CR 3.5 The compactibility of the shaped parts is evaluated using representative samples industrially shaped to different operating conditions, measuring the apparent density and the mechanical strength in green and cooked.

CR 3.6 The drying operation is verified by measuring residual moisture, dry mechanical strength and dimensional characteristics of the parts.

CR 3.7 Color development is determined by colorimeter and quantitatively comparing it with a standard composition.

CR 3.8 The enameled, if any, and the industrial firing of the enameled parts is performed according to the technical instructions set for the test.

CR 3.9 The cooking operation of the tested parts is checked, measuring the linear contraction, water absorption and mechanical strength of the cooked parts.

CR 3.10 The results of the tests are communicated, assessing the technical and aesthetic characteristics and the behavior in the manufacturing process of the tested composition.

RP 4: Test, on a semi-industrial scale, compositions of engobes, enamels and inks in accordance with the established procedure and in compliance with the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and protection environmental.

CR 4.1 The dosage, grinding, and industrial preparation of the composition, which is intended to be tested, is performed according to the established procedure.

CR 4.2 The storage of the suspension, which you want to test, is performed under the conditions specified in the operating procedures.

CR 4.3 The rheological properties of the composition established for the test are achieved by the addition of the additives in the quantities indicated in the established procedure.

CR 4.4 The supports and the test line (cleaning, feeding and mounting of the appropriate components) are prepared by allowing the tests to be carried out under the conditions of application.

CR 4.5 The industrial application of engobes, enamels and/or ceramic inks and the cooking of the elaborated specimens is performed according to the established procedure.

CR 4.6 The product tab is updated based on the tests performed.

Professional context:

Production media:

Mineral raw materials and inorganic chemicals with varying degrees of transformation: clays, kaolines, feldspates, silicates, carbonates, quartz and oxides. Fried in grain, scales, granilla or micronized. Enamels in barbotin, micronized or granulated. Micronized ceramic pigments. Ceramic additives. Finished or in process ceramic pieces. Ceramic inks.

Ceramic laboratory equipment and instruments: laboratory ovens (muffle, quick, fried, calcination), stoves, precision scales, laboratory tools. Equipment for the preparation of test pieces: presses, extruders, grinders, grinders, screen printing machines, plaster moulds, enamelled skate, spray booth. Equipment for the determination of: plasticity, viscosity, compaction, density, thermal expansion, dimensions, granulometry, color, mechanical strength (at bending, compression, abrasion), resistance to chemical attack, frost, content in carbonates.

Industrial equipment for testing of compositions: mills, atomizers, unread and turbocharger rafts, press, extruder, drying, enamelling line and decoration, furnace, casting bench and pressure drum.

Products and results:

Results of the compositions characterization assays. Results of tests and inspections of control of technical characteristics and behaviour in the manufacturing processes of new ceramic products.

Information used or generated:

Defining the product in its technical and functional aspects. Definition of the auxiliary means. Prototypes required for manufacturing. Instructions. General procedures for the operation. Manual of use, maintenance and calibration of equipment and instruments. Safety and environmental standards. Data obtained from the tests performed. Report of control results. Registration of incidents. Inventory items.

TRAINING MODULE 1: CHARACTERIZATION AND CONTROL OF CERAMIC MATERIALS AND PROCESSES

Level: 2

Code: MF0148_2

Associate with UC: Perform Ceramic Process and Material Control Trials

Duration: 150 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Relate the general concepts of quality control with the program of controls in a manufacturing company of ceramic products, considering the technical information.

CE1.1 Describe the fundamental concepts of quality control in manufacturing and documentation related to it.

CE1.2 Interpret the instructions contained in a sampling procedure.

CE1.3 In a practical scenario of a particular manufacturing process, from a raw material or semi-finished product:

-List the parameters to be checked, describe the possible incidents in the process, and the alterations caused to the finished product.

-Select the sampling and control procedure to follow.

-Describe the means and materials required for your control.

-Propose a program of controls that can be performed and justified.

-Describe the data or results of the tests to be included in printed, tables or control charts and the units in which they are to be expressed.

CE1.4 In a practical scenario of a stage of a certain ceramic materials manufacturing process, from the written technical information:

-List the process variables to be controlled.

-Select the sampling and control procedure to be followed in each case.

-Describe the means and materials required for your control.

-Propose a program of controls that can be performed and justified.

-Describe the data or results of the tests to be included in printed, tables or control charts and the units in which they are to be expressed.

C2: Organize operations for the preparation and execution of the raw material and component control works for the manufacture of ceramic products, considering the technical information.

CE2.1 In a practical control scenario, from samples of clay materials or ceramic pastes used in the manufacture of ceramic products:

-Prepare the samples required for your control.

-Prepare the necessary materials and reagents for your control.

-Prepare equipment for test conditions and operate to obtain data of carbonates content, loss by calcination, coefficient of expansion in crude and in cooked, granulometric distribution, plasticity and behavior in the manufacturing process (deflocculability, wall thickness formation rate, compaction, cooking behavior).

-Get apparent viscosity data from the barbotin with different contents in solids and proportions of deflocculant and represent the results obtained.

-Get water absorption data and linear contraction of cooked specimens at different temperatures and represent the results obtained.

-Identify impurities.

-Evaluate the results or information obtained from each test indicating the consequences for the quality of the finished product or the development of the manufacturing process.

-Exposition, if appropriate, with the appropriate tolerance to the specified accuracy, the results of the test.

-Compare the results obtained in each sample by establishing the significant differences and similarities between them.

CE2.2 In a practical control scenario based on samples of fried, engobes or enamels for the manufacture of ceramic products:

-Prepare the necessary material and reagent samples for your control.

-Prepare equipment for test conditions and operate to obtain dilation, flux, sealing temperature, color development, barbotin rheological parameters, granulometric distribution, fried impurities, and appearance after cooking at different temperatures.

-Evaluate the results or information obtained from each test indicating the consequences for the quality of the finished product or the development of the manufacturing process.

-Exposition, if appropriate, with the appropriate tolerance to the specified accuracy, the results of the test.

-Compare the results obtained in each sample by establishing the significant differences and similarities between them.

CE2.3 In a practical control case from samples of non-plastic raw materials for the manufacture of pastes or enamels:

-Prepare the samples required for your control.

-Prepare the necessary materials and reagents for your control.

-Prepare equipment for test conditions and operate to obtain data for the presence of impurities, losses in cooking, flux, granulometric distribution, effect on enamel properties (color development, opacity/transparency, among others) and behavior in the manufacturing process.

-Identify impurities.

-Evaluate the results or information obtained from each test indicating the consequences for the quality of the finished product or the development of the manufacturing process.

-Exposition, if appropriate, with the appropriate tolerance to the specified accuracy, the results of the test.

-Compare the results obtained in each sample by establishing the significant differences and similarities between them.

CE2.4 In a practical control case from samples of pigments for the colouring of pastes or enamels:

-Prepare the samples required for your control.

-Prepare the necessary materials and/or reagents for your control.

-Prepare equipment for test conditions and operate to obtain data for the presence of soluble salts, granulometric distribution, and color development.

-Evaluate the results or information obtained from each test indicating the consequences for the quality of the finished product or the development of the manufacturing process.

-Compare the results obtained in each sample by establishing the significant differences and similarities between them.

CE2.5 List the standards of use, safety and storage of materials and reagents and relate them to their main characteristics of toxicity, stability and packaging.

CE2.6 Apply the rules of use, safety and hygiene during test operations.

C3: Organize the operations necessary for the preparation and execution of the processes of control of the manufacture of ceramic products, considering the technical information.

CE3.1 In a scenario of manufacturing ceramic products, from technical information:

-Apply a process diagram reflecting the sequence of operations and the input and output product in each.

-Identify the main variables of operation of the processes of preparation of the paste, conformation, drying, enamelling, cooking, mechanical treatments and decoration of products and their influence on the quality of the product obtained and in the development of the process itself.

-Determine the main control points and parameters to control.

-Apply the established process variable control operations.

-Meet the control sheets and charts and the corresponding records according to the procedures specified.

C4: Play calculations and graphical representations with control data from preset formulas.

CE4.1 In a practical scenario of testing of raw materials and components for the manufacture of ceramic products, based on the technical information of the test and the control data listings:

-Calculate control data and process variables using preset formulas.

-Perform simple graphical representations that relate process variables to each other or to other parameters of interest (compaction and isocompaction diagrams, desflocculation diagrams, cooking diagrams, between other).

-Build control graphs by following technical instructions, and locate control data and interpret the graphical representation obtained.

C5: Organize the control data file, identifying and recording the information.

CE5.1 Identify and describe the technical information used in performing material and process controls.

CE5.2 Fill in the control information by registering it according to the established procedures.

CE5.3 In a practical scenario of material or process controls:

-Identify technical documents by relating them to procedures, printed and control graphs, files, among others.

-Identify file and location codes, describing them.

-Identify the tenedurian and document file procedures used, describing them.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.3 and CE1.4; C2 with respect to CE2.1, CE2.2, CE2.3 and CE2.4; full C3; full C4; C5 with respect to CE5.3.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

Respect internal organization procedures and rules.

Communicate effectively with the right people at every moment, respecting the channels established in the organization.

Learn new concepts or procedures and effectively leverage training using acquired knowledge.

Comply with the production rules set by the organization.

Contents:

1. Basic concepts about quality control

Quality Plan.

Basic concepts about quality plans in the company.

Documentation.

Managing quality control documentation.

Basic concepts about statistical methods applied to quality control.

Sampling procedures. Foundation and practical applications. Handling of sampling and acceptance tables.

Sort, description, and graphical representation of measured data.

Handling and interpreting control charts.

2. Material characterisation tests

Determination of moisture in samples.

Particle distribution of powders (atomized, granulated, milled powder via dry, among others) and samples of materials (raw materials, granillas, among others) by means of dry and wet sifting. Rejection in barbotins.

Losses by calcination of clays and kaolines.

Content in clays and pastes carbonates.

Real Density of clays, fried, dry enamels, pigments and raw materials. Dilatometry of raw and cooked clays, fried and enamels.

Operating procedures, repair and development of materials and equipment needed for testing and expression and interpretation of results.

3. Tests for the determination of the behaviour of the materials

Main rheological parameters of barbotins.

Content in solids, density, viscosity, and thixotropy.

Construction of reograms.

Constructing desflocculation diagrams.

Plasticity of clay materials. Determination of the rates of plasticity of clays and pastes. Graphic classification of clays and pastes according to their plasticity indices. Determination of the thickness formation rate in barbotins for casting.

Compactness-porosity and flexural strength of shaped products. Determination of dry bulk density, porosity and dry bending resistance.

Construction of compaction and isocompaction diagrams.

Compactness-porosity and flexural strength of cooked products.

Absorption of water and linear contraction. Resistance to bending in cooked. Construction of cooking diagrams. Tests of behaviour in the drying process. Material fusibility. Feldspos, frites. Sealing temperature in enamels and engobes.

Comparison to standard products and color measures.

Comparison between glazes.

Color development in enamels and ceramic inks.

Color measurement in glazed specimens. Operational procedures, preparation and development of materials and equipment necessary for the testing and expression and interpretation of results.

4. Quality control in ceramic products manufacturing processes

Main parameters to be controlled in the preparation stages of pastes, conformation, drying, enamelling, decoration and cooking of ceramic products.

Process Controls.

Controls in the shaping process.

Machine controls.

Controls on shaped product. Controls on the preparation and application of enamels and inks.

Support controls: suction, temperature.

Rheological Characterization of Barbotins.

Weight and uniformity of application.

Controls in the cooking process.

Measure of temperatures.

Pressure measure.

Analysis of the atmosphere of the oven.

5. Safety standards in the ceramic laboratory

Reagents and materials used: toxicity and dangerousness.

Precautions to be taken for the handling and storage of reagents and materials.

Risks arising from the control operations of ceramic materials and products.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the conduct of testing of ceramic materials and processes, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 1 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education) or other higher level education related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 2: CERAMIC REGULATIONS

Level: 2

Code: MF0149_2

Associate to UC: Perform standardized ceramic product control tests

Duration: 120 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Identify, interpreting it, the applicable international ceramic products regulations.

CE1.1 Identify the main international standards for ceramic products.

CE1.2 In a scenario of applied tests, from a given product standard:

-Describe the product classification criteria used in the rule.

-Identify the related test rules.

-Identify and describe the sampling and acceptance parameters indicated in the rule.

-Identify the marking and designation criteria described in the standard.

CE1.3 Describe the product classification criteria used in a test rule, explaining the operating procedure.

C2: Play trials of ceramic products in accordance with the procedures specified in the international regulations.

CE2.1 In a practical scenario of applied tests, from a batch of ceramic products:

-Select the appropriate technical documentation for control and synthesize the most relevant information.

-Classify products by applying international regulations.

-Identify related test rules, sampling and acceptance conditions.

-Prepare the samples required for the execution of the identified tests.

-Prepare the materials and/or reagents necessary for the performance of the identified tests.

-Prepare equipment to the specified conditions and operate to obtain test data according to the selected standards.

-Express with the appropriate tolerance to the specified accuracy, the results of the test.

-Evaluate the results or information obtained from each test.

CE2.2 List the rules for the use, safety and storage of materials and reagents and relate them to their main characteristics of toxicity, stability and packaging.

CE2.3 Apply the rules of use, safety and hygiene during test operations.

CE2.4 In a practical scenario of conducting standardized tests of ceramic products, based on the results obtained:

-Calculate the control results on the established units.

-Develop the test report according to the procedures set out in the standard.

C3: Set the operations required for recording and organizing the control data file.

CE3.1 Identify the technical information used in conducting material and process tests.

CE3.2 Meet the test information by registering it in accordance with the established procedures.

CE3.3 In a practical scenario of standardized tests:

-Identify technical documents by relating them to procedures, printed and control graphs, files, among others.

-Identify the file and location codes, describing each one.

-Identify the tenedurian and document file procedures used, describing them.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.2; C2 with respect to CE2.1 and CE2.4; C3 with respect to CE3.3.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

Respect internal organization procedures and rules.

Communicate effectively with the right people at every moment, respecting the channels established in the organization.

Learn new concepts or procedures and effectively leverage training using acquired knowledge.

Comply with the production rules set by the organization.

Contents:

1. Materials for ceramic products

Structural ceramics.

Materials for dishware.

Food Usage Containers.

Healthcare.

Tiles.

Refractory.

Ceramic Insulants.

2. Standardised tests for the control of ceramic products

Product Rules.

Test Rules.

Standard tests: operating procedures, preparation and setting of materials and equipment necessary for the testing of: materials for the construction of cooked clay, dishware, containers for use food, sanitary, tile, refractory, electrical insulators, among others.

Expression and interpretation of results according to the rule: reporting.

3. Applicable rules in the ceramic laboratory

Basic concepts: normalization, certification, and approval.

Rules. Types of rules.

International standards for ceramic products: product standards and testing standards.

Applicable rules on prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

Reagents and materials used toxicity and dangerousness.

Precautions to be taken for the handling and storage of reagents and materials.

Risks arising from the control operations of ceramic materials and products.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the performance of standardized ceramic product control tests, which shall be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 1 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education) or other higher level education related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 3: PRODUCT DEVELOPMENT TESTING AND TESTING

Level: 2

Code: MF0150_2

UC Associate: Perform Product Development Trials

Duration: 210 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Prepare test specimens at the laboratory scale, based on technical information.

CE1.1 In a practical scenario of a proposal for a composition of paste, enamel, engobe, fried, ink or ceramic pigment, from technical information:

-Identify the raw materials indicated, and their most relevant chemical-physical characteristics in the composition.

-Dosify the composition in the quantity, accuracy and precision required in the technical instructions.

-Prepare the composition using the indicated operations (grinding, unreading, sifting, kneading, drying, washing, among others).

-Develop test specimens by means of the indicated processes of forming and drying, application of the suspension on support, or heat treatment.

-Indelibly and unambiguously label the test pieces according to the established identification criteria.

C2: Replay performance characterization tests during the manufacturing process of compositions and, in their case, applications, pastes, inks, engobes and ceramic enamels, considering the technical information.

CE2.1 In a practical assumption of an elaborate paste composition, from the technical information:

-Characterize their deflocculability by adding known quantities of deflocculant and the measurement of the corresponding rheological parameters.

-Characterize your compactibility by building the compaction diagram.

-Characterize your behavior in drying by crafting the shrinkage versus moisture diagram.

-Characterize your behavior to the action of heat by the relationship between porosity, contraction and temperature curve and by the elaboration of its dilatometric curve.

CE2.2 In a practical scenario of a screen printing, enamel or engobe ink composition, from technical information:

-Characterize their deflocculability by adding known quantities of deflocculant and the measurement of the corresponding rheological parameters.

-Determine, if any, the fusibility by using the merge button and the sealing temperature.

-Evaluate the color development of the composition by comparison with standard compositions and pigments.

-Evaluate aesthetic characteristics and surface appearance by comparison with standard compositions.

-Determine your behavior to heat action by making your dilatometric curve.

C3: Set calculations and graphical representations with test data from preset formulas.

CE3.1 In a practical scenario of testing compositions for the manufacture of ceramic products, based on the technical information of the test and the control data listings:

-Calculate control data and process variables using preset formulas.

-Develop simple graphical representations that relate process variables to each other or to other parameters of interest (compaction diagrams, desflocculation diagrams, cooking diagrams, etc.).

C4: Preparing compositions and applications on a semi-industrial scale, considering technical information.

CE4.1 In a practical scenario of obtaining decorative effects, based on a proposal of composition given by technical information, of a paste, enamel, engobe or inks:

-Calculate the loading formula and the composition preparation parameters, using pre-set formulas.

-Identify and describe the sequence of operations suitable for the preparation of the composition.

-Select the appropriate equipment, machines, and tools to perform composition preparation operations.

-Apply the loading, commissioning of the preparation, unloading and storage of the compositions according to the conditions laid down in the written procedures.

-Develop the control tests of the operations and the products obtained: residue to the established mesh light; density and viscosity of the suspensions; humidity and granulometric distribution of the obtained powders.

CE4.2 In a practical scenario of conducting control tests on ceramic products, from an elaborate ceramic paste composition:

-Apply the industrial shaping and drying of the number of pieces set according to the written instructions given.

-Apply the furnace, loading and unloading operations of the cooked products according to the written instructions given.

-Apply the control tests of the operations and the products obtained: Dimensional determinations. Physical characteristics of the products obtained: apparent density, porosity, mechanical strength, colorimetry, among others.

CE4.3 In a practical scenario of obtaining decorative effects and their corresponding control tests, from a composition of enfobe, enamel or ink:

-Prepare machines and equipment for the industrial application of the compositions.

-Conditioning the necessary supports to the industrial application conditions of the compositions to be tested.

-Perform the industrial application of the compositions by respecting the operating parameters described in the given technical instructions.

-Perform the furnace, loading and unloading operations of the cooked products according to the written instructions given.

-Perform control tests on the operations and products obtained.

-Dimensional determinations.

-Assessment of the appearance and aesthetic characteristics of the products obtained.

-Physical and chemical characteristics of the products obtained: resistance to abrasion, chemical attack, quarteal, colorimetry, etc.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 full; C2 full; C3 full; C4 complete.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

Respect internal organization procedures and rules.

Communicate effectively with the right people at every moment, respecting the channels established in the organization.

Learn new concepts or procedures and effectively leverage training using acquired knowledge.

Comply with the production rules set by the organization.

Contents:

1. Preparation of test pieces for the test of ceramic compositions

Dosing and grinding of compositions.

Preparation of compositions: Granulate, rheological conditioning, thermal treatments.

Test-shaped techniques for pastes testing: Prensing. Extrusion. Molded. Casting.

Laboratory-scale compositions application techniques: Enameled Patin. Spray. Sprinkled. Brushstroke. Serigraphy. Application of inks by injection. Immersion.

Fusion and cooling of fried at laboratory scale.

Synthesis of ceramic pigments.

2. Technological characterization of ceramic pastes

Elaboration of deflocculability diagrams.

Crafting compaction diagrams.

Elaboration of drying diagrams.

Crafting cooking diagrams.

3. Technological characterization of inks, enamels, fried and ceramic pigments

Elaboration of deflocculability diagrams. Determination of fusibility.

Determining the evolution of appearance in cooking.

Color development.

Comparison trials with standard compositions.

Semi-industrial tests.

4. Industrial preparation of compositions. Storage and stability conditions

Pilot plant: Industrial equipment and installations.

Conditioning and tuning of enamels application lines.

Conditioning and tuning of decoration equipment.

Point-to-point and regulation of test furnaces.

5. Safety standards in the ceramic laboratory

Reagents and materials used: toxicity and dangerousness.

Precautions to be adopted for reactive and material handling and storage.

Risks arising from the control operations of ceramic materials and products.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the performance of ceramic product development tests, which shall be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 1 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education) or other higher level education related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

ANNEX III

PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATION: MANUAL AND SEMI-AUTOMATIC MANUFACTURING AND PROCESSING OF GLASS PRODUCTS

Professional Family: Glass and Ceramics

Level: 1

Code: VIC203_1

General Competition

Perform manual or semi-automatic operations of glass product molding from melted masses or glass tubes, following technical instructions and ensuring the quality and safety of operations.

Competition Units

UC0643_1: Manually or semi-automatically make glass products by blowing

UC0644_1: Manually or semi-automatically assemble glass products by casting, pressing, and centrifuging

UC0645_1: Manually or semi-automatically prepare glass products by molding glass tubes

Professional Environment

Professional Scope

Develops its activity in areas of manipulation, manual and semi-automatic transformation of glass products, dedicated to the manufacture of industrial glass, in entities of public or private nature, in small enterprises and medium or micro-enterprises, both self-employed and non-employed, irrespective of their legal form. Develops its activity depending on the functional and/or hierarchically of a superior. The principles of universal accessibility in accordance with applicable regulations apply in the development of their professional activity.

Productive Sectors

It is located in the production sector of glass manufacturing, in the subsectors of manufacture and transformation of products of hollow glass, glass for the home and decoration and of packaging and products of glass for the industry pharmaceutical.

Relevant Occupations and Jobs

The terms of the following relationship of occupations and jobs are used with a generic and omnicomprensivo character of women and men.

Packaging, household items, and manual and semi-automatic glass adornment

Glass Packaging Manufacturers for the Pharmaceutical Industry

Glazed Masters

Blowers, modellers, laminators, cutters, and glass pullers

Manual and semi-automatic hollow glass transformers

Associated Training (360 hours)

Training Modules

MF0643_1: Manual and semi-automatic conformed of glass products by blow (150 hours)

MF0644_1: Manual and semi-automatic assembly of glass products by casting, pressing and centrifuging (90 hours)

MF0645_1: Manual and semi-automatic glass tube molding (120 hours)

COMPETITION UNIT 1: MANUALLY OR SEMI-AUTOMATICALLY FORMING GLASS PRODUCTS BY BLOWING

Level: 1

Code: UC0643_1

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Perform hand-blown, hand-blown operations to form molten glass, obtaining glass products under established quality and safety conditions.

CR 1.1 The choice of the appropriate rod is performed, taking into account the shape of the piece to be formed, the quantity of glass needed, the temperature and the viscosity of the molten glass, so that it can be obtained the part in the established quality and safety conditions.

CR 1.2 The potting takes place in one or two stages, depending on the size of the part to be blown, avoiding the appearance of bubbles and rolled glass and handing out the glass by working at the table with the tools specified.

CR 1.3 The glass piece with the shape and dimensions specified on the product tab is obtained by blowing and handling the stain.

CR 1.4 The separation of the reed from the shaped piece and the reburning of the edges is performed without the part suffering deterioration or unacceptable in its quality.

CR 1.5 The flat glass sheet with the thickness and dimensions specified on the product fiche is obtained by blowing, handling and cutting the stained glass.

CR 1.6 The elaborate piece or flat glass sheet is subjected to the annealing cycle, eliminating the stresses and preventing the break of the part.

CR 1.7 The handling of molten glass and hot glass masses and the use of tools and tools is carried out in compliance with established manufacturing and safety procedures and keeping the area of work of your responsibility.

RP 2: Perform manual blow operations in mold to form molten glass, obtaining glass products under established quality and safety conditions.

CR 2.1 The choice of the indicated reed is carried out taking into account the shape of the piece to be formed, the quantity of glass required, the temperature and viscosity of the molten glass in such a way as to enable the Part of the quality and safety conditions set out.

CR 2.2 Posta taking is done in one or two stages depending on the size of the piece to be blown, avoiding the appearance of bubbles and rolled glass and handing out the glass properly by working at the table with the tools specified.

CR 2.3 The dimensions of the mold are adjusted to those of the piece to be obtained and to the requirements of the thermal cycle, fulfilling the conditions of quality and safety established.

CR 2.4 The coating with carbon dust or graphite compounds and the addition of water is carried out, allowing the shaping and removal of the piece without suffering any deterioration or unacceptable in its quality.

CR 2.5 The adhesion of the glass is controlled by ensuring the temperature of the mold.

CR 2.6 The piece of glass is formed by introducing the preform of size and shape that allow the blow in the mold and, if necessary, the rotating movement of the reed.

CR 2.7 The extraction of the shaped piece, its separation of the reed and the reburning of the edges, is carried out without the part suffering deterioration and unacceptable in its quality.

CR 2.8 Possible stresses in the glass are removed by recoding the elaborate piece or flat glass sheet and avoiding breakage.

CR 2.9 The handling of molten glass masses and the use of tools and tools is performed in compliance with established manufacturing and safety procedures and keeping the working area clean and clean. the responsibility of the operator.

RP 3: Perform manual operations to paste and mold hot glass components, in accordance with established procedures and in the required quality and safety conditions.

CR 3.1 The base part is reheated allowing the component soldier and preventing breakages due to the thermal gradient.

CR 3.2 The glass outlet for making the component is done in such a way as to obtain the amount according to the temperature required for the bonding and molding of components.

CR 3.3 Sketches, stems, handles, feet, or jets are molded using the tools and tools indicated.

CR 3.4 Sketches, stems, handles, feet, or jets are placed according to the product tab.

CR 3.5 The handling of molten glass and hot glass masses and the use of tools and tools are carried out in compliance with established manufacturing and safety procedures and keeping the area of work under the responsibility of the operator.

Professional context:

Production media:

Cast glass. Machines and equipment: furnace for glass melting. Oven for reheating mouths. Torch. Blow cane. Moulds. Tools for manual shaping and moulding of glass by blowing: tongs, glass bench, tweezers, cutting scissors, "pontil", punch, "graipa" compas, marble and pallet.

Products and results:

Glass containers such as bottles, jars, jars and glass containers for laboratory. Glass products for dishware and glassware. Glass products for decoration. Handcrafted flat glass sheets obtained by blowing.

Information used or generated:

Section manager work orders and control sheets, printed, and incident parts.

COMPETITION UNIT 2: MANUALLY OR SEMI-AUTOMATICALLY FORMING GLASS PRODUCTS BY CASTING, PRESSING AND CENTRIFUGING

Level: 1

Code: UC0644_1

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Manually assemble molten glass by casting into a mold to obtain glass products under established quality and safety conditions.

CR 1.1 The choice of the given sphere is performed taking into account the amount of glass required and its temperature and viscosity, so that it allows the glass to be taken and the piece is obtained in the conditions of quality and established security.

CR 1.2 The mold used conforms to the dimensions of the part to be obtained and to the requirements of the thermal cycle.

CR 1.3 The mold is heated by controlling the temperature to achieve the required adhesion of the glass.

CR 1.4 The filling of the mold is made so that the glass is repaired evenly, without forming any bubbles or defects that subtract the product quality.

CR 1.5 The mold is lubricated periodically in accordance with established procedures.

CR 1.6 The small rebabas produced are removed by melting with a torch, without the part suffering from breakages or impermissible in its quality.

CR 1.7 The elaborate piece is subjected to the annealing cycle, eliminating stresses that may cause the part to break during the cooling.

CR 1.8 The handling of molten glass masses and the use of tools and tools indicated, is performed in compliance with established manufacturing and safety procedures and keeping the working area clean and clean. the responsibility of the operator.

RP 2: Conform manually or semi-automatic molten glass by pressing in moulds, to obtain glass products under the conditions of established quality and safety.

CR 2.1 The choice of the indicated sphere is performed taking into account the quantity of glass required and its temperature and viscosity, so that it allows the glass to be taken and the piece is obtained in the conditions of quality and established security.

CR 2.2 Glass-taking is performed with the indicated sphere and considering the amount of glass required and its temperature and viscosity.

CR 2.3 The adhesion of the glass is controlled by ensuring the temperature of the mold.

CR 2.4 The mold used conforms to the dimensions of the part to be obtained and to the requirements of the thermal cycle.

CR 2.5 The mold and punch or male are periodically lubricated according to the established procedures.

CR 2.6 The mold is filled so that the glass is evenly repaired, without forming any bubbles or defects that subtract the product.

CR 2.7 The pressing pressure exerted on the shape of the piece and the temperature of the glass is adjusted according to the established quality conditions.

CR 2.8 The small rebabas produced are removed by melting with a torch without the part suffering from breakages and unacceptable in its quality.

CR 2.9 The elaborate piece is subjected to the annealing cycle, eliminating stresses that may cause its breakage.

CR 2.10 The handling of molten glass and hot glass masses and the use of tools and tools is carried out in compliance with established manufacturing and safety procedures and keeping the area of work of your responsibility.

RP 3: Conform manually or semi-automatic molten glass by centrifuging into moulds to obtain glass products under established quality and safety conditions.

CR 3.1 The choice of the appropriate sphere is carried out taking into account the quantity of glass required and its temperature and viscosity, so as to permit the production of the part in the conditions of quality and safety set.

CR 3.2 Glass taking is done so that a rounded pot is obtained and the amount of glass needed for the piece to be formed.

CR 3.3 The adhesion of the glass is guaranteed by controlling the temperature of the mold.

CR 3.4 The mold used is adjusted to the dimensions of the piece to be obtained and the requirements of the thermal cycle.

CR 3.5 The mass of the glass is deposited exactly in the center of the mold allowing, at the appropriate speed and stages of centrifugation, that the glass is evenly repaired without forming bubbles or defects or mermas of quality inadmissible.

CR 3.6 The moulds are kept at the indicated temperature by ensuring that the adhesion of the glass is adequate.

CR 3.7 The small rebabas produced are removed by merging with a torch.

CR 3.8 The annealing cycle of the elaborate piece is carried out by eliminating the stresses that may cause the rupture of the piece.

CR 3.9 The handling of molten glass and hot glass masses and the use of tools and tools is carried out in compliance with established manufacturing and safety procedures and keeping the area of work under the responsibility of the operator.

RP 4: Paste hot components, following the technical instructions and procedures, complying with applicable environmental protection and prevention regulations.

CR 4.1 The base part is reheated, welding the components without the thermal gradient producing breakages or meriting in the product quality.

CR 4.2 The glass intake for making the component is done in such a way as to obtain the required amount at the right temperature for bonding and molding of components.

CR 4.3 Sketches, stems, handles, feet, or jets are molded using the tools and tools indicated.

CR 4.4 Sketches, stems, handles, feet, or jets are placed according to the product tab.

CR 4.5 The handling of molten glass and hot glass masses and the use of tools and tools is carried out in compliance with established manufacturing and safety procedures and keeping the area clean and clean. work under the responsibility of the operator.

Professional context:

Production media:

Materials: Cast Glass. Machines and equipment: Iron and glass foundry. Oven for reheating mouths. Torch. Spheres for the taking of glass. Moulds. Tools for manual shaping and moulding of glass by casting, pressing and centrifuging.

Products and results:

Glassware and glassware products. Glass products for decoration. Glass products for lighting. Handcrafted flat glass sheets obtained by casting.

Information used or generated:

Section manager work orders and control sheets, printed, and incident parts.

COMPETITION UNIT 3: MANUALLY OR SEMI-AUTOMATICALLY MANUFACTURE GLASS PRODUCTS BY MOLDING GLASS TUBES

Level: 1

Code: UC0645_1

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Conform glass objects by molding of in-mold tubes to obtain glass products under the indicated quality, safety, and environmental conditions.

CR 1.1 Glass tubes are selected according to the product to be molded according to the product fiche, the technical characteristics and the dimensions of the tube.

CR 1.2 The glass tubes and the products obtained are transported under safety conditions without any deterioration or unacceptable alterations in their characteristics.

CR 1.3 The mold used conforms to the dimensions of the part to be obtained and to the requirements of the thermal cycle, according to established procedure.

CR 1.4 The shaping and removal of the piece without any deterioration or unacceptable deterioration in its quality is performed by coating with coal dust or graphite compounds and adding water.

CR 1.5 Glass adherence is guaranteed by controlling the mold temperature.

CR 1.6 The selection of the shape and temperature of the flame is performed considering the type of glass, either borosilicate, neutral glass, quartz glass or other, and the shape of the product to be manufactured, avoiding the appearance of false welds.

CR 1.7 The mold and demoldie blowing operations are performed by allowing the piece to be obtained under the indicated quality conditions.

CR 1.8 The edges of the piece are cut, reburning by the torch, tools and work tools.

CR 1.9 The handling of glass tubes, both cold and hot, and the use of tools and tools is carried out in compliance with established manufacturing and safety procedures and keeping the area of work under the responsibility of the operator.

RP 2: Conform glass objects by molding glass tubes and rods to obtain glass products under established quality, safety and environmental conditions.

CR 2.1 The glass tubes are selected according to the product to be molded according to the product fiche, the technical characteristics and the dimensions of the tube.

CR 2.2 The glass tubes and the products obtained are transported under safety conditions without any deterioration or unacceptable alterations in their characteristics.

CR 2.3 The glass tubes are cut, canting them according to the dimensions indicated in the work order, avoiding breakages and meriting in their quality.

CR 2.4 The edges of the piece are cut, reburning by the torch, tools and work tools.

CR 2.5 The selection of the shape and temperature of the flame is performed considering the type of glass, either borosilicate, neutral glass, quartz glass or other, and the shape of the product to be manufactured, to avoid the appearance of false welds.

CR 2.6 The opening of mouths and feet is performed using the indicated spatula without the part being damaged or reduced in its quality.

CR 2.7 Throttling, stretching, curving and blowing operations are performed with the indicated utensils, allowing glass pieces to be obtained in the required quality conditions.

CR 2.8 The handling of glass tubes, both cold and hot, and the use of the tools and the tools indicated is carried out in compliance with the established manufacturing and safety procedures and keeping cleans the work area under the responsibility of the operator.

RP 3: Perform finishing operations on glass objects obtained by molding glass tubes to obtain glass products according to specifications given and complying with applicable risk prevention regulations work and environmental protection.

CR 3.1 The grinding mouths are obtained using the grinding lathe, according to the quality characteristics required and in safety conditions.

CR 3.2 Metal glass joints are performed according to the procedures described in the established quality and safety conditions, avoiding defects or unacceptable in the quality of the parts.

CR 3.3 Calcas and/or serigraphs are applied on the surface of the prepared glass using the established techniques.

CR 3.4 The preparation and application of vitrifiable enamels and inks and the manual application of vitrifiable decals are performed according to the technical instructions, obtaining products with the quality characteristics set.

CR 3.5 The calibration of the volumetric glass objects and the identification marking of their quality is carried out by means of specific calibration equipment and means, ensuring compliance with their quality and use conditions.

CR 3.6 The assembly of composite products by various components is carried out in accordance with the technical instructions and allows the production of products with the established quality characteristics.

CR 3.7 The handling of glass tubes, both cold and hot, and the use of the tools and the tools indicated, is carried out in compliance with the established manufacturing and safety procedures and cleans the work area under the responsibility of the operator.

RP 4: Recocer the shaped glass objects for the production of glass products under the established quality conditions, following technical instructions and complying with the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 4.1 Heat treatment for stress removal is prepared by placing the glass pieces in the oven

CR 4.2 The heating and cooling temperature curve is selected taking into account the size, shape and thickness of the products and the type of glass used.

CR 4.3 The discharge of the finished products is performed without any deterioration or merit in its quality characteristics.

CR 4.4 The handling of glass products and the use of tools and tools for annealing is carried out in compliance with established manufacturing and safety procedures and keeping the area of work under the responsibility of the operator.

RP 5: Embaling glass products to store them according to established procedures and respecting applicable safety and environmental protection regulations.

CR 5.1 Finished glass products are labeled allowing their identification and location in the warehouse.

CR 5.2 The identification of the status of the products, both finished and non-compliant and pending elaboration, is done in accordance with the established work procedures.

CR 5.3 The packaging and packaging of glass products is carried out in the light of their storage and transport without damage or in their quality.

CR 5.4 The handling of glass products and the use of the tools and the tools indicated is performed in compliance with the established manufacturing and safety procedures and keeping the area of job.

Professional context:

Production media:

Tubes and glass rods. Vitrifiable enamels and inks. Calcas. Revolver, propane-oxygen or propane/butane-oxygen type table torch. Hand torch. Torch nozzles. Cutter-marking machine. Diamond disc tronder. Lathe glass of heads, fast dish, torch and accessories. Moulds. Table tools for working with glass, such as spatulas, tweezers, blades, blowing rods, moulds, staples and easels. Grinding, mattering around. Electric oven. Gloves, goggles and personal protective equipment.

Products and results:

Laboratory glass instruments: distillation apparatus, burettes, flasks, graduated pipettes, volumetric pipettes, test tubes, test tubes, centrifuge tubes, volumetric glass, luminous labels, articles for decoration and others.

Information used or generated:

Section manager work orders and control sheets, printed, and incident parts. Manufacturing bases: preparation and maintenance of machinery, basic procedures for the preparation of glass. Technical procedures. Recognition of defects and qualities.

TRAINING MODULE 1: MANUAL AND SEMI-AUTOMATIC SHAPING OF GLASS PRODUCTS BY BLOWING

Level: 1

Code: MF0643_1

Associated with UC: Manually or semi-automatically conform glass products by blowing

Duration: 150 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Identify techniques and procedures for manual or semi-automatic processing of glass products by blowing.

CE1.1 Describe all techniques of manual or semi-automatic processing of glass products by blowing, classifying them according to their technological characteristics and the products obtained.

CE1.2 In a scenario of identification of different blow-shaped glass products:

-Relate the glass products with the shaping techniques.

-Identify the main operations for the elaboration of each glass product.

-Identify useful machines and tools for the manufacture of each glass product.

C2: Develop glass products by blowing.

CE2.1 Describe the sequence of operations, procedures, tools, and equipment for the manual processing of glass products, by blow-to-pulse and blow-to-mold.

CE2.2 Describe the main occupational risks and safety measures and equipment to be used in the manual manufacture of blow glass products.

CE2.3 In a practical case of forming a hollow glass product by means of a pulse blow, from oral or written work orders and the corresponding model, in glass or in sketch:

-Take the glass pot needed to obtain the product described.

-Effective the pulse-hollow glass forming operations.

-Paste the components described in the product definition to be worked out.

-Effective retouching and finishing according to the product tab.

-Recocer without the product suffering breakages due to insufficient tension removal.

CE2.4 In a practical case of forming a hollow glass product by blow in mold, from the corresponding oral or written work orders and the model, in glass or in sketch:

-Take the glass pot to obtain the product described.

-Choose the required mold and conditioner it.

-Effective the mold hollow glass forming operations.

-Paste the components described in the product definition to be worked out.

-Effective retouching and finishing according to the product tab.

-Recocer without the product suffering breakages due to insufficient tension removal.

CE2.5 In a practical case of forming a flat glass sheet by blowing, from the corresponding oral or written work orders:

-Take the glass pot by getting the product described.

-elaborate the manchon according to the dimensions and thickness of the flat glass sheet described in the work order.

-Spangling the stain and separating it from the reed.

-Cut and flatten the cylinder.

-Perform the retouching and finishing according to the product tab.

-Recocer without the product suffering breakages due to insufficient tension removal.

C3: Describe major defects related to manual or semi-automatic processing of glass products by blowing.

CE3.1 Describe the main defect classification criteria related to the blowing operations of glass products, pasting of components and annealing.

CE3.2 In a practical case of identification of manufacturing defects attributable to blow operations, tacking of components or annealing, in which glass products obtained by hand-blowing to pulse or in bad mold:

-Identify and describe manufacturing defects.

-Consider the severity of defects identified based on the quality of the finished product.

-Point out their most likely causes.

-Propose possible solutions.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.2; C2 with respect to CE2.3, CE2.4 and CE2.5; C3 with respect to CE3.2.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you are developing, finishing work within the set deadlines.

Finish the job based on criteria of suitability, speed, economy and effectiveness.

Interpret and execute the work instructions.

Maintain the work area with the appropriate degree of order and cleanliness, required by the organization.

Respect the organization's internal procedures and rules.

Contents:

1. Glass for manual or semi-automatic shaping. Blown glass

General characteristics of the glass for manual or semi-automatic shaping. Types. Classification criteria.

The melting of the glass: Cast glass properties related to their manual or semi-automatic shaping. Colouring of glass en masse. Fine-tuned. Melting and annealing curves.

Glass used in blowing.

2. Blow-shaped

Products obtained by blowing glass.

Tools, tools, and moulds used.

Posts ' take.

Manufacture of hollow glass products by pulse blowing.

Elaboration of hollow glass products by mold blowing.

Mold Conditioning.

Drawing flat glass sheets by blowing.

Retouching and finishing.

3. Annealing of blow-molded glass products

General aspects of glass product annealing.

Ovens and annealing programs for blow-molded glass products.

Manually or semi-automatic molded glass product recocido.

4. More frequent defects in the shape of glass product blowing

Defects caused by the melting of glasses.

Pulse-blown defects.

Mold-blown defects.

Defects originating from component pasting.

Defects originating from the annealing of glass products.

5. Measures for the prevention of risks, environmental protection and safety and occupational health in the operation of the blowing of glass products

Precautions to be taken for the handling and transportation of materials used in the blowing of glass.

Prevention of risks arising from glass blowing operations.

Major residues and contaminants: dangerousness and treatment.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the manual or semi-automatic shaping of glass products by blowing, which shall be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 1 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education) or other higher level education related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 2: MANUAL AND SEMI-AUTOMATIC SHAPING OF GLASS PRODUCTS BY CASTING, PRESSING AND CENTRIFUGING

Level: 1

Code: MF0644_1

Associated with UC: Manually or semi-automatically conform glass products by casting, pressing, and centrifuging

Duration: 90 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Identify techniques and procedures for manual or semi-automatic processing of glass products by casting, pressing and centrifuging.

CE1.1 Describe all manual or semi-automatic processing techniques of glass products, by casting, pressing and centrifuging and sorting them according to their technological characteristics and the products obtained.

CE1.2 In a practical identification case from samples of different shaped glass products, by casting, pressing or centrifuging:

-Relate the glass products by adapting them to the shaping techniques used.

-Identify the main operations required for the manufacture of each glass product

-Identify the useful machines and tools needed to make each glass product.

C2: Develop glass products by pressing.

CE2.1 Describe the sequence of operations, procedures, tools, and equipment for manual processing of glass products by pressing.

CE2.2 Describe the main occupational risks and safety measures and equipment to be used in the manual processing of glass products by pressing.

CE2.3 In a practical case of forming a glass product by pressing, from the corresponding oral or written work orders and a model, in glass or in sketch:

-Take the glass pot needed to obtain the product described.

-Choose the required mold and conditioner it.

-Adjust the temperature and pressing pressure to the mold and product characteristics described.

-Perform the retouching and finishing according to the product tab.

-Recocer without the product suffering breakages due to insufficient tension removal.

C3: Develop glass products by centrifuging.

CE3.1 Describe the sequence of operations, procedures, tools and equipment required for the manual processing of glass products by centrifuging.

CE3.2 Describe the main occupational risks and safety measures and equipment to be used in the manual processing of glass products by centrifuging.

CE3.3 In a practical case of forming a glass product by centrifuging, from the corresponding oral or written work orders and a model, in glass or in sketch:

-Take the glass pot needed to obtain the product described.

-Choose the required mold and conditioner it.

-Perform the mold filling and centrifuge operations of the glass in the mold.

-Perform the retouching and finishing according to the product tab.

-Recocer without the product suffering breakages due to insufficient tension removal.

C4: Develop glass products by casting.

CE4.1 Describe the sequence of operations, procedures, tools, and equipment required for manual processing of glass products by casting.

CE4.2 Describe the main occupational risks and safety measures and equipment to be used in the manual processing of glass products by casting.

CE4.3 In a practical case of forming a glass product by casting, from the corresponding oral or written work orders and a model, in glass or in sketch:

-Take the glass pot needed to obtain the product described.

-Choose the required mold and conditioner it.

-Perform glass casting operations in the mold.

-Perform the retouching and finishing according to the product tab.

-Recocer without the product suffering breakages due to insufficient tension removal.

C5: Describe major defects related to manual or semi-automatic processing of glass products by casting, pressing and centrifuging.

CE5.1 Describe the main criteria for the classification of defects related to the casting, pressing and centrifuging operations of glass products, pasting of components and annealing.

CE5.2 In a practical sample of glass products, obtained by casting, pressing or centrifuging, with manufacturing defects attributable to the operations of forming, pasting of components or annealing:

-Identify manufacturing defects, each describing them.

-Consider the severity of defects identified based on the quality of the finished product.

-Point out their most likely causes, proposing possible solutions.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.2; C2 with respect to CE2.3; C3 with respect to CE3.3; C4 with respect to CE4.3; C5 with respect to CE5.2.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

Finish the job based on criteria of suitability, speed, economy and effectiveness.

Interpret and execute work instructions.

Maintain the work area with the appropriate degree of order and cleanliness, required by the organization.

Respect the organization's internal procedures and rules.

Contents:

1. Glass for manual or semi-automatic shaping by casting, pressing and centrifuging

General characteristics of the glass for manual or semi-automatic shaping by casting, pressing and centrifuging. Types. Classification criteria.

The melting of the glass: Cast glass properties related to their manual or semi-automatic shaping. Colouring of glass en masse. Fine-tuned. Melting and annealing curves.

Glass used in casting, pressing and centrifuging.

2. Formed by casting

Products obtained by casting.

Machines, tools, tools, and moulds used.

Mold Conditioning.

Posts and mold filling.

Elaboration of glass products by casting.

Retouching and finishing.

3. Shaped by pressing

Products obtained by pressing.

Machines, tools, tools, and moulds used.

Mold Conditioning.

Posts ' take.

Manufacture of glass products by pressing.

Retouching and finishing.

4. Shaped by centrifuging

Products obtained by centrifuging.

Machines, tools, tools, and moulds used.

Mold Conditioning.

Posts ' take.

Making glass products by centrifuging.

Retouching and finishing.

5. Annealing of manually or semi-automatically molded glass products

General aspects of glass product annealing.

Ovens and annealing programs for manually or semi-automatic molded glass products.

Manually or semi-automatic molded glass product recocido.

6. More frequent defects in the shaping by casting, pressing and centrifuging of glass products

Defects caused by the melting of glasses.

Defects originating from the casting.

Defects originating from pressing.

Defects originating from the centrifuge.

Defects originating from component pasting.

Defects originating from the annealing of glass products.

7. Measures for the prevention of risks, environmental protection and safety and occupational health in manual operations for the manufacture of glass products by casting, pressing and centrifuging.

Precautions to be taken for the handling and transportation of materials used.

Prevention of risks arising from the manual or semi-automatic casting, pressing and centrifuging operations.

Major residues and contaminants: dangerousness and treatment.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the manual or semi-automatic shaping of glass products by casting, pressing and centrifuging, which shall be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 1 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education) or other higher level education related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 3: MANUAL AND SEMI-AUTOMATIC MOULDING OF GLASS TUBES

Level: 1

Code: MF0645_1

Associated with UC: Manually or semi-automatically elaborate glass products by molding glass tubes

Duration: 120 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Identify the main techniques of manual or semi-automatic molding of glass tubes, describing each of them.

CE1.1 Describe the main techniques of manual or semi-automatic molding of glass tubes by classifying them according to their technological characteristics and the products obtained.

CE1.2 In a practical identification scenario, from different glass products, made up of manual or semi-automatic techniques:

-Relate the glass products by adapting them to the molding techniques used.

-Identify the main operations required for the manufacture of each glass product.

-Identify the main operations required for the finishing of each glass product.

-Identify useful machines and tools by carrying out a glass product.

C2: Develop glass products by blowing glass tubes.

CE2.1 Describe the sequence of operations, procedures, tools, and equipment needed for the manual processing of glass products by blowing pipes.

CE2.2 Describe the main occupational risks and safety measures and equipment to be used in the manual processing of glass products by means of tube blowing.

CE2.3 In a practical case of forming a hollow glass product, by means of a glass tube pulse, from the corresponding work orders, oral or written, and a model in glass or sketch:

-Select the glass tube required to obtain the product described.

-Perform the heated, stretched, blown, cut, and reburned operations of the glass tube, necessary for the production of the described product.

-Paste the components described in the product definition to be worked out.

-Perform the retouching and finishing according to the product tab.

-Recocer without the product suffering breakages due to insufficient tension removal.

CE2.4 In a practical case of forming a hollow glass product by blowing in a glass tube mold, from the corresponding work orders, oral or written and of a model in glass or in sketch:

-Select the glass tube required to obtain the product described.

-Choose the required mold.

-Perform the mold conditioning operations required for the production of the described product

-Perform the operations of heated, stretched, blown, cut, reburned, etc. of the in-mold glass tube, for the elaboration of the described product.

-Dismolar in such a way that the product does not suffer any deterioration or impermissible in its quality.

-Paste the components described in the product definition that you want to make.

-Replay and finish according to the product tab.

-Perform calibration and signaling of volumetric glass products.

-Recocer without the product suffering breakages due to insufficient tension removal.

C3: Develop glass products by molding glass tubes and rods.

CE3.1 Describe the sequence of operations, procedures, tools and equipment necessary for the manual processing of glass products by molding of glass tubes and rods.

CE3.2 Describe the main occupational risks and safety measures and equipment to be used in the manual processing of glass products by means of moulding of glass tubes and rods.

CE3.3 In a practical case of forming a glass product by molding of glass tubes and rods, from the corresponding work orders, oral or written and of a model in glass or in sketch:

-Select, cut and sing the glass tubes and rods necessary for obtaining the product described.

-Select the tools and perform the required throttling, stretching, and curving operations with the appropriate shape and flame temperature for the production of the described product.

-Paste the components described in the product definition to be worked out.

-Perform calibration and signaling of volumetric glass products.

-Replay and finish according to the product tab.

-Recocer without the product suffering breakages due to insufficient tension removal.

C4: Store glass products obtained by molding glass tubes.

CE4.1 In a scenario of selecting glass products, from a work order:

-Describe the quality and selection criteria, derived from the work order.

-Dispose the finished materials appropriately to facilitate their identification and prevent their deterioration.

-Select glass products according to the quality criteria set.

-Control the selected products and fill in the production and control parts set on the work order.

-Describe the main occupational risks and safety measures and equipment used in the handling, transport and storage of glass products obtained by moulding glass tubes and rods.

CE4.2 In a practical scenario of packaging and labeling of glass products from a work order: -Identify and describe the codes used in the identification of finished products.

-Identify the means and materials necessary for the execution of the various packaging and labeling operations.

-Embaling the indicated products according to the procedures described in the work order.

-Identify packaging according to the coding and labeling rules arranged.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C2 with respect to CE2.3 and CE2.4; C3 with respect to CE3.3; full C4.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

Finish the job based on criteria of suitability, speed, economy and effectiveness.

Interpret and execute the work instructions.

Maintain the work area with the appropriate degree of order and cleanliness, required by the organization.

Respect the organization's internal procedures and rules.

Contents:

1. Types of glass used in the manufacture of glass tubes and rods

Main technical characteristics of the types of glass used in the manufacture of glass tubes and rods: Borosilicate glass. Neutral glass. Silica glass.

2. Glass tubes and rods

General characteristics of the glass tubes present in the market: Types. Technical characteristics. Classification criteria.

General characteristics of the glass rods present in the market: Types. Technical characteristics. Classification criteria.

3. Products obtained by manual and semi-automatic glass moulding

hollow glass.

ornamental glass.

Laboratory Glass.

Luminous labels.

4. Elementary operations of moulding of rods and tubes of glass

Cutting and singing operations of rods and glass tubes.

Bending and stretching operations of rods and glass tubes.

Pulse-blown glass tube molding operations.

Mold Blow Glass Tube Molding Operations: Types of molds. Mould conditioning. Temperature curves.

Products obtained by blowing glass.

Tools, tools, and moulds used.

5. Manufacture of glass products by moulding of rods and tubes of glass

Elaboration of hollow, ornamental, and laboratory products by pulse-blowing.

Elaboration of hollow, ornamental and laboratory glass products by blow in mold.

Elaboration of laboratory products from glass tube.

Surface applications: decals and screen printing.

Glass and metal soldier.

Calibrated for laboratory volumetric glass products.

Retouching and finishing.

6. Annealing of products obtained from the manual or semi-automatic moulding of glass tubes

General aspects of glass product annealing.

Ovens and annealing programs for glass products molded from glass tubes.

Recocido of products obtained from glass tube molding.

7. Defects in manual or semi-automatic moulding of a glass tube and tube

Defects from manual or semi-automatic molding.

Defects originating from the annealing of glass products.

8. Measures for the prevention of risks, environmental protection and safety and occupational health in manual operations for the manufacture of glass tubes.

Precautions to be taken for the handling and transportation of materials used.

Prevention of risks arising from manual or semi-automatic forming of glass products.

Major residues and contaminants: dangerousness and treatment.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the manual or semi-automatic elaboration of glass products by means of glass tube moulding, which shall be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 1 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education) or other higher level education related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

ANNEX IV

PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATION: BASIC OPERATIONS WITH AUTOMATIC EQUIPMENT IN CERAMIC PLANT

Professional Family: Glass and Ceramics

Level: 1

Code: VIC204_1

General Competition

Operate machines and automatic machines for the manufacture of pastes, crisps, pigments, enamels and ceramic products, according to the technical instructions given, guaranteeing the quality and safety of the operations and environmental protection.

Competition Units

UC0646_1: Operate with automatic ceramic paste preparation equipment

UC0647_1: Operate with automatic deep-fried preparation equipment, ceramic pigments and glazes, and engobes

UC0648_1: Operate with automatic manufacturing equipment for conformed ceramic products

Professional Environment

Professional Scope

Develops its professional activity by performing basic operations with automatic equipment in ceramic products manufacturing plants in entities of a private nature, in large, small, medium or medium-sized enterprises. micro-enterprises, both self-employed and others, irrespective of their legal form. Develops its activity depending on the functional and/or hierarchically of a superior. The principles of universal accessibility in accordance with applicable regulations apply in the development of their professional activity.

Productive Sectors

It is located in the productive sector of industry, in the subsectors of manufacture of ceramic pastes, frits, pigments and ceramic enamels, tiles, structural ceramics, refractory, tableware, sanitary appliances, articles of decoration and for the home and ceramics for technical use.

Relevant Occupations and Jobs

The terms of the following relationship of occupations and jobs are used with a generic and omnicomprensivo character of women and men.

Moliners

Atomizer operatives

Granulator operatives

Line-of-line operators

Extrusion line operators

Metering and homogenization of raw materials in deep-fried manufacturing industries and ceramic enamels

Metering and homogenization of raw materials in ceramic pigment manufacturing industries

Frit Oven Operators

Pigment calcination furnace operators

Batch Enameling Compositions

Inks preps

Prensistas

Matrix operators

Terraja or roller calibration machine drivers

Dish-molding machine operators

Enameled Line Operators

Shaped product furnace operators

Cutter, grinding and polishing machine operators, porcelain and lozens

Classifiers

Associated Training (360 hours)

Training Modules

MF0646_1: Operations with automatic ceramic paste preparation equipment (120 hours)

MF0647_1: Operations with automatic chip preparation equipment, pigments, ceramic glazes, and engobes (120 hours)

MF0648_1: Operations with automatic manufacturing equipment for conformed ceramic products (120 hours)

COMPETITION UNIT 1: OPERATE WITH AUTOMATIC CERAMIC PASTE PREPARATION EQUIPMENT

Level: 1

Code: UC0646_1

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Receive raw materials for the preparation of pastes, in accordance with the work instructions and complying with the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 1.1 The supplied material is checked, ensuring the good condition of the packaging and its labelling and verifying the correspondence of the weight and characteristics with the indicated in the entrance albarans, according to the technical instructions.

CR 1.2 Samples and their identification for quality control are performed according to the technical instructions specified in the procedures manual.

CR 1.3 Raw materials are downloaded by storing and operating with the discharge and transport equipment under the quality and safety conditions set out in the process instructions.

CR 1.4 Non-compliant declared materials are clearly and indelibly identified, applying the operating procedure established for them, following the technical instructions.

CR 1.5 The machines, tools and tools are kept oiled, adjusted and clean according to technical instructions and procedural manuals.

CR 1.6 The information regarding the development and results of the work is clearly and accurately reflected, in accordance with the company's technical instructions.

CR 1.7 The work area under the responsibility of the operative staff, remains clean and orderly.

RP 2: Triturate and grind dry the raw materials used in the preparation of ceramic pastes, according to the loading formulas of each composition and according to the needs of the manufacturing program.

CR 2.1 The raw materials are dosed in the grinding and milling machines by dry track, in the proportions and order indicated in the loading sheets.

CR 2.2 The product with the quality characteristics defined in the technical instructions is obtained by operating the grinding and milling equipment by dry track, complying with the applicable regulations.

CR 2.3 The materials are dosed according to the proportions and order indicated in the composition sheets and technical instructions.

CR 2.4 The indicated parameters of granulometric distribution and degree of homogeneity of the produced material are obtained by following the established procedures.

CR 2.5 The amount of material produced is tailored to the specifications of the manufacturing program.

CR 2.6 The machines, tools and tools are kept oiled, adjusted and clean according to technical instructions and procedural manuals.

CR 2.7 Information regarding the development and results of the work is clearly and accurately reflected in accordance with the company's technical instructions.

CR 2.8 The work area under the responsibility of the operative staff, remains clean and orderly.

RP 3: Perform wet milling or unread in water from the mixture of raw materials for the preparation of ceramic pastes, according to the loading formulas of each composition and according to the needs of the program manufacturing.

CR 3.1 The raw materials, water and additives are loaded into the milling machines by wet or in the unread equipment, in the proportions and order shown in the loading sheets.

CR 3.2 The homogeneous composition of the paste, the granulometric distribution and, where appropriate, the rheological conditions established in the working procedures is achieved by operating the grinding equipment.

CR 3.3 The quality characteristics of the established barbotin are obtained by operating the unread equipment.

CR 3.4 The quality characteristics of the barbotin obtained are contrasted with those established in the operating procedures, controlling the density and viscosity of the barbotin and its residue in the specified mesh light and, if appropriate, visually checking the color.

CR 3.5 The machines, tools and tools are kept oiled, adjusted and clean according to technical instructions and procedural manuals.

CR 3.6 Information regarding the development and results of the work is clearly and accurately reflected in accordance with the company's technical instructions.

CR 3.7 The work area under the responsibility of the operative staff, remains clean and orderly.

RP 4: Conditioning the ceramic paste, ground or unread, for the operation of conformed ceramic products according to the working procedures, in the quality conditions, complying with the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CR 4.1 The paste with the specified moisture content is obtained by feeding and operating the wetting, kneading and the filter-press according to the working procedures.

CR 4.2 The established conditions of homogeneity, humidity, granulometry and, where appropriate, the colour of the paste are obtained by operating the granulator according to the operating procedures.

CR 4.3 The barbotin feed to the sprayer at the pressure and with the flow specified in the operating procedures is obtained by conducting the pumping equipment and maintaining the established sequence of rafts from which it is Pump.

CR 4.4 The conditions of homogeneity, colour, humidity and particle size of the atomised paste established in the operating procedures are achieved by handling the atomizer and, where appropriate, the dry colouring machines of the atomized.

CR 4.5 The spray nozzles of the atomizer, the "thrommels", and defers are replaced and/or cleaned, following the established maintenance program.

CR 4.6 The moisture and, where appropriate, the granulometric distribution by sifting of the paste are controlled, comparing them with the quality characteristics established in the operating procedures.

CR 4.7 The machines, tools and tools are kept oiled, adjusted and clean according to technical instructions and procedural manuals.

CR 4.8 Information regarding the development and results of the work is clearly and accurately reflected in accordance with the company's technical instructions.

CR 4.9 The work area under the responsibility of the operative staff, remains clean and orderly.

Professional context:

Production media:

Mineral raw materials and inorganic chemicals with varying degrees of transformation: clays, kaolines, feldspates, silicates, carbonates, quartz. Micronized ceramic pigments. Suspension and organic binders. Deflocculants. Storage facilities for raw materials: eras, silos and barns. Facilities for the treatment and recycling of sludge. Solid dosing facilities. Desleitors. Crumbles. Ball mills, impact and pendulum mills. Vibrotamices and "thrommels". Gas suction and dust separation installations. Balsas for agitation and storage of barbotinas. Barbobotin's trasegic pumps. Defercurlers. Atomizers, granulators, filter-press, amassadoras, moisturizers, dry coloring equipment. Hot gas generators. Continuous moisture control equipment. Control tools such as scales, picnometers, viscosimeters and sieves.

Products and results:

Ceramic pastes in different degrees of finish: moistened powder, atomized, granulated, barbotin, filter-press cakes or plastic mass.

Information used or generated:

Manufacturing orders. Manual of procedures. Applicable rules on prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection. Registration of incidents. Production and quality results. Incident record.

COMPETITION UNIT 2: OPERATE WITH AUTOMATIC EQUIPMENT FOR THE PREPARATION OF DEEP-FRIED, CERAMIC, CERAMIC, AND GLASS

Level: 1

Code: UC0647_1

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Receive raw materials for the preparation of chips, pigments or enamels, in accordance with work instructions and complying with applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CR 1.1 The supplied material is checked, ensuring the good condition of the packaging and its labelling and verifying the correspondence of the weight and characteristics with the indicated in the entrance albarans, according to the technical instructions.

CR 1.2 Samples and their identification for quality control are performed according to the technical instructions specified in the procedures manual.

CR 1.3 Raw materials are downloaded by storing and operating with the discharge and transport equipment under the quality and safety conditions set out in the process instructions.

CR 1.4 Non-compliant declared materials are clearly and indelibly identified by applying the operating procedure established for them, following the technical instructions.

CR 1.5 The machines, tools and tools are kept oiled, adjusted and clean according to technical instructions and procedural manuals.

CR 1.6 The information regarding the development and results of the work is clearly and accurately reflected, in accordance with the company's technical instructions.

CR 1.7 The work area under the responsibility of the operative staff, remains clean and orderly.

RP 2: Mix raw materials for the preparation of fried, pigments, enamels or ceramic inks, dosing the components according to the loading formulas of each composition and according to the needs of the program manufacturing.

CR 2.1 The obtaining of a product with the quality characteristics defined in the technical instructions is ensured by operating the dosing equipment, homogenization and in its case refined, in the safety conditions set.

CR 2.2 Materials are dosed in the proportions and order indicated in the composition sheets and technical instructions.

CR 2.3 The established degree of homogeneity of the prepared mixture is achieved by following the operating procedures.

CR 2.4 The amount of ready mix is tailored to the specifications according to the manufacturing schedule.

CR 2.5 The machines, tools and tools are kept oiled, adjusted and clean according to technical instructions and procedural manuals.

CR 2.6 Information regarding the development and results of the work is clearly and accurately reflected in accordance with the company's technical instructions.

CR 2.7 The work area under the responsibility of the operative staff, remains clean and orderly.

RP 3: Funding homogenized mixtures for the production of frits by operating the feeding and fusion equipment, in accordance with the instructions received and complying with the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 3.1 The feeding equipment of the melting furnace, the extraction of the cooled frit and the cooling water circuit are maintained and prepared, ensuring the correct operation of the furnace and the production of a product with the quality characteristics required.

CR 3.2 The oven is fed with the mixtures, fulfilling the established manufacturing schedule and obtaining the indicated quality characteristics.

CR 3.3 Possible anomalies and contingencies are detected by monitoring the parameters of the fusion process, obtaining the fried in the established quality conditions.

CR 3.4 The discharge and cooling of the melt is carried out under the conditions laid down, complying with the applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CR 3.5 The fried samples and their labeling are taken according to the sampling procedure and referred to the laboratory according to the procedures specified.

CR 3.6 The work area under the responsibility of the operating staff is kept clean and orderly.

CR 3.7 Information regarding the development and results of the work is clearly and accurately reflected in accordance with the company's technical instructions.

RP 4: Calcinate the homogenized mixtures for obtaining pigments by operating the feeding and calcination equipment, according to the instructions received, in the quality conditions and complying with the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 4.1 The preparation and filling of the crucibles, their disposal in the vagonettes and, where appropriate, the feeding of the mixtures to the oven, is carried out in compliance with the manufacturing program established to obtain the characteristics of the Required quality.

CR 4.2 The calcination process parameters are maintained, producing pigments in the established quality conditions.

CR 4.3 The download, cleaning, and storage of the crucibles is done by following the established procedure.

CR 4.4 The fried samples and their labelling are taken according to the sampling procedure to be sent to the laboratory in accordance with the procedures specified.

CR 4.5 Damaged building elements are identified, proceeding to their replacement or repair and allowing the loading of vagonets under established quality and safety conditions.

CR 4.6 The work area under the responsibility of the operating staff is kept clean and orderly.

CR 4.7 Information regarding the development and results of the work is clearly and accurately reflected in accordance with the company's technical instructions.

RP 5: Moler engobes, enamels, frites, and ceramic pigments, according to the work instructions received and complying with applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CR 5.1 The dosage of the raw materials, the products to be milled, the additives and, in their case of the water, is performed with the accuracy and precision required, according to the work order and the loading sheets.

CR 5.2 The load, the scheduling of the milling time and the start of the mills is performed according to the technical instructions and the manufacturing program.

CR 5.3 The density and viscosity controls of the barbotin and its residue at the specified mesh light are performed, allowing to contrast their quality characteristics with those established in the operating procedures.

CR 5.4 De-ferrization, sifting, and unloading of the molded enamel in the reservoir, indicated in the work order, is performed according to the established procedures.

CR 5.5 The rafts and storage tanks of the engobes and enamels, the mill and the molturant elements are cleaned and, if necessary, replenished, allowing their use without the enamel obtained to suffer contamination.

CR 5.6 The grinding, washing and drying of the cakes obtained is done by operating the equipment and obtaining a pigment with the required quality characteristics.

CR 5.7 The work area under the responsibility of the operating staff is kept clean and orderly.

CR 5.8 Information regarding the development and results of the work is clearly and accurately reflected in accordance with the company's technical instructions.

RP 6: Perform the processing and packaging operations of ceramic chips, pigments and enamels, in accordance with established quality procedures and specifications, respecting safety standards and environmental.

CR 6.1 The pelletizers, dryers, micronizers, washing machines and granulometric classifiers are prepared and operated, ensuring the production of dry enamels, pigments, pellets and grits with the characteristics of Required quality.

CR 6.2 The granulometric distribution by sifting of granillas and pellets is controlled, contrasting their quality characteristics with those established in the operating procedures.

CR 6.3 Micronized powders, granillas and pellets, which are in accordance with the quality characteristics defined in the technical instructions, are obtained by dosing the products and operating the mixer, complying with the regulations applicable.

CR 6.4 The samples of the products and their labelling are taken in accordance with the sampling procedure for reference to the laboratory in accordance with the procedures specified.

CR 6.5 The preparation of batch compositions is performed according to work orders and following established procedures.

CR 6.6 The products obtained are taught, packaged and identified in accordance with the established packaging and labelling rules.

CR 6.7 The work zone under the responsibility of the operative staff remains clean and orderly.

CR 6.8 Information regarding the development and results of the work is clearly and accurately reflected in accordance with the company's technical instructions.

Professional context:

Production media:

Mineral raw materials and inorganic chemicals with varying degrees of transformation: clays, kaolines, feldspates, borates, silicates, carbonates, nitrates, phosphates, oxides, fluorides. Synthetic additives: polyphosphates, organic binders. Facilities and storage facilities for raw materials: silos, hoppers, tanks and big-bags. Facilities for dosing and mixing of raw materials. Ovens and auxiliary equipment for frying and calcination. Mills. Facilities for the storage and distribution of barbotins. Pigment washing machines. Dryers, micronizers, pelletizers and mixers. Vibrotamices. Weighing and packing facilities and equipment. Forklift truck. Gas suction and dust separation installations. Sludge treatment plant. Control equipment: liquid picnometer, scale, viscosimeter of fall, normalized series of sieves between 1000 and 45 microns and vibrobastidor. Silk-screen vehicles.

Products and results:

Fried in grain, scales, granilla or micronized. Enamels in barbotin, micronized, pelletized or in milling prepared loading. Micronized ceramic pigments. Ceramic inks.

Information used or generated:

Manufacturing orders. Manual of procedures. Applicable safety and environmental standards. Registration of incidents. Production and quality results. Incident record.

COMPETITION UNIT 3: OPERATE WITH AUTOMATIC MANUFACTURING EQUIPMENT FOR CONFORMED CERAMIC PRODUCTS

Level: 1

Code: UC0648_1

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Conform ceramic products by extrusion, pressing-calibrated and pressing on plastic from previously prepared ceramic pastes according to the established procedures, according to the needs of the manufacturing, under the required quality conditions and complying with the applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 1.1 The dosage of the paste to the extruder, the press-calibrated equipment, the press or the conforming machine is adapted to the specifications of the manufacturing program.

CR 1.2 The good condition of the nozzle or the ground, of the moulds and rollers is checked, allowing to obtain a product with the required quality characteristics.

CR 1.3 The moisture of the paste is controlled, contrasting its quality characteristics with those established in the operating procedures.

CR 1.4 The power and pressure of extruded or pressed in plastic are in accordance with the values laid down in the operating procedures, under the required quality conditions.

CR 1.5 The extrudate's output and cutting devices are adjusted, allowing the production of a product with the required quality characteristics.

CR 1.6 The quality characteristics of the shaped product are controlled, detected and corrected for possible anomalies and deviations.

CR 1.7 The machines, tools and tools are kept oiled, adjusted and clean according to technical instructions and procedural manuals.

CR 1.8 Information regarding the development and results of the work is clearly and accurately reflected in accordance with the company's technical instructions.

CR 1.9 The work area under the responsibility of the operative staff, remains clean and orderly.

RP 2: Conform ceramic products by pressing in semiseco, from pre-prepared ceramic pastes, according to the established procedures, according to the needs of the manufacturing program and in the quality conditions and complying with the applicable rules on the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 2.1 The reception, sifting and dosing of the paste to the press are adapted according to the specifications of the manufacturing program.

CR 2.2 The good condition of the moulds and the dishes is checked, allowing the manufacture of a product with the required quality characteristics.

CR 2.3 The moisture of the paste is controlled by contrasting its quality characteristics with those established in the operating procedures.

CR 2.4 The number of hits per minute of the press and pressing pressure are adjusted to the values set in the work order.

CR 2.5 The output devices are adjusted by obtaining a product with the required quality characteristics.

CR 2.6 The quality characteristics of the shaped product are controlled by detecting and correcting possible anomalies and deviations.

CR 2.7 The machines, tools and tools are kept oiled, adjusted and clean according to technical instructions and procedural manuals.

CR 2.8 Information regarding the development and results of the work is clearly and accurately reflected in accordance with the company's technical instructions.

CR 2.9 The work area under the responsibility of the operative staff, remains clean and orderly.

RP 3: Conform ceramic products by means of automatic casting, from barbotins prepared in advance, according to the established procedures, according to the needs of the manufacturing program and the quality conditions in compliance with applicable labour risk prevention and environmental protection regulations.

CR 3.1 The selection of the moulds, their assembly and their arrangement in the casting line are performed according to the manufacturing schedule and with the technical instructions.

CR 3.2 The quality characteristics of the barbotin obtained are contrasted with those established in the operating procedures, controlling the density and viscosity of the barbotin and its residue in the specified mesh light and, if appropriate, visually checking the color.

CR 3.3 The filling of the moulds and the control of the casting time are performed according to the order established in the working procedures and considering the wall thickness specified in their technical characteristics.

CR 3.4 Disassembly of the moulds, removal of the parts and the repast of the undisturbed product are carried out in the established time and without these suffering deformations or impermissible in their quality.

CR 3.5 The moulds are cleaned, dried and conditioned to allow their use and preservation in the established quality conditions.

CR 3.6 Possible anomalies and deviations in quality characteristics are controlled, detected, corrected to obtain a product with the required quality.

CR 3.7 The machines, tools and tools are kept oiled, adjusted and clean according to technical instructions and procedural manuals.

CR 3.8 Information regarding the development and results of the work is clearly and accurately reflected in accordance with the company's technical instructions.

CR 3.9 The work area under the responsibility of the operative staff, remains clean and orderly.

RP 4: Dry ceramic products by automatic equipment and installations according to the established procedures, according to the needs of the manufacturing program and in the quality conditions and complying with the regulations applicable to the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 4.1 The layout of the parts for transport and drying is performed so that they do not suffer any deterioration and dry evenly.

CR 4.2 The temperatures inside the dryer and the drying time are adjusted by ensuring the quality characteristics established.

CR 4.3 Possible anomalies and deviations in the quality of the dried product are detected by correcting them to obtain the established quality characteristics.

CR 4.4 The machines, tools and tools are kept oiled, adjusted and clean according to technical instructions and procedural manuals.

CR 4.5 Information regarding the development and results of the work is clearly and accurately reflected in accordance with the company's technical instructions.

CR 4.6 The work area under the responsibility of the operative staff, remains clean and orderly.

RP 5: Esmaltar and decorate ceramic products, in accordance with established procedures, achieving the established production and quality and complying with the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and protection environmental.

CR 5.1 The quality characteristics of the enamel suspension obtained are contrasted with those established in the operating procedures, controlling the density and viscosity of the enamel suspension and its residue in the light. of specified mesh.

CR 5.2 The temperature, residual humidity and surface status of the products to be enamelled are controlled, ensuring that the specified values of the process parameters are obtained.

CR 5.3 Automatic machines for application to curtain, spray, drip, immersion, dry applications and applications by means of etching are prepared and put to the point according to the working conditions indicated, for reach the specified values of the processing parameters.

CR 5.4 Continuous line enamels manual application equipment is managed by obtaining enameled products according to the product specifications and with the specified quality.

CR 5.5 The density and viscosity of the ink or enamel suspension for the obtention of decorative effects and, where appropriate, its residue in the specified mesh light is controlled, contrasting its quality characteristics with those established in the operating procedures.

CR 5.6 Automatic screen printing machines, flexography, injection of vitrifiable inks, applications by means of the engraving, automatic applications of calcas and tampography equipment are prepared and put to the point according to the specified working conditions, to obtain the specified decorative effects under the required quality conditions.

CR 5.7 Possible anomalies and deviations in quality characteristics are controlled, detected, corrected to obtain a product with the required quality.

CR 5.8 The machines, tools and tools are kept oiled, adjusted and clean according to technical instructions and procedural manuals.

CR 5.9 Information regarding the development and results of the work is clearly and accurately reflected in accordance with the company's technical instructions.

CR 5.10 The work area under the responsibility of the operative staff, remains clean and orderly.

RP 6: Cocer ceramic products, operating the feeding, cooking and unloading equipment, in accordance with the instructions received and in the required quality conditions, complying with the applicable risk prevention regulations work and environmental protection.

CR 6.1 The transport and disposal of the parts inside the oven is carried out in such a way that they do not suffer any deterioration or unacceptable in their quality and allow the cooking of the products according to the technical specifications of the process.

CR 6.2 The supply and discharge of the parts to the furnace is carried out, allowing compliance with the established manufacturing schedule to obtain the required quality characteristics.

CR 6.3 Possible anomalies and deviations in the quality characteristics of the cooked product are controlled, detected, corrected to obtain a product with the required quality.

CR 6.4 The operations of replacement and cleaning of rollers, of grease of the elements of movement and traction transmission, of grease of the bearings of the fans, of cleaning and greasing of the vagonets and of the replacement of the furnace elements and the deterioration of the furnace, are carried out in the time required and in accordance with the procedures laid down.

CR 6.5 The machines, tools and tools are kept oiled, adjusted and clean according to technical instructions and procedural manuals.

CR 6.6 Information regarding the development and results of the work is clearly and accurately reflected in accordance with the company's technical instructions.

CR 6.7 The work zone under the responsibility of the operative staff, remains clean and orderly.

RP 7: Perform ceramic product finishing operations in accordance with established quality procedures and specifications, while respecting safety standards and complying with applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 7.1 The adjustment, adjustment and handling of the cutting and grinding machines is carried out in accordance with the technical instructions, allowing the production of the specified products under the conditions of quality and safety. required.

CR 7.2 The adjustment and handling of the polishing machines is performed in accordance with the technical instructions to obtain the products specified in the required quality and safety conditions.

CR 7.3 The abrasive and cutting elements subject to wear are identified by replacing them in the time and mode specified in the work procedures.

CR 7.4 Enmalside machines are adjusted by allowing the obtaining of specified tile panels under quality and safety conditions.

CR 7.5 The machines, tools and tools are kept oiled, adjusted and clean according to technical instructions and procedural manuals.

CR 7.6 Information regarding the development and results of the work is clearly and accurately reflected in accordance with the company's technical instructions.

CR 7.7 The work area under the responsibility of the operative staff, remains clean and orderly.

RP 8: Carry out sorting, packaging and labelling operations for finished ceramic products, in accordance with established quality procedures and specifications and complying with the applicable rules of prevention occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 8.1 The material is classified according to established technical procedures and instructions.

CR 8.2 The noncompliant product is detected, applying the treatment set by the company.

CR 8.3 Packaging is done with the appropriate means by ensuring the protection and identification of the product to facilitate its handling and transport.

CR 8.4 The labelling and identification of the packaging is checked, verifying that it contains all the necessary information, such as the type of product, its quality and the date of labelling, and is correctly placed on the site set.

CR 8.5 The machines, tools and tools are kept oiled, adjusted and clean according to technical instructions and procedural manuals.

CR 8.6 The work area under the responsibility of the operative staff, remains clean and orderly.

Professional context:

Production media:

Ceramic pastes: coloured or non-coloured, semi-dry, in a plastic state, in barbotin, in powder or pelletized. Enamels in barbotin, powder and pellets. Micronized chips or in granilla. Prepared ceramic inks. Metallic lustres. Suspensionants, organic and inorganic desflocculants. Ceramic pieces cooked or uncooked. Installations, machines and auxiliary equipment for the conformation and drying of ceramic pieces: presses, grasses, extruders. Metal nozzles for extrusion, metal moulds for semi-dry pressing in plastic, plaster moulds or synthetic resins for pressing in plastic, calibrated or casting. Casting lines, press-calibrated and isostatic pressing machines, calibration tornos. Storage and feeding facilities for the paste. Cutting devices, extraction and/or stacking equipment of parts, vagonettes, dryers, hot air generators. Installations, machines, equipment and tools for enamelling and decoration. The invention relates to a line of enamelling and automatic decoration, spraying machines, curtain, dry applications, screen printing, flexography, huultrasound, tampography, the application of calcas and the injection of vitrifiable inks. Stirrers, tanks and trasiego pumps. Vagonets. Refractory for shoring. Installations and equipment for the suction and purification of powders. Kilns. Auxiliary loading and unloading facilities of furnaces. Auxiliary facilities for the control of furnaces. Machines and equipment for the selection and packaging of the finished product. Equipment for the suction and purification of gases. Cutting, grinding and polishing machines. Dill machines. Table of classification. Automatic selection equipment according to dimensional and/or physical characteristics. Packer. Printer or labeling machine. Palletized and strapping robot. Control equipment and tools: moisture, density, viscosity and mesh residue specified.

Products and results:

Ceramic pieces: ceramic tiles, bricks, tiles, coves, lattice, special pieces and other articles of cooked earth for the construction, enamelled or unglazed. Sanitary, dishware, household items, and ornaments. Refractory, electrical insulators, industrial parts and ceramic articles for laboratory purposes.

Information used or generated:

Manufacturing orders. Manual of procedures. Safety and environmental standards. Registration of incidents. Standard parts for the comparison of qualities. Production and quality results. Incident record.

TRAINING MODULE 1: OPERATIONS WITH AUTOMATIC CERAMIC PASTE PREPARATION EQUIPMENT

Level: 1

Code: MF0646_1

Associated with UC: Operate with automatic ceramic paste preparation equipment

Duration: 120 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Identify, describing them, the main processes of making ceramic pastes.

CE1.1 Identify the different types of pastes used in the ceramic sector and the raw materials used to classify them.

CE1.2 Identify the techniques of transport, reception, storage and mixing of the raw materials used in the manufacture of ceramic pastes as well as the means and equipment needed for this.

CE1.3 Describe the main pulp manufacturing technologies and relate them to the main ceramic products obtained.

CE1.4 Describe the operation and constitution of the main teams by correctly employing concepts and terminology commonly used in the sector.

C2: Perform grinding or unread operations of ceramic pastes, according to established procedures.

CE2.1 In a practical case of primary grinding of clays used in ceramic pastes, from work orders:

-Adjust the shredder power to the specified production.

-Set up and adjust the shredder to working conditions.

-Stop the machine after reaching the indicated quality and production characteristics.

-Proceed to cleaning the machinery.

CE2.2 In a scenario of dry milling of a ceramic paste composition, from the corresponding written work orders:

-Dosify or, if applicable, adjust the power of the grinding equipment to the production specified in the work orders.

-Set up and adjust the grinding equipment to working conditions.

-Apply residue control to the specified mesh light in the work order of the molturated composition.

-Stop the machine after reaching the specified quality and production characteristics, then cleaning it up.

CE2.3 In a scenario of wet milling of a ceramic paste composition, from the corresponding written work orders:

-Dosify or, if applicable, adjust the power of the grinding equipment to the production specified in the work orders.

-Set up and adjust the grinding equipment to working conditions.

-Apply the density, viscosity and residue control to the mesh light specified in the work order, of the molturated composition.

-Stop the machine after reaching the specified quality and production characteristics, then cleaning it up.

CE2.4 In a scenario of unread a ceramic paste composition, from the corresponding written work orders:

-Dosify raw materials and water in the quantity, order, and shape established in the work procedure.

-Set up and adjust the unread equipment to the specified working conditions.

-Apply the density control, viscosity, residue to the specified mesh light and, where appropriate, the visual color control, of the unread composition.

-Stop the machine after reaching the quality characteristics of the specified composition, subsequently cleaning it.

CE2.5 Identify the safety risks and conditions of the facilities and machines used and in practical cases, properly characterized, use the specified individual protective equipment.

CE2.6 Describe procedures by which to report, orally or in writing, to your hierarchical superior of any incidence that occurs in the grinding and unreading of ceramic pastes.

CE2.7 Identify the forms models to fill in the required information regarding the development and results of the job, and to know how to correctly record the generated data.

C3: Perform the paste conditioning operations for the operation of forming ceramic products, according to established procedures.

CE3.1 Identify and describe the main ceramic pastes conditioning technologies to the conformed operation.

CE3.2 In a practical case of wetting and, where appropriate, granules or kneading of a ceramic powder obtained by dry milling, from the corresponding written work orders:

-Adjust the power of the wetting equipment to the production specified in the work orders.

-Set up and adjust the wetting, grainy and kneading equipment to working conditions.

-Apply the moisture control of the obtained paste, according to the procedure specified in the work order.

-Stop the machine after reaching the quality characteristics of the specified composition, subsequently cleaning it.

CE3.3 In a practical case of filtropressing and kneading a ceramic barbotin, from the corresponding written work orders:

-Adjust the power of the filter machine to the technical characteristics of the equipment specified in the work order.

-Set up and adjust the filter equipment to working conditions.

-Extract the cakes obtained according to the specified procedures.

-Adjust the feeding of the kneading equipment to the technical characteristics of the equipment described in the work order.

-Apply the moisture control of the obtained paste, according to the procedure described in the work order.

-Stop the machine after reaching the quality characteristics of the specified composition, subsequently cleaning it.

CE3.4 In a practical case of atomizing a ceramic barbotin, from the corresponding written work orders:

-Adjust the barbotin pump to the pressure specified in the work order.

-Adjust the warm air temperature to the values indicated in the work order.

-Apply the moisture control and the granulometric distribution of the atomized according to the procedures specified in the work order.

CE3.5 Identify the safety risks and conditions of the facilities and machines used and, in practical cases properly characterized, use the individual protection equipment specified.

CE3.6 Describe information flow procedures by which to report, orally or in writing, any incidence that occurs in the conditioning of the paste to the conditions of conformation and in the grubbing-up, stop and start of equipment and facilities.

CE3.7 Identify the forms models to fill in the required information regarding the development and results of the job, and to know how to correctly record the generated data.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C2 with respect to CE2.1, CE2.2 and CE2.3; C3 with respect to CE3.2, CE3.3 and CE3.4.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

Maintain the work area with the appropriate degree of order and cleanliness required by the organization.

Interpret and execute the work instructions.

Respect the organization's internal procedures and rules.

Contents:

1. Ceramic pastes

Ceramic pastes: definition. Types of pastes. Classification criteria.

Raw materials: description of clays and materials used in the composition of pastes.

2. Storage and dosing of materials for the preparation of ceramic pastes

Material storage procedures. Conditions and conservation.

Machines, equipment, installations and operation of the various materials for the reception and storage of materials.

Operations with materials receiving and storage equipment.

homogenization operations in eras and barns.

Solid transport procedures: pneumatic transport. Conveyor belts and elevators.

Metering: types and operation.

Characteristic risks of the installations, equipment, machines and operating procedures of the manufacturing operations of ceramic pastes.

Prevention, protection and environmental measures.

3. Grinding of ceramic pastes

grinding technologies: primary grinding, wet milling and dry milling.

milling operations: mills and milling facilities. Dosing, loading and unloading of mills. Grinding control operations. Unloading, de-ferrization and sifting.

4. Unread ceramic pastes compositions

Unread operations: Unread and turbocharged rafts. Dosage, load of materials. Order and procedures. Unread control operations. Unloading, de-ferrization and sifting.

5. Conditioning of ceramic pastes for the operation of conformed

Operations with equipment for preparing pastes from powders obtained by dry route: Humecated. Granules. Kneading.

Operations with equipment for preparing pastes from powders obtained by wet means: filtropressing and kneading. Atomized.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the operation with automatic equipment for preparing ceramic pastes, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 1 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education) or other higher level education related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 2: OPERATIONS WITH AUTOMATIC EQUIPMENT FOR THE PREPARATION OF FRITS, PIGMENTS, CERAMIC GLAZING AND ENGOBES

Level: 1

Code: MF0647_1

Associated with UC: Operate with automatic equipment for the preparation of fried, ceramic, and ceramic chips and pigments

Duration: 120 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Describe the main processes of making fried and ceramic enamels, classifying the different types.

CE1.1 Identify and classify the different types of ceramic chips based on their main properties contributed to the enamels, applications and uses.

CE1.2 Describe the manufacturing processes of frits and granillas, their main basic operations and the basic aspects of the technology used.

CE1.3 Describe the processes of making engobes, enamels, inks and pellets, their main basic operations and the basic aspects of the technology used.

CE1.4 Relate the different types of chips present in the market with their commercial denominations and with the types of ceramic products manufactured.

C2: Describe the main manufacturing processes of ceramic pigments, classifying the different types.

CE2.1 Identify the different types of pigments based on their main properties contributed to the enamels, their applications and uses.

CE2.2 Describe the process of making pigments, their main basic operations, and the basic aspects of the technology used.

CE2.3 Relate the different types of ceramic pigments present in the market with their commercial denominations and with the types of ceramic products manufactured.

C3: Elaborate crisps and ceramic granillas following established procedures.

CE3.1 In a practical scenario of making a fried, from the corresponding work orders and manufacturing program:

-Apply the dosage automatically to the materials, interpreting the composition sheets.

-Apply the dosage manually to the additives and minority components, interpreting the composition sheets.

-Identify the main operating parameters of the oven and register them in the corresponding printed ones.

-Identify the main out-of-control situations and anomalies that may arise in the merger process, the automatic notices of equipment, and the procedures for information, security and emergency that must be follow.

-Get and label the frit by feeding and driving the automatic equipment.

CE3.2 In a practical scenario of making a granilla, from the corresponding work orders and manufacturing program:

-Apply the dosage automatically to the frits by interpreting the composition sheets.

-Apply the automatic sifting of frits and grits.

-Apply the granulometric distribution test of frits and granillas by sifting in series of sieves.

-Apply the grainy and labeling of the granilla by feeding and driving the automatic equipment.

CE3.3 Identify the safety risks and conditions of the facilities and machines used and, in practical cases properly characterized, use the individual protection equipment specified.

CE3.4 Describe information flow procedures by which to report, orally or in writing, any incidence that occurs in the manufacture of the fried or granilla and at the start, stop and start of the equipment and facilities.

C4: Elaborate ceramic pigments following established procedures.

CE4.1 In a scenario of manufacturing a pigment, from work orders and manufacturing program:

-Dosify materials, additives, and minority components by interpreting the composition sheets and handling the dosing equipment.

-Identify the main operating parameters of the oven and register them in the corresponding printed ones.

-Identify the main out-of-control situations and anomalies that may occur in the calcination process, the automatic warnings of the equipment and the information, security and emergency procedures that they must follow.

-Apply the grinding, washing and drying of the pigment operating with the automatic equipment according to the established procedures.

-Get the pigment out, feeding and driving the automatic equipment.

CE4.2 Identify the safety risks and conditions of the facilities and machines used and, in practical cases properly characterized, use the individual protection equipment specified.

CE4.3 Describe information flow procedures by which to report, orally or in writing, any incidence that occurs in the manufacture of ceramic pigments and at the start, stop and start of the equipment and facilities.

C5: Elaborate ceramic hoenges and enamels following established procedures.

CE5.1 In a practical scenario of making a fool or enamel, from the corresponding work orders and manufacturing program:

-Dosify materials, additives, and minority components by interpreting the composition sheets and handling the dosing equipment.

-Set up the grinding equipment by adjusting it to the working conditions.

-Stop the mill after reaching the quality characteristics of the specified composition, subsequently cleaning it.

-Apply the density, viscosity, and residue control to the mesh light, specified in the work order, of the molturated composition.

-Apply the drying of the fed enamel and operate properly with the dryer.

-Bring out the dry enamel by feeding and driving the automatic equipment, labeling it.

CE5.2 In a practical case of making a vitrifiable ink, from the corresponding work orders and manufacturing program:

-Dosify materials and additives by interpreting the composition sheets.

-Get the mixing and unread equipment in place by adjusting it to working conditions.

-Stop the unread team after reaching the quality characteristics of the specified composition, subsequently cleaning it.

-Apply the density and viscosity control specified in the work order, of the molturated composition.

-Drive and label dry enamel by feeding and driving the automatic equipment.

CE5.3 In a practical scenario of manufacturing a pelletized glaze, from the corresponding work orders and manufacturing program:

-Dosify materials, additives, and minority components by interpreting the composition sheets and handling the dosing equipment.

-Identify the main operating parameters of the heat treatment equipment and register them in the corresponding printed forms.

-Identify the main out-of-control situations and anomalies that may occur in the pelletized process, the automatic notices of equipment and the procedures for information, security and emergency that must be follow.

CE5.4 Identify the safety risks and conditions of the facilities and machines used and, in practical cases properly characterized, use the individual protection equipment specified.

CE5.5 Describe information flow procedures by which to report, orally or in writing, any incidence that occurs in the manufacture of inks, ceramic hoenges and enamels, and at the start, stop and start to the point of equipment and installations.

C6: Elaborate ceramic inks by following established procedures.

CE6.1 In a practical case of making a ceramic ink, from the corresponding work orders and manufacturing program:

-Dosify materials, additives and components, interpreting composition sheets and handling dosing equipment.

-Set up the refining equipment by adjusting it to the working conditions.

-Start the pasting equipment by adjusting it to the working conditions.

-Stop the equipment after reaching the quality characteristics of the specified composition, subsequently cleaning it.

-Apply the comparison control with standard sample, density, and viscosity, specified in the work order, of the prepared composition.

CE6.2 Identify the safety risks and conditions of the facilities and machines used and, in practical cases properly characterized, use the individual protection equipment specified.

CE6.3 Describe information flow procedures by which to report, orally or in writing, any incidence that occurs in the manufacture of ceramic hoenges and enamels and at the start, stop and start of equipment and installations.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C3 with respect to CE3.1 and CE3.2; C4 with respect to CE4.1; C5 for CE5.1, CE5.2 and CE5.3; C6 for CE6.1.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

Finish the job within the set deadlines.

Maintain the work area with the appropriate degree of order and cleanliness required by the organization.

Interpret and execute the work instructions.

Respect the organization's internal procedures and rules.

Contents:

1. Ceramic enamels

Definition. Types of ceramic enamels. Classification criteria.

Properties and characteristics of use of ceramic enamels.

Main components of ceramic enamels: fried, pigments, raw materials and additives.

2. Storage and dosing of materials for the manufacture of fried, pigments and ceramic enamels

Material storage procedures. Conditions and conservation.

Machines, equipment, installations and operation of the various materials for the reception and storage of materials.

Operations with materials receiving and storage equipment.

homogenization operations.

Solid transport procedures: pneumatic transport. Conveyor belts and elevators.

Dossers. Types and operation.

Characteristic risks of the installations, equipment, machines and operating procedures of the operations of the manufacture of fried, pigments, granillas and ceramic pellets.

Prevention, protection and environmental measures.

3. Preparation of vitrifiable inks for ceramic product decorations

Vitrifiable ink fillings operations: metering, loading of materials. Order and procedures. Control operations.

4. Manufacture of ceramic enamels, frits, ceramic grits and ceramic pigments

Material storage procedures used in enamels. Conditions and conservation.

Glazed milling technologies: wet milling.

milling operations: mills and milling facilities. Dosing, Loading and unloading of mills. Grinding control operations. Unloading, de-ferrization and sifting.

Unread ceramic glazes: unread operations. Unread and turbocharger rafts.

Glazed pelletized.

Frias classification criteria. Trade names.

Conditions for the transport, unloading, storage and preservation of raw materials for the manufacture of frits.

Fries manufacturing operations: procedures and facilities for dosing, transportation and mixing of raw materials. Operations for the conduction of fried melting furnaces. Deep-fried cooling systems.

Granillas. Industrial applications and decorative effects.

Bulk Manufacturing Operations. Dosing, transport, mixing and screening procedures and facilities.

Engobes.

The pigment classification criteria. Trade names.

Conditions for the transport, unloading, storage and preservation of raw materials for the manufacture of pigments.

pigments manufacturing operations: dosing, transportation and mixing of raw materials. The invention also contains a method for the production of pigments. Grinding and washing of pigments.

5. Selection, packaging and labelling of chips, pigments, granillas and ceramic pellets

Labelling and packaging criteria.

Operations with automatic packaging equipment and labeling of fried, pigments, granillas and ceramic pellets.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the operation with automatic equipment for the preparation of fried, ceramic pigments and glazes, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 1 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education) or other higher level education related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 3: OPERATIONS WITH AUTOMATIC MANUFACTURING EQUIPMENT FOR CONFORMED CERAMIC PRODUCTS

Level: 1

Code: MF0648_1

Associated with UC: Operate with automatic manufacturing equipment for conformed ceramic products

Duration: 120 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Identify, describing them, the main manufacturing processes for ceramic products.

CE1.1 Classify the different types of ceramic products based on their main properties, applications, and uses.

CE1.2 Describe the most significant basic operations of the ceramic product manufacturing process.

CE1.3 Identify the main manufacturing technologies for ceramic products and relate them to the main ceramic products present in the market.

CE1.4 Identify the major defects originating from the manufacturing process of conformed ceramic products.

C2: Conform and dry ceramic products from technical manufacturing instructions and from previously prepared ceramic pastes.

CE2.1 Describe the techniques of shaping ceramic products, relating them to the industrial equipment used and the main types of ceramic products.

CE2.2 In a practical scenario of forming ceramic products by extrusion of pre-prepared pastes, from the corresponding work order:

-Identify the media and select the necessary tools.

-Mount the required nozzle according to the product you want to obtain.

-Prepare, adjust, and bring to work conditions the kneading, extruder, and cutting equipment.

-Modify, following technical instructions, some processing parameters, such as power and extruded pressure or power flow.

-Get the product conformed according to the required specifications.

-Dry the products obtained.

-Apply the necessary tests for the control of the operation: Moisture of the paste; Dimensions of the extruded parts and Density Apparent in green of the pieces obtained.

-Stop the machine after reaching the quality characteristics of the specified composition, subsequently cleaning it.

CE2.3 In a practical scenario of forming ceramic products by pressing-calibrated pastes prepared in advance, from the corresponding work order:

-Identify the media and select the necessary tools.

-Mount the molds, rollers, or terraja, according to the product you want to obtain.

-Prepare, adjust, and bring calibration equipment to work conditions.

-Get the product conformed according to the required specifications.

-Dry the products obtained.

-Apply the necessary tests for the control of the operation: moisture of the paste, dimensions of the pieces obtained, apparent density in green of the pieces obtained.

-Stop the machine after reaching the quality characteristics of the specified composition, subsequently cleaning it.

CE2.4 In a practical scenario of forming ceramic products by pressing in semiseco, from the corresponding work order:

-Identify the media and select the necessary tools.

-Prepare, adjust, and lead to the working conditions of the shaping and drying equipment.

-Modify, following technical instructions, some process parameters, such as pressing pressure, the thickness of the pressed piece, or the number of cycles per minute of the press.

-Get the product conformed according to the required specifications.

-Dry the products obtained.

-Apply the necessary tests for the control of the operation: moisture of the paste, granulometric distribution of the paste by sifting in series of sieves, thickness of the pieces obtained.

-Apparent density in green and dry of the pieces obtained.

-Stop the machine after reaching the specified quality and production characteristics, then cleaning it up.

CE2.5 In a practical scenario of forming ceramic products by casting previously prepared suspensions, from the corresponding work order:

-Identify the media and select the necessary tools.

-Clean and mount the necessary molds.

-Position the moulds on the casting line.

-Put the barbotin to the specified working conditions.

-Point to the mold feeding system.

-Control the casting time, unmount the molds, and remove the castings.

-Apply surface smoothing.

-Dry the products obtained.

-Clean, dry, and store the moulds used.

-Apply the necessary tests for the control of the operation: dimensions of the pieces obtained, the apparent density in green of the pieces obtained.

-Stop the machine after reaching the quality characteristics of the specified composition, subsequently cleaning it.

CE2.6 Identify the security risks and conditions of the facilities and machines used and use the individual protection equipment specified.

CE2.7 Describe information flow procedures by which to report, orally or in writing, any incidence that occurs in the operations of forming and drying ceramic products and at the start, stop and The equipment and facilities are ready to be made available.

CE2.8 Identify the forms models to fill in the required information regarding the development and results of the job, and record the generated data correctly.

C3: Smalting ceramic products by handling and driving automatic equipment.

CE3.1 Describe the main techniques of enamelling of ceramic products, relating them to the industrial equipment used.

CE3.2 In a practical case of enamelling of ceramic products by application of enamel curtain, application of pulverized enamel or automatic immersion in enamel, from the corresponding work order:

-Identify the media and select the necessary tools.

-Mounting the enamel application machine, selecting the components (type of discs, guns, nozzles, etc.) according to the type of product to be enamelled and the technical characteristics of the glaze.

-Put the enamel barbotin at the density and viscosity set in the work order.

-Conditioning the surface of the products to glaze to the characteristics of the enameled.

-Put the enamel application machine to the specified working conditions.

-Get enameled parts according to the specified conditions.

-Apply the necessary tests for the control of the operation: controls in the barbotin, applied enamel weight control, visual control of the appearance of the applied enamel.

CE3.3 Identify the security risks and conditions of the facilities and machines used and use the individual protection equipment specified.

CE3.4 Describe information flow procedures by which to report, orally or in writing, any incidence occurring in the enamelling operations of ceramic products and at the start, stop and start point of equipment and installations.

CE3.5 Identify the forms models to fill in the required information regarding the development and results of the job, and record the generated data correctly.

C4: Decorate ceramic products by automatically applying vitrifiable suspensions.

CE4.1 Describe the main techniques of decoration of ceramic products by automatic application of vitrifiable suspensions relating to the obtained decorations and the industrial equipment used.

CE4.2 In a practical scenario of decoration of ceramic products by means of the automatic screen printing of vitrifiable inks, from the corresponding work order:

-Identify the media and select the necessary tools.

-Prepare a screen machine.

-Acondition the surface of the products to be screened.

-Conditioning the screen ink to the required density and viscosity in the work order.

-Repose the ink and maintain its distribution.

-Get serrated pieces according to the specified conditions.

-Apply visual control of the appearance of the serigged parts.

CE4.3 In a practical scenario of decoration of ceramic products by flexography, tampography or huecogravure, from the corresponding work order:

-Identify the media and select the necessary tools.

-Clean, prepare and maintain the machine for automatic decoration by flexography, tampography or huecogravure.

-Conditioning the surface of the products to be decorated.

-Acondition the enamel to the required density and viscosity in the work order.

-Get decorated pieces according to the specified conditions.

-Apply visual control of the appearance of the decorated pieces.

CE4.4 In a practical scenario of decoration of ceramic products by injection of vitrifiable inks, from the corresponding work order:

-Identify the media and select the necessary tools.

-Prepare the injection machine.

-Conditioning the surface of the products to be decorated.

-Get decorated pieces according to the specified conditions.

-Apply visual control of the appearance of the decorated pieces.

CE4.5 Identify the security risks and conditions of the facilities and machines used and use the specified individual protective equipment.

CE4.6 Describe information flow procedures by which to report, orally or in writing, any incidence occurring in the decoration operations of ceramic products and at the start, stop and start point of equipment and installations.

CE4.7 Identify the forms models to fill in the required information regarding the development and results of the job, and record the generated data correctly.

C5: Decorate ceramic products by dry applications.

CE5.1 Describe the main techniques of decoration of ceramic products by means of dry applications relating to the obtained decorations and the industrial equipment used.

CE5.2 In a practical scenario of decoration of ceramic products by the automatic application of vitrifiable calcas, from the corresponding work order:

-Identify the media and select the necessary tools.

-Prepare the calcas application machine.

-Conditioning the calcas to the specified working conditions.

-Conditioning the surface of the products to be decorated with the features of the application.

-Get decorated pieces according to the specified conditions.

-Apply the visual control of the appearance of the applied calca.

CE5.3 In a practical case of ceramic tile decoration using dry applications, or brushing from the corresponding work order:

-Identify the media and select the necessary tools.

-Prepare the dry application machine.

-Conditioning the surface of the products to be decorated.

-Acondition the enamel to the required density and viscosity in the work order.

-Get decorated pieces according to the specified conditions.

-Apply visual control of the appearance of the decorated pieces.

CE5.4 Identify the security risks and conditions of the facilities and machines used and use the individual protection equipment specified.

CE5.5 Describe information flow procedures by which to report, orally or in writing, any incidence that occurs in the decoration operations of ceramic products and at the start, stop and start point of equipment and installations.

CE5.6 Identify the forms models to fill in the required information regarding the development and results of the job, and record the generated data correctly.

C6: Cocer ceramic products by handling and driving furnaces and automatic loading and unloading equipment.

CE6.1 Identify and describe the main stages of the cooking process and relate them to the parts and equipment of the oven.

CE6.2 In a scenario of cooking ceramic products, from the corresponding work order:

-Dispose of dry, raw or finished materials properly to facilitate their identification and prevent their deterioration and contamination.

-Operate with the furnace load equipment, considering the furnace's production.

-Apply the auto-maintenance operations indicated in the work order.

-Check that the temperature of the control points set is adjusted to that indicated in the work instructions.

-Operate with the furnace discharge equipment.

-Apply the tests and controls on the finished product indicated in the work order: visual appearance control, dimensional controls of the cooked parts.

CE6.3 Identify the safety risks and conditions of the facilities and machines used and, in practical cases properly characterized, use the individual protection equipment specified.

CE6.4 Describe information flow procedures by which to report, orally or in writing, any incident that occurs in start/stop, set up and operation of the furnace, and the input and input equipment output.

CE6.5 Identify the forms models to fill in the required information regarding the development and results of the job and correctly record the generated data.

C7: Polishing, cutting, rectifying and framing ceramic products, according to established procedures.

CE7.1 Identify and describe the main mechanical treatment equipment in finished ceramic products.

CE7.2 In a scenario of polishing ceramic products, from the corresponding work order:

-Identify the media and select the necessary tools.

-Set the appropriate sequence of operations required.

-Point to the polishing machine.

-Apply the mechanical polishing operations required to obtain the product described in the work orders with the technical characteristics established.

-Apply visual control of the appearance of the pieces obtained.

-Apply the auto-maintenance operations indicated in the work order.

CE7.3 In a practical case of cutting and grinding ceramic products, from the corresponding work order:

-Identify the media and select the necessary tools.

-Set the appropriate sequence of operations required.

-Point out the cutting and grinding machines.

-Apply the mechanical cutting and grinding operations required to obtain the product described in the work orders with the established technical and dimensional characteristics.

-Apply visual control of the appearance of the pieces obtained.

-Apply the auto-maintenance operations indicated in the work order.

CE7.4 In a mosaic-framed scenario, from the corresponding work order:

-Identify the media and select the necessary tools.

-Set the appropriate sequence of operations required.

-Point to the malting machines.

-Apply the mechanical malting operations required to obtain the product described in the work orders with the established aesthetic and dimensional characteristics.

-Apply visual control of the appearance of the pieces obtained.

-Apply the auto-maintenance operations indicated in the work order.

CE7.5 Identify the safety risks and conditions of the facilities and machines used and, in practical cases properly characterized, use the specified individual protective equipment.

CES7.6 Describe information flow procedures by which to report, orally or in writing, any incident that occurs in start/stop, point-to-point, and operation of mechanical treatment equipment of finished ceramic products.

CE7.7 Identify the forms models to fill in the required information regarding the development and results of the job and correctly record the generated data.

C8: Classify, pack and label ceramic products, according to established procedures.

CE8.1 In a practical scenario of selection, labeling and packaging of finished ceramic products, from the corresponding work order:

-Identify and describe the main automatic selection elements of the classification teams.

-Describe the quality, selection, labeling, and packaging criteria derived from the work order.

-Dispose the finished materials appropriately to facilitate their identification and prevent their deterioration.

-Select ceramic products according to the quality criteria set, with the help, if necessary from standard parts.

-Identify and describe the labeling elements and criteria for classified ceramic products.

-Prepare and set the labeling and packaging machine for ceramic products.

-Control the selected products and fill in the production and control parts set on the work order.

CE8.2 Identify the safety risks and conditions of the facilities and machines used and, in practical cases properly characterized, use the individual protection equipment specified.

CE8.3 Describe procedures by which to report, orally or in writing, to its hierarchical superior of any incidence that occurs in start/stop, set up and operation of the selection equipment, packed and labelling of ceramic products.

CE8.4 Identify the forms models to fill in the required information regarding the development and results of the job and correctly record the generated data.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C2 with respect to CE2.2, CE2.3, CE2.4 and CE2.5; C3 with respect to CE3.2 and CE3.3; C4 with respect to CE4.2, CE4.3, CE4.4 and CE4.5; C5 with respect to CE5.2, CE5.3 and CE5.4; C6 with respect to CE6.2 and CE6.3; C7 with respect to CE7.2, CE7.3, CE7.4 and CE7.5; C8 with respect to CE8.1, CE8.2 and CE8.3.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

Maintain the work area with the appropriate degree of order and cleanliness.

Respect the company's internal rules and procedures.

Habit to the business pace of the business.

Contents:

1. Ceramic products

Definition. Types of ceramic products. Classification criteria.

Properties and usage characteristics of ceramic products.

2. Shaping and drying of ceramic products

Shaping techniques used in the ceramic industry: products obtained.

Pasta controls: moisture control. Control of granulometry by series of sieves. Barbotin controls: density and viscosity.

Conformed product controls: dimensional controls. Bulk density control in green or dry.

Shaped in semiseco. Pressing: pressing of ceramic tiles: adjustment of pressing pressure and thickness of the pressed piece. Control and drying of the pressed tiles.

Shaped in plastic. Extrusion: extrusion of ceramic products (including raisels, bricks, bovels, etc.): nozzle assembly and extrusion pressure adjustment. Control and drying of extruded parts.

Shaped in plastic. Calibration: calibration of ceramic products (plates, bowls, insulators, etc.): mounting of the earth. Control and drying of calibrated parts.

Shaped in plastic. Pressing: plastic pressing of ceramic products (tiles, plates, pots, etc.): adjustment of pressing pressure and thickness of the pressed piece. Control and drying of the pressed parts.

Shaped by casting: mounting of the ground, rollers and moulds. Mold assembly and casting line arrangement. Filling of moulds. Emptied and undisturbed. Cleaning, drying and control of moulds. Control and drying of the shaped parts.

Drying of ceramic products: types of drying. Loading, handling and unloading of an industrial sector.

3. Enamelling and decoration of ceramic products

Enamel controls and vitrifiable inks and their application: density control. Viscosity control. Applied enamel weight control.

Automatic glazing techniques used in the ceramic industry: enamelled by immersion. Enamelled by curtain. Glazed by drip and pulverized.

Automatic decoration techniques used in the ceramic industry: application of vitrifiable calcas. Serial. Flexography, tampography and huecogravure. Application of vitrifiable inks by injection. Dry applications.

4. Cooking and mechanical finishing of ceramic products

Basic aspects of a ceramic product cooking cycle. Practical examples.

Cooking techniques used in the ceramic industry.

Ceramic ovens: description and operation. Cooking programs.

Cut and rectified.

Polished.

Tiles on the tiles.

5. Selection, packaging and labelling of ceramic products

Quality, selection, labeling, and packaging criteria.

Operations with automatic ceramic product selection equipment.

Operations with automatic packing, strapping, and labeling equipment for ceramic products.

Characteristic risks of the installations, equipment, machines and operating procedures of the manufacturing operations of ceramic products.

Prevention, protection, and environmental measures.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the operation with automatic manufacturing equipment for conformed ceramic products, which shall be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 1 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education) or other higher level education related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

ANNEX V

PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATION: MANUAL OR SEMI-AUTOMATIC REPRODUCTION OPERATIONS OF CERAMIC PRODUCTS

Professional Family: Glass and Ceramics

Level: 1

Code: VIC205_1

General Competition

Perform manual or semi-automatic operations of molding, enamelling and cooking of ceramic products, from established designs and models, following the technical instructions given and guaranteeing the quality and the security of operations.

Competition Units

UC0649_1: Conform ceramic products by casting and playing molds

UC0650_1: Conform ceramic products by manual or semi-automatic molding from plastic masses

UC0651_1: Perform manual application of enamels and decorations on ceramic products

UC0652_1: Perform furnace loading, cooking, and unloading operations for manual or semi-automatic manufacturing of ceramic products

Professional Environment

Professional Scope

Develops its professional activity in areas of reproduction, enamelled decoration and manual or semi-automatic cooking of ceramic products dedicated to the manufacture of ceramics, in entities of private nature, companies of size small and medium or micro-enterprises, both self-employed and others, regardless of their legal form. It develops its activity depending on its case, functional and/or hierarchically of a superior. The principles of universal accessibility are applied in the development of professional activity in accordance with the applicable regulations.

Productive Sectors

It is located in the production sector of ceramics, in the sub-sector of ceramic tableware, decoration of tiles to "third fire", sanitary, small barks, articles for the home and decoration and workshops craft.

Relevant Occupations and Jobs

The terms of the following relationship of occupations and jobs are used with a generic and omnicomprensivo character of women and men.

Ceramic moulders: strainers, assemblers, peggers

Plastic pressing operators

Calibrated around operators

Pottery operatives

Line-of-line operators

Manufacturing and maintenance operators of ceramic moulds

Extruder and kneading operators

Oven and dryer operatives

Ceramic Manual Decoration Line Painters

Associated Training (360 hours)

Training Modules

MF0649_1: Ceramic products and mold playback (90 hours)

MF0650_1: Manual and semi-automatic milling of ceramic products from pastes in a plastic state (120 hours)

MF0651_1: Handout and manual decoration of ceramic products (90 hours)

MF0652_1: Coction of ceramic products (60 hours)

COMPETITION UNIT 1: SHAPING CERAMIC PRODUCTS BY CASTING AND REPRODUCING MOULDS

Level: 1

Code: UC0649_1

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Prepare the barbotin for casting, in accordance with established quality procedures and conditions, complying with applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CR 1.1 The order and form of addition of the raw materials, water and additives correspond to what is indicated in the operating procedures.

CR 1.2 The barbotin with the conditions of density, viscosity and granulometric distribution specified to form ceramic products by casting, is obtained by mixing and homogenizing the raw materials, the water and the additives.

CR 1.3 The specified characteristics of the paste are obtained by sifting it with the sieve selected and assembled according to the established quality procedures and conditions.

CR 1.4 The values specified in the process parameters are obtained by controlling the density and viscosity of the barbotin.

CR 1.5 The sifting residue and sludge from the cleaning of the deposits and the unread equipment are treated as established by the company, complying with the applicable regulations.

CR 1.6 The ideal operating and conservation conditions are achieved by maintaining the cleaning and, where appropriate, the grease of the machines, tools and tools, complying with the applicable regulations.

RP 2: Prepare the moulds to form ceramic products by casting and for plastic masses in accordance with established quality procedures and conditions, complying with applicable risk prevention regulations work and environmental protection.

CR 2.1 The casting moulds are made by preparing the plaster or the synthetic resin and using the matrix and the tools and tools indicated.

CR 2.2 The casting moulds are prepared by applying demoddant, according to the established procedures.

CR 2.3 The mounting of the mold components is performed taking into account the time, order, and manner specified in the procedures.

CR 2.4 The cleaning, handling and drying of the moulds is done by avoiding deterioration and deterioration in quality and complying with the applicable regulations.

CR 2.5 The molds are stored by identifying them and allowing their rapid localization and preservation.

CR 2.6 Work equipment and clothing and the area under the responsibility of the operating staff are kept clean and tidy.

RP 3: Carry out casting operations to form ceramic products, obtaining the production and quality established and complying with applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CR 3.1 The filling, emptying and unmilling operations are carried out, allowing the manufacture of ceramic pieces according to the quality characteristics required.

CR 3.2 The casting time corresponds to that specified in the procedures.

CR 3.3 The residue of the casting and the barbotin from the casting of the moulds are treated as established by the company.

CR 3.4 Composite ceramic parts are made by pasting and mounting components according to the specified quality characteristics.

CR 3.5 The company logo is applied by stamping or decal, following established procedures.

CR 3.6 Work equipment and clothing and the area under the responsibility of the operating staff are maintained, clean and tidy.

RP 4: Dry products that are shaped by casting to produce ceramic articles, carrying out the loading and unloading of the parts and the control of the drying conditions and ensuring the quality of the product.

CR 4.1 The placement and arrangement of the parts in the dryer or in the drying area, when it is carried out in the open air, and the distribution of the supports and supports is carried out taking into account the drying contractions that go to experience the parts to dry, ventilation of all parts and the prevention of defects associated with the operation.

CR 4.2 The commissioning of the dryer or, where appropriate, the conditioning of the drying area, is carried out in accordance with the pre-established procedure, in compliance with the applicable rules.

CR 4.3 Non-compliant parts are detected by visually controlling the dried products and, if appropriate, correcting anomalies and deviations in the shaping and drying process according to the specified procedures.

CR 4.4 The dried products are unloaded, transported and stored under safety conditions, preventing deterioration and deterioration.

CR 4.5 The ideal operating and conservation conditions are achieved by maintaining the cleaning and, where appropriate, the grease of the machines, tools and tools, complying with the applicable regulations.

Professional context:

Production media:

Arclays and raw desgrasant raw materials. Water. Deflocculants, binders, plasticizers, dyes. Matrices. Plaster and polymers for the manufacture of moulds. Fabrics of different mesh light. Refractory. Mills. Demoddants. Agitadors-desleitors. Sieves. Useful for the control of density and viscosity. Defercurlers. Tools for the manufacture of moulds such as wood or teflon sheets, chisels, sergeants and gums. Tools for molding, assembling and repast as cutters, holders, spatulas, brushes, smoothing and terrajas. Drying.

Products and results:

Moulds for the manufacture of ceramic products by casting and for plastic masses. Ceramic container products, anforas and semi-artisanal sanitary products. Ceramic tableware and manufactured ornament objects.

Information used or generated:

Schemas and sketches of the products to be formed. Specifications of the materials used. Manufacturing programmes, manual of procedures and technical instructions. Work orders of the section manager and control sheets, printed and incident parts. Applicable rules on occupational health and environmental protection.

COMPETITION UNIT 2: FORMING CERAMIC PRODUCTS BY MANUAL OR SEMI-AUTOMATIC MOLDING FROM PLASTIC MASSES

Level: 1

Code: UC0650_1

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Prepare the ceramic paste under the conditions indicated for its conformed, in accordance with the procedures and the quality conditions established and complying with the applicable safety and security regulations environmental.

CR 1.1 The degree of homogeneity, humidity and the absence of occluded air, necessary for the operation of forming plastic, are guaranteed by mixing and the manually kneading the paste.

CR 1.2 The degree of homogeneity, humidity and absence of occluded air, necessary for the operation of forming plastic, are ensured by regulating and controlling the parameters of the operation of the amasadora and the extruder.

CR 1.3 The maintenance of quality characteristics for plastic molding is ensured by packaging and storing the pellets of the prepared paste according to the conditions laid down.

CR 1.4 The ideal operating and conservation conditions are achieved by maintaining the cleaning and, where appropriate, the grease of the machines, tools and tools, complying with the applicable regulations.

RP 2: Apply manual or semi-automatic plastic mass molding techniques to form ceramic products, obtaining established production and quality and complying with applicable safety and security regulations environmental.

CR 2.1 The clay plates are made with the thickness established by rolling with roller or by using laminator, according to the procedures indicated.

CR 2.2 Ceramic parts are made by the use of manual operations for the shaping of ceramic products by means of moulding techniques with potter, plate moulding, tile or tile moulding, open or stretched mould and cutting of clay plates and molding "by squeeze" on mold, obtaining the established production and quality and complying with the applicable regulations.

CR 2.3 Ceramic parts are made by applying semi-automatic conformed operations of ceramic products by means of the moulding techniques of plates, tiles or tiles by extrusion, of calibration around potter and Pressing of plastic masses, obtaining established production and quality and complying with applicable regulations.

CR 2.4 The handles, pipers, and/or trim elements in plastic are pasted in accordance with the established procedures.

CR 2.5 The company logo is applied by stamping or decal, following established procedures.

CR 2.6 The finish of the part is ensured by returning the base and smoothing the surfaces by obtaining the established production and quality and complying with the applicable regulations.

CR 2.7 The ideal operating and conservation conditions are achieved by maintaining the cleaning and, where appropriate, the grease of the machines, tools and tools, complying with the applicable regulations.

RP 3: Dry shaped products to produce ceramic articles, carrying out the loading and unloading of the parts and the control of the drying conditions, ensuring the quality of the product and complying with the regulations Applicable safety and environmental protection.

CR 3.1 The location of the parts in the secadero and the distribution of the supports and supports are carried out taking into account the drying and ventilation contractions of all the parts and preventing the defects associated with the operation.

CR 3.2 The conditioning of the drying area is carried out according to the pre-established procedure, complying with the applicable regulations.

CR 3.3 Non-compliant parts are detected by visually controlling the dried products and, if appropriate, correcting anomalies and deviations in the shaping and drying process according to the specified procedures.

CR 3.4 The dried products are unloaded, transported and stored under security conditions, preventing deterioration and deterioration.

CR 3.5 The ideal operating and conservation conditions are achieved by maintaining the cleaning and, where appropriate, the grease of the machines, tools and tools, complying with the applicable regulations.

Professional context:

Production media:

Ceramic pastes with different moisture content. Moulds for the manufacture of ceramic products. Peel-cut equipment. Amasadora, extruder, manual or semi-automatic press for the pressing of plastic masses, around potter. Calibration equipment adaptable to the potter lathes. Tools for molding, assembling and repast, such as cutters, holsters, spatulas, brushes, smooths, terrors, rollers, slats of different thicknesses, adjustable laminator, among others. Secadero. Supports and supports for drying. Useful for printing logos and calcas. Thermometers and microwaves.

Products and results:

Container ceramic products. Ceramic dishware. Plates and tiles. Ceramic murals. Manufactured ornament objects.

Information used or generated:

Schemas and sketches of the products to be formed. Specifications of the materials used. Manufacturing programmes, manual of procedures and technical instructions. Work orders of the section manager and control sheets, printed and incident parts. Applicable rules on occupational health and environmental protection.

COMPETITION UNIT 3: PERFORM MANUAL APPLICATION OF ENAMELS AND DECORATIONS ON CERAMIC PRODUCTS

Level: 1

Code: UC0651_1

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Conditioning enamels, engobes, inks, decanted clays, colors, and soluble salts to glaze and/or decorate ceramic products according to established quality procedures and conditions.

CR 1.1 Decanted clays are obtained by settling for the time indicated dispersed and diluted clay suspensions and collecting and densifying the non-sedimented fraction according to the procedures and conditions. of quality.

CR 1.2 The suspensions of enamels, engobes, silkscreen inks and colours are obtained by mixing and homogenising the raw materials, water and additives, in accordance with the quality of the procedures and the quality conditions. set.

CR 1.3 Dissolutions with the specified concentration are obtained by dosing the amounts of soluble salts and water, in accordance with established quality procedures and conditions.

CR 1.4 The suspensions of enamels, engobes, screen-printing inks and colors with the specified characteristics are obtained by selecting and mounting the sieve and performing the sifting operation according to the established procedures. and complying with applicable regulations.

CR 1.5 The emptying of the suspension or the dissolution of soluble salt in the corresponding reservoir and its identification is carried out in accordance with the established procedure.

CR 1.6 The specified technical characteristics of the prepared suspensions and dissolutions are checked, visually comparing applications of enamels, engobes, inks, decanted clays, colours and soluble salts with sample-samples.

CR 1.7 The specified technical characteristics of the prepared suspensions and dissolutions are checked, visually comparing applications of enamels, engobes, silkscreen inks, colours and soluble salts with samples pattern.

CR 1.8 The ideal operating and conservation conditions are achieved by maintaining the cleaning and, where appropriate, the grease of the machines, tools and tools, complying with the applicable regulations.

RP 2: Apply enamels to decorate ceramic products using manual or semi-automatic procedures, achieving established production and quality and complying with applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 2.1 The quality of the glaze is guaranteed by preparing the products and obtaining a clean surface of dust, fats or other products.

CR 2.2 The application of the enamels and the engobes is carried out by the use of the useful and means indicated or with the aid of machines and semi-automatic equipment, according to the established procedures and obtaining the quality required.

CR 2.3 Glazed operations are performed using protective means and complying with applicable regulations.

CR 2.4 Non-compliant parts are detected by visually controlling the enamelled products and, where appropriate, treating them according to the procedures established by the company.

CR 2.5 The ideal operating and conservation conditions are achieved by maintaining the cleaning and, where appropriate, the grease of the machines, tools and tools, complying with the applicable regulations.

RP 3: Use manual or semi-automatic procedures to decorate ceramic products, achieving established production and quality and complying with applicable safety and environmental protection regulations.

CR 3.1 The quality of the decoration is guaranteed by preparing the products and obtaining a clean surface of dust, fats or other products.

CR 3.2 The guide for the decoration of the piece is obtained by selecting and disposing of the template and applying charcoal by the starcido.

CR 3.3 Decorations by climbing or aerography technique are achieved by selecting and disposing of the template.

CR 3.4 Decorations through the screen printing technique are achieved by selecting and disposing of the screen.

CR 3.5 The decorated product is obtained by preparing and applying the decal, ensuring compliance with the required quality parameters.

CR 3.6 The application of the suspensions of coloured enamels, inks, decanted enges and clays and the dissolutions of soluble salts, by means of brushstroke, screen printing, trep or aerography of the silk-screen inks performs using semi-automatic tools, machines and equipment, in accordance with established procedures and obtaining the indicated quality

CR 3.7 Application defects are detected by visually controlling the decorated products and, if appropriate, correcting them according to the specified procedures.

CR 3.8 The decoration operations are performed with the appropriate personal protective means, complying with the applicable regulations.

CR 3.9 The ideal operating and conservation conditions are achieved by maintaining the cleaning and, where appropriate, the grease of the machines, tools and tools, complying with the applicable regulations.

Professional context:

Production media:

Engobes and molturated glazes. Water. Deflocculants, binders, plasticizers and dyes. Ceramic pigments, inks and solutions of soluble salts. Vitrifiable decals. Agitadors-desleitors. Sieves. Fabrics of different mesh light. Picnometer for liquids, scales, viscosimeter of fall, control sieves, enamelled skate and brushes. Manual for the manual application of enamels. Airbrush. Air compressor. Screen-screen displays. Templates for climbing or aerography. Stenciled templates. Charcoal. Head for manual application of serigraphs.

Products and results:

Container ceramic products. Ceramic dishware. Plates and tiles. Ceramic murals. Manufactured, enamelled and decorated ornament objects.

Information used or generated:

Schemas and sketches of the products to be formed. Specifications of the materials used. Manufacturing programmes, manual of procedures and technical instructions. Work orders of the section manager and control sheets, printed and incident parts. Applicable rules on prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection. Original models and samples for decoration.

COMPETITION UNIT 4: PERFORM LOADING, FIRING AND UNLOADING OPERATIONS OF FURNACES FOR MANUAL OR SEMI-AUTOMATIC MANUFACTURING OF CERAMIC PRODUCTS

Level: 1

Code: UC0652_1

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Load the oven to cook ceramic products as specified in the process information, achieving the established quality and complying with applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and protection environmental.

CR 1.1 The furnace is loaded, selected and disposed of the refractory materials of the building according to technical instructions and complying with the applicable regulations.

CR 1.2 The residual moisture of the products arranged for cooking is visually checked, achieving the established quality.

CR 1.3 The bases of the enamelled products are cleaned, placing the refractory separators to prevent the products from sticking to the hoof plates.

CR 1.4 The placement of the products inside the oven is made considering the maximum use of the available space, the correct circulation of the gases and the homogenization of the temperatures.

CR 1.5 The revision and cleaning of the vagonettes, the plates and the hoof supports and the protection of the stowage materials with refractory engobe is carried out, ensuring the loading and cooking of the products in the established quality conditions.

CR 1.6 The charging operations of the furnace and the cleaning of the furnace and furnace elements are carried out using the personal protective means indicated and complying with the applicable regulations.

CR 1.7 Work equipment and clothing and the area under the responsibility of the operating staff are kept clean and tidy.

RP 2: Carry out operations to select and control the cooking and operation cycle and discharge from the oven to cook ceramic products according to the technical instructions received, ensuring the quality of the product and complying with the applicable rules on the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 2.1 The selection of the cooking cycle takes into account the characteristics of the material to be cooked and, if necessary, its disposal in the oven.

CR 2.2 Ceramic manufactured products are cooked by disposing of the pieces inside the shape oven and selecting the cooking cycle.

CR 2.3 The temperatures inside the oven are controlled periodically by thermocouples, optical meters or other control means such as cones and pyrometric rings, verifying the operation and complying with the regulations. applicable.

CR 2.4 The opening and unloading of the oven are made by considering the temperature inside the oven, preventing the parts from suffering the same quality and complying with the applicable regulations.

CR 2.5 The furnace discharge operations are performed with the personal protective means indicated and complying with the applicable regulations.

CR 2.6 The status of gas passing valves and electrical switches, gas pipelines and alarms and safety devices are reviewed, ensuring the maintenance of safety conditions. the facilities and complying with the applicable rules.

CR 2.7 Work equipment and clothing and the area under the responsibility of the operating staff are kept clean and tidy.

RP 3: Carry out operations to control, review, classify and pack cooked ceramic products, in accordance with the quality specifications established and complying with the applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 3.1 The cooked articles are visually controlled by detecting non-conforming products and correcting possible deviations from the processing process according to the specified procedures.

CR 3.2 Undesired imperfections in cooked products are eliminated by applying the mechanical treatment of repast and polishing of edges and surfaces.

CR 3.3 The material is classified according to established technical procedures and instructions.

CR 3.4 The protection and identification of the product is ensured by packaging and labelling the finished products to facilitate their handling and transport.

CR 3.5 The operations of repast, sorting and packaging of cooked products are carried out with the appropriate means of personal protection and complying with the applicable regulations.

CR 3.6 The work area under the responsibility of the operator remains clean and orderly.

Professional context:

Production media:

Ceramic products. The invention relates to a front-loading, upper or a vagonette discontinuous furnace with thermocouples, a programmer and a built-in cooking cycle. Vagonets, continuous gas or electric furnaces with thermocouples, programmer and built-in cooking cycles. Temperature optical meters. Cones and pyrometric rings Framing materials such as bases, supports and refractory plates. Refractory engobes for the conditioning of stowage plates. Equipment for mechanical treatment of repast and polishing. Packaging material and labelling.

Products and results:

Ceramic products enamelled or not obtained by monoocution. Glazed ceramic products obtained by bicoction. Ceramic products decorated with "third fire".

Information used or generated:

Specifications of the materials used. Manufacturing programmes, manual of procedures and technical instructions. Work orders of the section manager and control sheets, printed and incident parts. Cooking cycles. Current regulations on occupational health and environmental protection.

TRAINING MODULE 1: CASTING OF CERAMIC PRODUCTS AND REPRODUCTION OF MOULDS

Level: 1

Code: MF0649_1

Associate to UC: Conform ceramic products by casting and reproducing molds

Duration: 90 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Identify techniques and procedures for manual processing of ceramic products by casting, describing their main characteristics.

CE1.1 Describe the techniques and procedures for manual or semi-automatic processing of ceramic products by sorting them according to their technological characteristics and the products obtained.

CE1.2 Describe the main occupational risks and safety measures and equipment to be used in the manual processing of moulds, barbotin conditioning and conformation of ceramic products by casting.

CE1.3 In a practical case of identification of ceramic techniques from samples of different ceramic products formed by casting:

-Relate the ceramic products with the mold type and with the mold-making procedures used.

-Identify the main operations required for the production of each product.

-Identify the useful machines and tools necessary for the elaboration of each mold and each product.

C2: Play molds for obtaining ceramic products by casting or molding plastic masses.

CE2.1 List the basic aspects of different types of plaster and synthetic resins by describing the manufacture of matrices and ceramic moulds.

CE2.2 Describe the matrix-making process by preparing molds from a given model.

CE2.3 Describe the process of reproduction of moulds from already elaborated matrices and identify, by means of a sketch, the appropriate cutting for the manufacture of each component of the mould.

CE2.4 In a practical scenario of making a mold from a given matrix:

-Select and prepare materials and tools.

-Select and mount each of the components of the array.

-Develop each of the mold components in the required quality conditions.

-Perform the assembled mold assembly.

-Dry the mounted mold.

C3: Acondition ceramic barbotins for obtaining ceramic products by casting, in accordance with established quality procedures and conditions.

CE3.1 Describe the techniques and procedures for preparing and conditioning barbotinas for casting, considering the materials used and the necessary equipment and tools.

CE3.2 Identify the main additives used in the conditioning of barbotins for casting describing the essential aspects of their function in them.

CE3.3 Describe the variables that need to be controlled in the process of preparing barbotins for casting, the procedure followed for their control and the necessary equipment.

CE3.4 In a practical scenario of conditioning a barbotin for casting, from the technical information:

-Measure the density, viscosity and rejection of the barbotin and compare it to the standards established in the procedures.

-Select and prepare the appropriate materials and useful for the fit of the barbotin.

-Adjust density and viscosity by adding water or necessary additives.

-Adjust, if necessary, the density, by mixing with a barbotin of the same composition and denser.

-Check the adequacy of the prepared barbotin to the specified working conditions.

C4: Conform ceramic products by casting from pre-prepared and conditioned molds.

CE4.1 Describe the sequence of operations, procedures, tools, and equipment required for manual processing of ceramic products by hollow casting.

CE4.2 In a practical scenario of forming ceramic products by casting, from the oral or written work orders and from a ceramic or sketch model:

-Select, mount, and prepare the mold for working conditions.

-Verter the barbotin under the specified working conditions.

-Verter the leftover barbotin once checked that the casting time is suitable for obtaining the required wall thickness, according to the work orders.

-Extract the part and clean and dry the mold.

-In your case, mount the parts and replace them.

C5: Dry ceramic products obtained by casting.

CE5.1 Describe the main factors to consider for natural drying, in open enclosures, of ceramic materials.

CE5.2 In a practical case of forced drying of ceramic products obtained by casting, from oral or written work orders:

-Select and prepare the trays, supports, and useful for the disposal of parts in the dryer.

-Transport and place the parts in the dryer, so as to ensure proper ventilation and temperature distribution.

-Select the drying parameters (temperature, forced aeration) and perform the drying.

-Download the dryer.

C6: Describe the main defects related to the operations of forming ceramic products by casting.

CE6.1 Describe the main criteria for classification of defects related to casting and drying.

CE6.2 In a practical scenario for identifying defects in ceramic products from ceramic products with manufacturing defects attributable to casting and drying operations:

-Identify and describe manufacturing defects.

-Evaluate the severity of defects identified based on the quality of the finished product.

-Point out their most likely causes.

-Propose possible solutions.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.3; C2 with respect to CE2.4; C3 for CE3.4; C4 for CE4.2; C5 for CE5.2; C6 for CE6.2.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

Finish the job based on criteria of suitability, speed, economy and effectiveness.

Interpret and execute the work instructions.

Maintain the work area with the appropriate degree of order and cleanliness, required by the organization.

Respect the organization's internal procedures and rules.

Contents:

1. Barbotinas for colling

Ceramic pastes classification criteria.

Main characteristics of ceramic pastes: Examples of compositions and notions about the role of the components. Colour after cooking. Moisture. Plasticity.

Main characteristics of the barbotins for casting: density, viscosity, and barbotins. Stability.

Preparation of barbotins for casting.

Grinding.

Unread.

Tamized.

Notions about barbotin conditioning.

Coloring of pastes in barbotin: Procedures. Pigments used.

2. Preparing molds

Interpretation of schemas and sketches.

Materials used. Synthetic resins and resins. Preparation.

Making molds for hollow casting.

Elaboration of Squeeze Molds.

Elaboration of moulds for calibration around potter.

Storage and storage of molds.

3. Moulds for plastic shaping

Materials used: Scayons and synthetic resins. Preparation.

Elaboration of Squeeze Molds.

Making molds for hollow casting.

Elaboration of moulds for calibration around potter.

4. Formed by casting

Basic fundamentals of conformed by casting.

Elaboration of ceramic products by casting.

5. Drying of ceramic products obtained by casting

Basics of drying ceramic products.

Natural drying and forced drying.

Sectors used in the drying of ceramic products obtained by casting.

Placement of parts in the dryer.

6. Defects related to forming by casting

Dimensional defects: lack of regularity in walls and deformations.

Integrity Defects: Griets. Break-up of parts.

Point Defects: Colada bubbles. Stain of casting. Mold paste.

Tampering defects: Dirt. Breakages.

Drying defects.

7. Occupational health and environmental protection in the preparation of barbobotas and casting operations

Precautions to be taken for the handling and transportation of materials used.

Prevention of risks arising from barbotin preparation and colate operations.

Main residues and contaminants derived from barbotin preparation and casting operations: dangerousness and treatment.

Workwear and individual protections.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1.-Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the conformation of ceramic products by casting and reproducing moulds, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 1 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education) or other higher level education related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2.-Accredited pedagogical competence according to what the competent administrations establish.

TRAINING MODULE 2: MANUAL AND SEMI-AUTOMATIC MOULDING OF CERAMIC PRODUCTS FROM PASTES IN A PLASTIC STATE

Level: 1

Code: MF0650_1

Associated with UC: Conform ceramic products by manual or semi-automatic molding from plastic masses

Duration: 120 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Describe the main operations and techniques for manual and semi-automatic processing of ceramic products by plastic molding.

CE1.1 Describe the techniques and procedures for preparing pastes for manual and semi-automatic processing of ceramic products by means of plastic molding.

CE1.2 Describe the main occupational risks and safety measures and equipment to be used in the manual and semi-automatic elaboration of ceramic products by plastic molding.

CE1.3 In a practical case of identifying ceramic products made up of manual or semi-automatic techniques:

-Relating ceramic products with the shaping techniques used.

-Identify the main technical characteristics that each ceramic paste should gather according to the technique of shaping used.

-Relating the technical characteristics of each paste with the different commercial pastes present in the market.

-Identify the main operations required for the manufacture of each ceramic product.

-Identify the useful machines and tools necessary for the manufacture of each ceramic product.

C2: Conform ceramic products using manual or semi-automatic plastic mass molding techniques.

CE2.1 Amasar mud pellets by manual kneading.

CE2.2 Amasar and adjust the humidity of clay pellets by means of the correct use of the mechanical kneading.

CE2.3 Get mud pellets for plastic forming by using the extruder correctly.

CE2.4 In a practical scenario of forming ceramic products, from the oral or written work orders and the corresponding model in ceramics or in sketch:

-Calculate the moisture of a ceramic paste by means of infrared, stove or microwave scales.

-Develop mud tiles by open mold and by stretching and cutting clay sheets.

-Develop mud tiles by extrusion.

-Prepare plates or bowls by pressing on plastic.

-Develop dishes by calibrating around potter.

-Develop the handles by hand molding or by casting plaster and paste them into the parts that require it.

-Place an identifying logo by stamping or by using a calcopgraphic application to the green part.

CE2.5 In a practical scenario of shaping ceramic products by modeling around potter, from the oral or written work orders and a model in ceramics or in sketch:

-Make a jar of at least 20 cm. high.

-Make a bowl of at least 30 cm. of mouth.

-End the pieces made by reworking the bases and smoothing the surfaces.

-Develop the handles and decorative elements by hand-molded or cast plaster and paste them into the parts that require it.

-Place an identifying logo by stamping or by using a calcopgraphic application to the green part.

C3: Dry ceramic products obtained by manual or semi-automatic molding techniques.

CE3.1 Describe the main factors to consider for the realization of natural drying, in open enclosures, of ceramic materials.

CE3.2 In a practical case of forced drying of ceramic products, from the oral or written work orders and the corresponding model in ceramics or in sketch:

-Select and prepare the trays, supports, and useful for the disposal of parts in the dryer.

-Transport and place the parts in the dryer, so as to ensure proper ventilation and temperature distribution.

-Select the drying parameters, such as temperature and forced aeration, and perform the drying.

-Download the dryer.

C4: Describe the main defects related to manual or semi-automatic shaping operations and the drying of ceramic products.

CE4.1 Describe the main criteria for the classification of defects related to manual or semi-automatic shaping and the drying of ceramic products.

CE4.2 In a practical scenario for identifying manufacturing defects in ceramic products attributable to the shaping and drying operations:

-Identify and describe manufacturing defects.

-Evaluate the severity of defects identified based on the quality of the finished product.

-Point out their most likely causes.

-Propose possible solutions.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.3; C2 with respect to CE2.4 and CE2.5; C3 with respect to CE3. 2; C4 with respect to CE4.2.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

Finish the job based on criteria of suitability, speed, economy and effectiveness.

Interpret and execute the work instructions.

Maintain the work area with the appropriate degree of order and cleanliness, required by the organization.

Respect the organization's internal procedures and rules.

Contents:

1. Pastes for the manual or semi-automatic moulding of ceramic products

Ceramics pastes classification criteria for manual or semi-automatic molding.

Main characteristics of ceramic pastes used in manual or semi-automatic molding: Examples of compositions and notions about the role of the components. Colour after cooking. Moisture. Plasticity.

Conditioning of ceramic pastes: Amasado. Modification of the moisture of a ceramic paste.

Colouring of pastes: Products coloured in the paste. Pigments used.

2. Plastic forming of ceramic products

Characteristics of the moulds used for the shaping of plastic masses.

Interpretation of schemas and sketches.

Manual elaboration and with laminator of clay plates. Types of manual and semi-automatic shaping of plastic masses: Molding by potter's lathe. Moulding of plates, tiles or tiles by means of open mould. Moulding of plates, tiles or tiles by means of drawing and cutting of clay plates. Moulding of plates, tiles or tiles by means of extrusion. Molding "by squeeze" on mold. Moulding by sizing around potter. Molding by pressing of plastic masses. Joints in plastic. Packaging of pastes in a plastic state.

3. Drying of ceramic-shaped ceramic products

Basics of drying ceramic products made of plastic.

Natural drying and forced drying.

Sectors used in the drying of plastic-shaped ceramic products.

Placement of the parts in the dryer: encased, "slatted", and others.

4. Defects related to plastic forming

Dimensional Defects: Curvatures, lack of regularity in walls and deformations.

Cracks.

Plate or roll attachment defects.

Breakage of parts.

Drying defects.

5. Occupational health and environmental protection in the operations of pasting and manual or semi-automatic forming in a plastic state

Precautions to be taken for the handling and transportation of materials used.

Prevention of risks arising from the conditioning operations of ceramic pastes.

Prevention of risks arising from operations of manual or semi-automatic shaping of ceramic products.

Major residues and contaminants: dangerousness and treatment.

Workwear and individual protections.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1.-Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the conformation of ceramic products by manual or semi-automatic molding from plastic masses, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 1 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education) or other higher level education related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2.-Accredited pedagogical competence according to what the competent administrations establish.

TRAINING MODULE 3: ENAMELLING AND MANUAL DECORATION OF CERAMIC PRODUCTS

Level: 1

Code: MF0651_1

Associate to UC: Perform manual application of enamels and decorations on ceramic products

Duration: 90 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Describe the main techniques of enamelling and manual or semi-automatic decoration of ceramic products, analyzing their characteristics.

CE1.1 Describe the main processes of application of enamels, engobes, inks, colors and soluble salts and classify them according to their technological characteristics and obtained products.

CE1.2 Describe the main processes of manual or semi-automatic decoration, classifying them according to their technological characteristics and obtained products.

CE1.3 Describe the main occupational risks and safety measures and equipment to be used in the enamelling and manual or semi-automatic decoration of ceramic products.

CE1.4 In a practical case of identification of different ceramic products enamelled and decorated by manual or semi-automatic techniques:

-Relate ceramic products with the enameled techniques used.

-Relate ceramic products with the decoration techniques used.

-Identify the main technical characteristics to be collected by each ceramic application according to the glaze and decoration technique used.

-Identify the main operations required for the application of engobes, enamels, and decorations.

-Identify the useful machines and tools necessary for the enamelling and decoration of each ceramic product.

C2: Perform manual or semi-automatic applications of enamels, engobes, inks, colors and soluble salts, following technical instructions.

CE2.1 In a practical scenario of applying enamels or engobes by means of pouring or immersion, using technical instructions:

-Control the suitability of the engobe or enamel to be applied by the measurement of the residue, density, viscosity and comparison of specimens with a standard composition.

-Adjust the suspension to the required density and viscosity conditions.

-Prepare the surface of the piece to be enamelled.

-Apply the suspension by controlling the application or immersion time.

-Control that the applied enamel weight and/or the thickness of the applied layer conform to the required quality requirements.

-Clean bases, drops, and burps.

CE2.2 In a practical scenario of applying enamels or engobes by brushstrokes on raw or vitrified surfaces, from technical instructions:

-Control the suitability of the engobe or enamel to be applied by the measurement of the residue, density, viscosity and comparison of specimens with a standard composition.

-Adjust the suspension to the required density and viscosity conditions.

-Prepare, if any, the surface of the piece to be enamelled.

-Choose the appropriate brush to the application you want to perform.

-Apply the suspension.

-Clean the base of the glazed parts

CE2.3 In a practical scenario of applying enamels or engobes by aerography, from technical instructions:

-Control the suitability of the engobe or enamel to be applied by the measurement of the residue, density, viscosity and comparison of specimens with a standard composition.

-Adjust the suspension to the required density and viscosity conditions.

-Prepare the surface of the piece to be enamelled.

-Choose the appropriate nozzle and adjust the air pressure and fan opening depending on the type of application and effect you want to achieve.

-Apply the suspension.

-Control that the applied enamel weight and/or the thickness of the applied layer conform to the required quality requirements.

-Unmount, clean the gun, and reassemble it.

-Clean the application cabin.

CE2.4 In a practical scenario of decorating ceramic products by means of calcopies, from technical instructions:

-Select the decal to be applied.

-Prepare the surface of the part to be decorated.

-Apply the Calcography.

-Check that the applied decoration corresponds to the required quality requirements.

CE2.5 In a practical scenario of manual or semi-automatic decoration of ceramic products from technical instructions:

-Control the suitability of the application to be used by measuring the residue, density, viscosity or comparison of specimens with a standard composition.

-Adjust, if applicable, the suspension to the required density and viscosity conditions.

-Select and apply, if any, the template for climbing or stingy.

-Prepare the surface of the part to be decorated.

-Perform decoration by: Serigraphy of flat parts. Application of decanted clays and brunited, if any, of the surface obtained. Brushstroke. Dry rope.

-Check that the applied decoration corresponds to the required quality requirements.

C3: Describe the main defects by relating them to the operations of enamelling and manual or semi-automatic decoration of ceramic products.

CE3.1 Describe the main criteria for the classification of defects related to enamelling and manual or semi-automatic decoration of ceramic products.

CE3.2 In a practical identification scenario, manufacturing defects in ceramic products attributable to enamelling and/or decoration operations:

-Identify and describe manufacturing defects.

-Evaluate the severity of defects identified based on the quality of the finished product.

-Point out their most likely causes.

-Propose possible solutions.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.4; C2 complete; C3 with respect to CE3.2.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

Finish the job based on criteria of suitability, speed, economy and effectiveness.

Interpret and execute the work instructions.

Maintain the work area with the appropriate degree of order and cleanliness, required by the organization.

Respect the organization's internal procedures and rules.

Contents:

1. Ceramic enamels and engobes applied in manual or semi-automatic decorations

Main characteristics of the engobes and examples of compositions employed and some notions about the role of the components.

Main characteristics of enamels applied in manual or semi-automatic decorations: Fritas and fried enamels used in manual or semi-automatic decorations. Examples of compositions used and some notions about the role of the components. Types of glazes.

2. Enamelling techniques: Manual and semi-automatic applications

Conditioning and control of engobes and enamels: Volume and weight residue control. Control and density adjustment. Control and viscosity adjustment: Flocculants and deflocculants used. Control of applied enamel weight. Comparison with standard glazes.

Manual or semi-automatic application of enamels or engobes by pouring.

Manual or semi-automatic application of enamels or engobes by immersion.

Manual or semi-automatic application of enamels or engobes by brushstroke.

Manual or semi-automatic application of enamels or engobes by aerography.

Manual or semi-automatic application of enamels or engobes by reservation.

3. Manual and semi-automatic techniques for the decoration of ceramic products. Enamel and decoration defects

Coloring of engobes and enamels.

Conditioning and control of inks: density adjustment. Viscosity adjustment: flocculants and deflocculants used. Comparison with standard inks.

Elaboration of decanted clays suspensions.

Decorating techniques with decanted clays.

Application of soluble salt solutions.

Manual or semi-automatic decoration techniques: screen printing of flat pieces, brushstrokes, stenciled, trepa, decal application, dry rope.

Decoration for "third fire": features of the decoration process to "third fire". Enamels and inks used. Serigraphy. Brush stroke.

Defects attributable to impurities: pricks, craters and bubbles, colored dots.

Defects attributable to the preparation and application of suspensions: removed, cracks, pricks. Tampering defects: stains, breakages, drops, lumps.

4. Occupational health and environmental protection in the operations of enamelling and manual or semi-automatic decoration

Precautions to be taken for the handling and transportation of materials used.

Prevention of risks arising from the conditioning and control operations of engobes, enamel, inks, decanted clays, colours and soluble salts.

Prevention of risks arising from enamelling and manual or semi-automatic decoration of ceramic products.

Major residues and contaminants: dangerousness and treatment.

Workwear and individual protections.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the implementation of the manual application of enamels and decorations in ceramic products, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 1 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education) or other higher level education related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 4: COOKING CERAMIC PRODUCTS

Level: 1

Code: MF0652_1

Associated with UC: Perform loading, cooking, and unloading operations of ovens for manual or semi-automatic manufacturing of ceramic products

Duration: 60 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Describe the main factors affecting the cooking of ceramic products by linking them to cooking techniques.

CE1.1 Describe the main cooking techniques, considering the fuels and types of ovens used in the ceramic manufacturing industry.

CE1.2 Relate manufactured ceramic products with the cooking techniques used.

CE1.3 Identify the stretches of a cooking cycle and relate them to the main limiting factors.

CE1.4 Describe the main types of ovens used in the ceramic manufacturing industry and its elements of regulation, safety and control.

CE1.5 Identify the main types of refractory and insulating materials used, relating to their application in the cooking of ceramic products.

C2: Cocer ceramic products, selecting the cooking cycle.

CE2.1 Describe the main occupational risks. the safety measures and equipment to be used in the cooking of ceramic products.

CE2.2 In a practical case of biscuit of ceramic products in oven discontinuous from a series of ceramic products not enamelled and raw:

-Select and mount the appropriate framing elements.

-Perform the product load.

-Select the appropriate cooking cycle.

-Control the development of the cooking periodically.

-Download and store the products after cooking and cooling.

CE2.3 In a practical case of cooking of ceramic products in an oven discontinuous from a series of ceramic glazed products:

-Select and mount the appropriate framing elements.

-Clean the parts of the products in contact with the hanging material.

-Clean and protect the hoof plates with a refractory paste barbotin.

-Perform the product load.

-Select the appropriate cooking cycle.

-Control the development of the cooking periodically.

-Download and store the products after cooking and cooling.

C3: Identify the main defects related to the cooking operations of ceramic products, describing their main characteristics.

CE3.1 Describe the main criteria for the classification of defects related to the cooking of ceramic products.

CE3.2 In a scenario of identification and solution of defects in the manufacture of ceramic products, attributable to the cooking operation:

-Identify and describe manufacturing defects.

-Rate the severity of defects identified based on the quality of the finished product.

-Point out their most likely causes.

-Propose possible solutions.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C2 with respect to CE2.2 and CE2.3; C3 with respect to CE3.2.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

Finish the job based on criteria of suitability, speed, economy and effectiveness.

Interpret and execute work instructions.

Maintain the work area with the appropriate degree of order and cleanliness, required by the organization.

Respect the organization's internal procedures and rules.

Contents:

1. The cooking cycle of ceramic products

Basic aspects of cooking ceramic products.

Cooking cycle: We are using a cooking cycle: limiting factors. Cooking cycle examples for various products.

2. Cooking techniques for ceramic products

Cooking facilities: Hornos. Types of furnaces. Fuels. Refractory and insulating materials. General scheme of an oven. Parts and elements of the ovens. Elements of regulation, security and control.

Charging and unloading of ovens: Storage of raw and cooked products. Nagging material. Shoring techniques.

Start up, control and stop of an oven: Selection of a cooking program. Temperature control. Furnace opening and cooling.

3. Defects attributable to cooking in the process of manual or semi-automatic processing of ceramic products

Defects caused by a defective furnace load: Deformations and breakages. Glued.

Defects attributable to the cooking cycle: Dimensional defects, deformations and breakages. Variations of tones. Pricks and craters. Raw. Defects due to excess cooking temperature. Hapless. Quarteo. Condensations, contaminations. Pasted.

4. Occupational health and environmental protection in the cooking operations of ceramic products

Precautions to be taken for the handling of materials in the loading and unloading of the furnace.

Prevention of risks arising from cooking operations.

Emissions and pollutants: dangerousness and treatment.

Control of facility security.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the carrying out of loading, cooking and unloading operations of furnaces for the manual or semi-automatic manufacture of ceramic products, which shall be accredited by one of the two forms following:

-Level 1 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education) or other higher level education related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

ANNEX VI

PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATION: OPERATIONS FOR THE MANUFACTURE OF FRIED, ENAMELLED AND CERAMIC PIGMENTS

Professional Family: Glass and Ceramics

Level: 2

Code: VIC206_2

General Competition

Manufacture of chips, enamels and ceramic pigments, executing and coordinating the preparation and driving of machines, equipment and installations in accordance with the technical instructions received and guaranteeing the quality and safety of the operations.

Competition Units

UC0653_2: Ceramic ceramic chips

UC0654_2: Manufacture ceramic pigments

UC0655_2: Manufacture ceramic glazes in granilla, engobes, pellets, and micronized powders

UC0656_2: Prepare ceramic enamels and engobes in barbotin and vitrifiable inks

Professional Environment

Professional Scope

Develops its activity in the area of production of ceramic products dedicated to the manufacture of ceramics in entities of public or private nature, in small, medium or micro-sized enterprises, both self-employed as an outsider, irrespective of its legal form. Develops its activity depending on the functional and/or hierarchically of a superior. You can have your personal charge, on occasion, for seasons or on a stable basis. In the development of professional activity, the principles of accessibility are applied in accordance with the applicable regulations.

Productive Sectors

It is located in the production sector of ceramic products in the subsector of fried, enamels, pigments, colors and vitrifiable inks.

Relevant Occupations and Jobs

The terms of the following relationship of occupations and jobs are used with a generic and omnicomprensivo character of women and men.

Enameling preparation section managers

Fried Prep Section managers

Automatic metering, mixing and melting of deep-fried installations

Pigments preparation section managers

Ceramic enamel and inks preparation section managers

Associated Training (450 hours)

Training Modules

MF0653_2: Manufacture of ceramic chips (150 hours)

MF0654_2: Manufacture of ceramic pigments (120 hours)

MF0655_2: Manufacture of ceramic glazes in granilla, engobes, pellets, and micronized powders (90 hours)

MF0656_2: Preparation of ceramic glazes and engobes in barbotin and vitrifiable inks (90 hours)

COMPETITION UNIT 1: MANUFACTURE CERAMIC CHIPS

Level: 2

Code: UC0653_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Coordinate the reception, unloading and storage of raw materials for the manufacture of frites, ensuring the quality of the supplies and their preservation.

CR 1.1 The correspondence between the entry and purchase orders is verified, ensuring the quality of the supplies.

CR 1.2 The established sampling procedures are met, taking and identifying samples to be submitted to the control laboratory, complying with the applicable regulations.

CR 1.3 The raw materials are discharged, according to established procedures, in the appropriate silos or appropriate locations to avoid contamination.

CR 1.4 Raw materials are stored by ensuring their conservation, access and inventory.

CR 1.5 The maintenance and warranty of the "security stock" is ensured by applying the company's warehouse management procedure.

CR 1.6 First-level maintenance of facilities and machinery is performed according to the company's technical documentation and instructions.

CR 1.7 The operation of the installations and machines is controlled by maintaining the parameters of the process and detecting subsable anomalies, in the field of the competence of the operator, or by deriving them to the service of maintenance.

CR 1.8 The information regarding the development and results of the work is recorded according to the company's instructions.

RP 2: Prepare the mixture of raw materials for the manufacture of ceramic chips by executing and coordinating operations for regulating and conducting machines and installations to ensure the established proportions and homogeneity and complying with the applicable rules on the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 2.1 The regulation and control of the dosing, mixing and automatic transport and suction systems and dust separation systems is controlled to obtain a product with the established quality, complying with the regulations. applicable.

CR 2.2 The materials are dosed in the proportions and qualities indicated in the composition sheets and technical instructions, ensuring the quality of the product.

CR 2.3 The degree of homogeneity in the prepared mixture is checked, applying the intended treatment of the company to non-compliant mixtures.

CR 2.4 The prepared mixture is deposited in the indicated silo, cleaning the mixer according to the technical instructions.

CR 2.5 First-level maintenance of facilities and machinery is performed according to the company's technical documentation and instructions.

CR 2.6 The operation of the raw material mixing facilities and machines is controlled by maintaining the process parameters and detecting subsable anomalies, in the area of the competence of the operator, or deriving them to the maintenance service.

CR 2.7 The required information regarding the development and results of the work is reflected in accordance with the company's technical instructions.

RP 3: Get ceramic chips from the mix of raw materials, running and coordinating operations to regulate and drive machines and facilities to ensure the quality of the product, respecting the regulations applicable to the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 3.1 The combustion systems, furnace cooling, mixing and gas suction supply, the cooling facilities of the fraying water and the smoke purification systems are controlled to obtain the specified values of the processing parameters, complying with applicable regulations.

CR 3.2 Frited water cooling facilities are controlled, regulating them to obtain a product with the established quality.

CR 3.3 The molten mass is quickly cooled on water or on metal rollers, producing respectively fried in small fragments or chips in sheets, which by crushing give place to fried in the form of scales.

CR 3.4 The prepared fried has the degree of homogeneity indicated, adjusting the amount of fried to the specifications of the manufacturing program.

CR 3.5 Sampling is done by taking samples, identifying them and referring them to the laboratory according to company procedure.

CR 3.6 Frite quality deviations are detected by visual control, locating possible deviations in quality and initiating actions for correction.

CR 3.7 First-level maintenance of facilities and machinery is performed according to the company's technical documentation and instructions.

CR 3.8 The operation of the installations and machines is controlled by maintaining the parameters of the process and detecting subsable anomalies, in the field of the competence of the operator, or by deriving them to the service of maintenance.

CR 3.9 The information regarding the development and results of the work are recorded according to the company's instructions.

RP 4: Coordinate the operations of sagging and "palletizing" of ceramic chips, executing the regulation of machines and installations and supervising its operation to perform ceramic chips.

CR 4.1 Automatic "palletizing" machines and equipment are regulated by ensuring the quality of the packaging.

CR 4.2 The frite is taught by following the technical instructions, facilitating its transport and storage and controlling the suction and dust separation facilities.

CR 4.3 The sacs are labeled ensuring product identification (type, quality, and date).

CR 4.4 First-level maintenance of facilities and machinery is performed according to the company's technical documentation and instructions.

CR 4.5 The operation of the installations and machines for the assembly and "palletizing" is controlled by maintaining the parameters of the process and detecting subsable anomalies in the field of the competence of the operating personnel or, in its case, deriving them to the maintenance service.

CR 4.6 The required information regarding the development and results of the work is reflected in accordance with the company's technical instructions.

Professional context:

Production media:

Minerals and synthetic chemicals with varying degrees of manufacture: quartz, feldspar, alumina, kaolin, carbonates, borates, silicates, nitrates, fluorides and metal oxides. Packaging materials. Machines and installations: installations, machines and equipment for the manufacture of ceramic chips. Silos and warehouse of materials, dosing and mixing systems, systems of transport of solids. Melting furnaces. Defercurlers. Automatic packers. Environmental protection systems. Installations for the extraction and purification of smoke. Fritado water cooling systems. Fuel supply facilities. Waste treatment facilities. Pigment washing equipment.

Products and results:

Ceramic chips in grain or scales.

Information used or generated:

Manufacturing orders. Technical instructions for dosing, product quality, preparation and operation of machines and equipment, packaging and maintenance. Manual of procedure. Parts of control and contingencies. Inventory and warehouse parts. Applicable safety and environmental standards. Production and quality results. Registration of incidents. Inventory items. Receipt reports.

COMPETITION UNIT 2: MANUFACTURE CERAMIC PIGMENTS

Level: 2

Code: UC0654_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Coordinate the reception, unloading and storage of raw materials for the manufacture of ceramic pigments, ensuring the quality of the supplies and their conservation, complying with the applicable rules of prevention occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 1.1 The correspondence between the entry and purchase orders is verified, ensuring the quality of the supplies.

CR 1.2 The established sampling procedures are met, taking and identifying samples to refer to the control laboratory.

CR 1.3 The raw materials are discharged, according to established procedures, in the appropriate silos or corresponding sites, avoiding contamination.

CR 1.4 Raw materials are stored by ensuring their conservation, access and inventory.

CR 1.5 The maintenance and warranty of the "security stock" is ensured by applying the company's warehouse management procedure.

CR 1.6 First-level maintenance of facilities and machinery is performed according to the company's technical documentation and instructions.

CR 1.7 The operation of the discharge and storage facilities and machines is controlled by maintaining the process parameters and detecting subsable anomalies in the area of their competence or, where appropriate, derivable to the maintenance service.

CR 1.8 The required information regarding the development and results of the work is reflected in accordance with the company's technical instructions.

RP 2: Prepare the mixture of raw materials for the manufacture of ceramic pigments, ensuring the mixture in the proportions and homogeneity established and complying with the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 2.1 The selection of the mixer and the value of the loads are adapted to the quantity and type of product and the characteristics of the machine, according to the company's technical instructions.

CR 2.2 The dust aspiration and separation facilities are controlled by maintaining the required safety, occupational health and environmental conditions.

CR 2.3 The preparation and driving of the dosing and mixing systems is performed in accordance with the established operating procedures.

CR 2.4 The dosage of the materials corresponds to the proportions and qualities indicated in the composition sheets and technical instructions, guaranteeing the quality of the product.

CR 2.5 The mixing time corresponds to what is specified in the product manufacturing tab, achieving the degree of homogeneity indicated.

CR 2.6 The prepared mixture is discharged into properly identified hoppers or sacs, cleaning the mixer and mill according to the technical instructions.

CR 2.7 First-level maintenance of facilities and machinery is performed according to the company's technical documentation and instructions.

CR 2.8 The operation of the facilities and machines for the mixing of raw materials is controlled by maintaining the parameters of the process and detecting subsable anomalies in the field of their competence or, where appropriate, derivable to the maintenance service.

CR 2.9 The required information regarding the development and results of the work is reflected in accordance with the company's technical instructions.

RP 3: Calcinar ceramic pigments from the prepared mixture, executing and coordinating operations of regulation and conduction of machines and installations to ensure the quality of the product, complying with the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 3.1 Temperatures, times, gas and air flows, gas circulation, calcination furnace atmosphere and calcination cycle are regulated by ensuring that the specified values of the process parameters are obtained and complying with the applicable rules.

CR 3.2 The crucibles are prepared, selecting and loading them with the mixture, disposing them in the oven cart, following the technical instructions.

CR 3.3 The discharge of the furnace cart and the emptying of the crucibles is performed in accordance with the established procedure, preventing the deterioration of the crucibles and contamination of the product.

CR 3.4 The prepared mixture is continuously dosed in the rotary furnaces, controlling the process variables and the discharge, which is performed according to the established procedure and avoiding contamination of the product.

CR 3.5 The calcined material is deposited in the hopper or removed, identifying it according to the company's instructions.

CR 3.6 Cresoles are identified by product type, storing them at the place set.

CR 3.7 The calcined material is visually controlled by detecting deviations in quality and initiating, if appropriate, actions for correction.

CR 3.8 First-level maintenance of facilities and machinery is performed according to the company's technical documentation and instructions.

CR 3.9 The operation of the installations and machines is controlled by maintaining the process parameters and detecting subsable anomalies in the area of their competence or, where appropriate, derivable to the maintenance service.

CR 3.10 The required information regarding the development and results of the work is reflected in accordance with the company's technical instructions.

RP 4: Carry out the grinding and washing of calcined pigments, executing and coordinating the operations of regulation and conduction of machines and installations to ensure the quality of the product in compliance with the applicable regulations prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 4.1 The mills and auxiliary washing equipment are selected according to the quantity and type of product, in accordance with the company's technical instructions.

CR 4.2 Torts of calcined material are crushed prior to their introduction into the mills, regulating the suction and dust separation facilities and complying with applicable regulations.

CR 4.3 The mill is loaded with calcined pigment and water, following the ratios indicated in the loading sheets and technical instructions and adjusting the milling time to the one set on the product tab.

CR 4.4 The barbotin granulometry is checked before the grinding is complete, ensuring the indicated quality.

CR 4.5 The ground product is unloaded to store it in the indicated deposit, following the company's instructions and complying with applicable regulations.

CR 4.6 The times and number of washing and decanting or centrifuge cycles are set according to the specifications of the product manufacturing tab.

CR 4.7 The ground and washing material is visually controlled by detecting deviations in the quality and initiating, where appropriate, actions for correction.

CR 4.8 First-level maintenance of facilities and machinery is performed according to the company's technical documentation and instructions.

CR 4.9 The operation of the grinding and washing facilities and machines is controlled by maintaining the parameters of the process and detecting subsable anomalies in the field of their competence or, where appropriate, derivable to the service of maintenance.

CR 4.10 The required information regarding the development and results of the work is reflected in accordance with the company's technical instructions.

RP 5: Perform the micronization of calcined pigments, executing and coordinating operations of regulation and conduction of machines and installations to ensure the quality of the product, complying with the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CR 5.1 The machines and equipment for the micronization of pigments are selected according to the quantity and type of product, according to the company's technical instructions.

CR 5.2 The dryers, mills, "micronizer" and granulometric selection equipment are regulated by ensuring that the specified values of the process parameters are obtained.

CR 5.3 The prepared product is unloaded to store it in the indicated tank, controlling the suction and dust separation facilities and complying with applicable regulations.

CR 5.4 The granulometry and humidity of the product obtained is verified, guaranteeing the specifications of the product manufacturing tab.

CR 5.5 The established sampling procedures are met, taking samples to refer to the control laboratory according to the procedure indicated.

CR 5.6 The micronized material is visually and granulometrically controlled by detecting deviations in quality and initiating, where appropriate, actions for correction or by applying the treatment established by the company for the product. compliant.

CR 5.7 First-level maintenance of facilities and machinery is performed according to the company's technical documentation and instructions.

CR 5.8 The operation of the pigment micronization facilities and machines is controlled by maintaining process parameters and detecting subsable anomalies in the field of their competence or, where appropriate, derivable to the maintenance service.

CR 5.9 The required information regarding the development and results of the work is reflected in accordance with the company's technical instructions.

RP 6: Prepare mixtures of ceramic pigments and dye solutions in dissolution, executing and coordinating operations of regulation and conduction of machines and facilities to ensure the quality of the product, complying with the applicable rules for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 6.1 The mixer is selected based on the quality and type of product, according to the company's technical instructions.

CR 6.2 The dosing and mixing machines and equipment are controlled, regulated, and secured the specified values of the process parameters.

CR 6.3 The materials are dosed in the proportions and qualities indicated in the composition sheets and technical instructions, regulating the suction and dust separation facilities and complying with the applicable regulations.

CR 6.4 The mixing and dissolution time is adjusted by ensuring that the mixture has a degree of homogeneity specified in the product manufacturing tab.

CR 6.5 Mixer or dissolution equipment is cleaned up in product changes, according to the company's technical instructions.

CR 6.6 The established sampling procedures are applied, taking samples to refer to the control laboratory according to the procedure indicated.

CR 6.7 The prepared mixture is visually controlled by detecting deviations in the quality and initiating, where appropriate, actions for correction or by applying the treatment established by the company for the non-compliant product.

CR 6.8 The first level maintenance of the facilities and machinery is performed according to the company's technical documentation and instructions.

CR 6.9 The operation of the installations and machines of mixing ceramic pigments and dyestuffs in dissolution is controlled by maintaining the parameters of the process and detecting subsable anomalies in the field of their competition or, where appropriate, derivable to the maintenance service.

CR 6.10 The required information regarding the development and results of the work is reflected in accordance with the company's technical instructions.

RP 7: Coordinate the assembly and palletizing operations to pack ceramic pigments, regulating the machines and installations and supervising their conduction, complying with the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 7.1 Machines and automatic palletizing machines and equipment are prepared, regulated according to the procedure established by the company.

CR 7.2 The pigments obtained are carried out in accordance with the technical instructions, facilitating the transport and storage and controlling the installations for the aspiration of smoke and dust separation, complying with the regulations. applicable.

CR 7.3 The pigment sacks are labeled ensuring product identification.

CR 7.4 Labeled sacks are placed on the pallets, encasing them with retractable plastic and surrounding them with flaxes as per the company's technical instructions.

CR 7.5 The overdrawn and palletized product is controlled by detecting and correcting possible anomalies and deviations in the indicated quality characteristics.

CR 7.6 The first level maintenance of the facilities and machinery is performed according to the company's technical documentation and instructions.

CR 7.7 The operation of the packaging facilities and machines is controlled by maintaining the process parameters and detecting subsable anomalies in the area of their competence or, where appropriate, derivable to the service of maintenance.

CR 7.8 The required information regarding the development and results of the work is reflected in accordance with the company's technical instructions.

Professional context:

Production media:

Raw materials for the preparation of ceramic pigments: silicas, feldspates, kaolines, other natural minerals and chemical products made from oxides, sulphides, halides and salts of oxacid acids. Installations, machines and equipment for the manufacture of ceramic pigments. Silos and storage of materials, scales, hoppers and tanks for the transport of solids, mixers. Crucibles. Calcination furnaces. Continuous rotary ovens. Dry and wet-track mills. Storage and decantation storage tanks, barbotin pumps, centrifuges, dryers, micronizers, micronized mixers. Automatic "palletizer" and "palletizers". Environmental protection systems. Waste treatment facilities. Solution washing and salt filtering equipment.

Products and results:

Micronized Ceramic Pigments. Salts dissolutions for decoration and colouring.

Information used or generated:

Manufacturing orders. Technical instructions for dosing, product quality, preparation and operation of machines and equipment, maintenance. Manual of procedure. Parts of control and contingencies. Inventory and warehouse parts. Rules for the prevention of applicable labour and environmental risks. Production and quality results. Registration of incidents. Inventory items. Receipt reports.

COMPETITION UNIT 3: MANUFACTURE CERAMIC ENAMELS IN GRANILLA, ENGOBES, PELLETS AND MICRONIZED POWDERS

Level: 2

Code: UC0655_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Make the preparation of enamels and granillas, by executing and coordinating operations of regulation and conduction of machines and installations to ensure the quality of the product, complying with the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 1.1 Machines and equipment are selected according to the quantity and type of product to be manufactured, in accordance with the company's technical instructions.

CR 1.2 The grits mills, granulometric selection equipment, suction and dust separation installations, colouring and mixing equipment, among others, are selected, regulating them according to the quantity and type product to ensure that the values specified in the company's technical instructions are obtained and maintained, in compliance with the applicable rules.

CR 1.3 The components of the mixtures are dosed according to the proportions shown in the loading sheets and the technical instructions.

CR 1.4 The specified granulometry is achieved by preparing and handling the grinders and granulometric selection equipment, complying with the applicable regulations.

CR 1.5 The prepared product is assembled according to the company's instructions, being stored and indelibly identified.

CR 1.6 The established sampling procedures are met, taking samples to refer to the control laboratory according to the procedure indicated.

CR 1.7 The quality deviations of the enamels in granilla, engobes, pellets and micronized powders are corrected, controlling the granulometry and, where appropriate, the color of the granilla.

CR 1.8 First-level maintenance of facilities and machinery is performed according to the company's technical documentation and instructions.

CR 1.9 The operation of the installations and machines is controlled by maintaining the process parameters and detecting subsable anomalies in the area of their competence or, where appropriate, derivable to the maintenance service.

CR 1.10 The required information regarding the development and results of the work is reflected in accordance with the company's technical instructions.

RP 2: Perform the preparation of enamels in pellets, executing and coordinating operations for regulating and conducting machines and installations to ensure the quality of the product, complying with the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 2.1 The atomizer, the granulator, the dryer, the shredder, the granulometric selection equipment, the suction and dust separation facilities, the colouring and mixing equipment, among others, are selected, regulating them to ensure that the values specified in the company's technical instructions are obtained and maintained, in compliance with the applicable rules.

CR 2.2 The components of the mixtures are dosed according to the proportions indicated in the loading sheets and technical instructions.

CR 2.3 The pellet enamel is made by obtaining the granulometry, homogeneity, colour, humidity and mechanical strength specified in compliance with the applicable regulations.

CR 2.4 The prepared product is assembled according to the company's instructions, being stored and indelibly identified.

CR 2.5 The established sampling procedures are met, taking samples to refer to the control laboratory according to the procedure indicated.

CR 2.6 Quality deviations from enamels in pellets are corrected, controlling the granulometry, homogeneity, humidity and, where appropriate, enamel color

CR 2.7 First-level maintenance of facilities and machinery is performed according to the company's technical documentation and instructions.

CR 2.8 The operation of the installations and machines is controlled by maintaining the process parameters and detecting subsable anomalies in the area of their competence or, where appropriate, derivable to the maintenance service.

CR 2.9 The required information regarding the development and results of the work is reflected in accordance with the company's technical instructions.

RP 3: Make the preparation of micronized enamels, by executing and coordinating operations of regulation and conduction of machines and installations to ensure the quality of the product, complying with the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CR 3.1 The dryer, the micronizer, the "micronizer", the granulometric selection equipment and the suction and separation of dust installations are selected, regulating them to guarantee the obtaining and the maintenance of the values specified in the company's technical instructions, complying with the applicable rules.

CR 3.2 The components of the mixtures are dosed according to the proportions indicated in the loading sheets and technical instructions.

CR 3.3 The moisture and granulometry of the micronized enamel, specified in the technical instructions, are obtained by complying with the applicable regulations.

CR 3.4 The prepared product is assembled according to the company's instructions, being stored and indelibly identified.

CR 3.5 The established sampling procedures are met, taking samples to refer to the control laboratory according to the procedure indicated.

CR 3.6 Quality deviations from micronized glazes are corrected, initiating actions for rectification.

CR 3.7 First-level maintenance of facilities and machinery is performed according to the company's technical documentation and instructions.

CR 3.8 The operation of the installations and machines is controlled by maintaining the process parameters and detecting subsable anomalies in the area of their competence or, where appropriate, derivable to the maintenance service.

CR 3.9 The required information regarding the development and results of the work is reflected in accordance with the company's technical instructions.

Professional context:

Production media:

Fries, glazes in barbotin, micronized ceramic pigments and raw materials for the manufacture of enamels. Organic compounds for the preparation of pellets. Packaging materials. Dry-track mills, dryers, micronizers, "micronizers", granulators, atomizers, granulometric classifiers of granillas and pellets, mixing of micronized and of granillas or pellets. Colouring equipment and installations. Barbobotin's trasegic pumps. Defercurlers. Automatic packers. Environmental protection systems. Control equipment and tools: colour control, scales, sieves and stoves.

Products and results:

Enamels in granilla, pellets, or micronized powders.

Information used or generated:

Manufacturing orders. Technical instructions: dosage, product quality, preparation and operation of machines and equipment, maintenance. Manual of procedure. Parts of control and contingencies. Inventory and warehouse parts. Rules for the prevention of applicable labour and environmental risks. Registration of incidents. Applicable safety standards. Reference samples for contrasting colour. Production and quality results. Receipt reports.

COMPETITION UNIT 4: PREPARE CERAMIC ENAMELS AND ENGOBES IN BARBOTIN AND VITRIFIABLE INKS

Level: 2

Code: UC0656_2

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Coordinate the reception, unloading and storage of raw materials for the manufacture of engobes, ceramic enamels and inks, ensuring the quality of the supplies, their conservation and complying with the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 1.1 The correspondence between the entry and purchase orders is verified, ensuring the quality of the supplies.

CR 1.2 The established sampling procedures are met, taking and identifying samples to refer to the control laboratory.

CR 1.3 The raw materials are discharged, according to established procedures, in the appropriate silos or corresponding sites, in order to avoid contamination.

CR 1.4 Raw materials are stored, ensuring their conservation, access and inventory.

CR 1.5 The maintenance and warranty of the "security stock" is ensured by applying the company's warehouse management procedure.

CR 1.6 First-level maintenance of facilities and machinery is performed according to the company's technical documentation and instructions.

CR 1.7 The operation of the installations and machines is controlled by maintaining the process parameters and detecting subsable anomalies in the area of their competence or, where appropriate, derivable to the maintenance service.

CR 1.8 The required information regarding the development and results of the work is reflected in accordance with the company's technical instructions.

RP 2: Prepare ceramic hoenges and enamels by grinding or unreading in water, coordinating the operations of regulating and conducting machines and installations to ensure the quality of the product obtained and the respect to the safety, occupational health and environmental standards.

CR 2.1 The mills or the disleers are selected based on the quantity and type of product, according to the company's technical instructions.

CR 2.2 The preparation and regulation of dosing systems, mills, deleitors, sieves, discharge systems is carried out in accordance with the operational procedures established and complying with the applicable regulations.

CR 2.3 The raw materials, water and additives are dosed in the proportions and order indicated in the loading sheets and technical instructions, regulating the suction and dust separation facilities, complying with the regulations. applicable.

CR 2.4 The preparation and driving of the mill or "desleider" and of the discharge, "de-ferrization" and the granulometric selection equipment is performed in accordance with the established operating procedures.

CR 2.5 The barbotin granulometry is checked, by downloading it in the corresponding reservoir according to the procedures indicated.

CR 2.6 The granulometric and rheological characteristics and the homogeneity of the mixture are obtained by conditioning the suspension according to the established quality specifications.

CR 2.7 Sampling is done by taking samples, identifying them and referring them to the laboratory according to company procedure.

CR 2.8 Possible quality deviations in the prepared product are corrected by controlling the granulometry, density and viscosity and by treating the non-compliant product according to the procedure established by the company.

CR 2.9 First-level maintenance of facilities and machinery is performed according to the company's technical documentation and instructions.

CR 2.10 The operation of the installations and machines is controlled by maintaining the process parameters and detecting subsable anomalies in the area of their competence or, where appropriate, derivable to the maintenance service.

CR 2.11 The required information regarding the development and results of the work is reflected in accordance with the company's technical instructions.

RP 3: Prepare ceramic inks and colors, coordinating the operations of regulation and conduction of machines and installations, to ensure the quality of the product, complying with the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 3.1 The kneading mill, the colloidal mill, the tricyclic refiner or the microbus mill, among others, are prepared, regulating them to guarantee the obtaining of the values specified in the parameters of the process.

CR 3.2 Raw materials, serrated vehicles and additives are dosed in accordance with the proportions and order shown in the loading sheets and technical instructions.

CR 3.3 The prepared ink is stored in containers identified according to established procedures.

CR 3.4 The established sampling procedures are met, taking samples to refer to the control laboratory according to the procedure indicated.

CR 3.5 The quality deviations from the prepared ink are corrected, controlling the density, viscosity, and granulometry.

CR 3.6 First-level maintenance of facilities and machinery is performed according to the company's technical documentation and instructions.

CR 3.7 The operation of the installations and machines is controlled by maintaining the process parameters and detecting subsable anomalies in the area of their competence or, where appropriate, derivable to the maintenance service.

CR 3.8 The required information regarding the development and results of the work is reflected in accordance with the company's technical instructions.

Professional context:

Production media:

Mineral raw materials and inorganic chemicals with varying degrees of transformation: frites, feldspates, silicates, carbonates, quartz, clays, kaolines, and others. Micronized ceramic pigments. Suspensionants, desflocculants and organic binders. Solvents. Silk-screen vehicles. Ball mills on discontinuous. Solid dosing facilities. Gas suction and dust separation installations. Water dosing systems. Vibrotamices. Tanks for agitation and storage of barbotins. Barbobotin's trasegic pumps. Defercurlers. Amassadoras, colloidal mills, tricyclic refiners, microbus mills, automatic sifting machines. Control tools: test pieces, scales, picnometers, viscosimeters and sieves.

Products and results:

Engines and ceramic enamels in barbotin. Ceramic inks in paste.

Information used or generated:

Manufacturing orders. Technical instructions for dosing, product quality, preparation and operation of machines and equipment, maintenance. Manual of operational procedures. Rules for the prevention of applicable labour and environmental risks. Registration of incidents. Applicable safety standards. Production and quality results. Registration of incidents. Inventory items. Receipt reports.

TRAINING MODULE 1: MANUFACTURE OF CERAMIC CHIPS

Level: 2

Code: MF0653_2

Associated with UC: Fabricar Ceramics

Duration: 150 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Analyze the manufacturing processes of ceramic chips by relating the basic manufacturing operations, the input and output products, the process variables, the necessary means, and the procedures used.

CE1.1 Describe the main processes for the manufacture of frites, relating to the characteristics of the products obtained and their main applications.

CE1.2 Differentiate the cooling techniques used in the manufacture of frites by identifying the main characteristics of the frites obtained related to the cooling.

CE1.3 Relate the characteristics of the input and output products in the basic operations of the fried manufacturing processes (mixing and homogenization, melting and cooling and drying).

CE1.4 Identify equipment, facilities, and auxiliary media relating to the different chip manufacturing processes.

CE1.5 Identify the main fusion process variables and their influence on the successive manufacturing stages and on the quality of the product obtained.

CE1.6 In a practical scenario of making a fried, from the technical information of the process and a manufacturing program:

-Perform a process diagram reflecting the sequence of operations and the input and output product in each.

-Deducir the main characteristics of the necessary means of production, such as capacity, production and technology used.

-Determine the main control points and parameters to control.

-Identify and describe the operations required for the fulfillment of the manufacturing program and identify the jobs involved.

-Prepare the required work orders.

CE1.7 Identify and describe the main defects in enamels, attributable to the fried manufacturing operations, pointing out their most probable causes and proposing solutions.

C2: Identify the raw materials used in the manufacture of frites, describing their main characteristics.

CE2.1 Identify the main commercial and technical denominations of the raw materials used in the manufacture of frites, classifying them according to their composition and their role.

CE2.2 Relate the materials used in the fried compositions and their ratio between them with the behavior of the mixture in the manufacturing process.

CE2.3 Classify the different types of ceramic chips depending on the characteristics of the ceramic products manufactured.

CE2.4 Describe and explain the most relevant aspects of the conditions of unloading, storage and handling of materials used in the preparation of frits.

CE2.5 Identify and describe the main defects in the final products attributable to raw materials, pointing out their most probable causes and proposing solutions.

C3: Analyze the equipment and facilities for the manufacture of frites, relating their characteristics and performance to their function in the process and describe their constitution and operation.

CE3.1 In a practical process for the manufacture of frits, such as silos and storage facilities for raw materials, dosing systems, solid transport systems, mixers, suction systems and purification systems dust and consoles for the management and control of installations, based on the graphical and technical information of the installations and equipment, explain their objective and the essential aspects of their operation and constitution using concepts and terminology; identifying the functions and contribution of the main sets, pieces or elements to the functionality of the team.

CE3.2 In a practical scenario of the operation of frit ovens and their auxiliary fuel and oxygen supply facilities, cooling water facilities, smoke extraction and purification facilities, Cooling water facilities of the frit and management consoles and control of installations, explain its objective and the essential aspects of its operation and constitution, using concepts and terminology indicated and identifying the functions and contribution of the main sets, parts or elements to the functionality of the team.

CE3.3 In a practical scenario of assembling and storage of prepared products, based on graphical and technical information of the facilities and equipment, explain its objective and the essential aspects of its operation and constitution, using the concepts and terminology indicated and identifying the functions and contribution of the main sets, pieces or elements to the functionality of the equipment.

CE3.4 Indicate the main elements of the installations and equipment under review and self-restraint, describing the criteria for their repair or replacement.

C4: Point and operate with fried manufacturing equipment, complying with applicable regulations and obtaining the product with the established quality.

CE4.1 In a practical process for the manufacture of frits, from technical instructions of procedure, manufacturing program and the technical documentation of the machinery used:

-Regular and operate with the automatic dosing and homogenization equipment of the mixture according to the composition and the manufacturing program.

-Regular and operate with the frit-oven feeding equipment and cold-fried extraction equipment in accordance with the needs of the manufacturing program.

-Modify, following technical instructions, some process parameters such as times, flow rates, pressures, and temperatures.

-Indicating the main elements of the installations and equipment subject to review and self-restraint and the criteria for repair or replacement.

-Identify the risks and level of danger posed by the manipulation of the different materials, products, tools and equipment used.

-Describe the security elements of the equipment and installations, as well as the individual protective equipment to be used.

CE4.2 In a practical process of crisps, from technical procedural instructions, technical information of the product and the technical documentation of the machinery used:

-Regular and operate with the automatic frying equipment.

-Modify, following technical instructions, weight, tag out, or labeling of the product.

-Indicating the main elements of the installations and equipment subject to review and self-restraint and the criteria for repair or replacement.

-Identify the risks and level of danger posed by the manipulation of the different materials, products, tools and equipment used.

-Describe the security elements of the equipment and installations, as well as the individual protective equipment to be used.

CE4.3 In a practical scenario of modifying the operating parameters, based on the technical information, evaluate their possible repercussions indicating, the logical sequence of actions.

C5: Take samples, calibrate and operate instruments and equipment to carry out the control of the reception of raw materials and the control of the process of manufacture of ceramic chips.

CE5.1 Interpret the instructions contained in a proposed raw material sampling plan, ordering and describing the actions to be performed.

CE5.2 Prepare the sample for testing according to standards and specifications using the tools and tools indicated.

CE5.3 Prepare test kits according to the technical specifications of control.

CE5.4 Operate diestramente, adjust to the standard conditions and verify the operation of stoves and equipment for the determination of moisture in solids, series of sieves and frame and balance of precision obtaining measurements of moisture, fusibility and granulometric distribution of the raw materials.

CE5.5 To express the results of the test in the indicated units and with the specified precision.

CE5.6 Evaluate the results of the raw material tests from the technical instructions set out.

C6: Perform calculations relating to composition operations, process stages, online controls, and material storage and consumption, based on technical information.

CE6.1 In a practical scenario of control tests, from the data obtained:

-Operate using established formulas and correctly express the results.

-graphically reintroduce control data that requires and interpret it.

CE6.2 Determine, by calculation, the amount of materials stored in silos and material storage facilities from information provided as a position of level meters, mass flow rates input and output and consumption.

CE6.3 In a practical case of making a certain fried, from the composition and the amount of fried to obtain:

-Expose the composition of the fried in chemical analysis and in the Seger formula.

-Calculate the fried factor of the fried.

-Calculate the load or feed flow of the fried oven composition.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.6; C3 with respect to CE3.1, CE3.2 and CE3.3; full C4; C6 with respect to CE6.3.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

Respect internal organization procedures and rules.

Communicate effectively with the right people at every moment, respecting the channels established in the organization.

Learn new concepts or procedures and effectively leverage training using acquired knowledge.

Comply with the production rules set by the organization.

Contents:

1. Manufacture of frits

Frias manufacturing targets.

Frias classification criteria.

Manufacturing operations. Process diagrams and manufacturing site schemas.

Raw materials used in the manufacture of frits. Examples of compositions and calculations. Conditions for the transport, storage and preservation of the materials used. Transport and storage facilities.

Metering and mixing facilities.

Frying ovens: types of furnaces. Fuels. General scheme: zones and elements of the oven. Elements of regulation, security and control.

Auxiliary installations of furnaces: furnace loading and unloading. Fuel storage and feeding facilities. Installations for the extraction and purification of smoke. Cooling water facilities.

Commissioning, driving and stopping a fried oven. Establishment of a cooking program. Driving and controlling the installation. Security items.

Performances in cases of breakdowns or emergencies.

Assembling and palletizing installations.

2. Quality control in deep-fried manufacturing processes

Main parameters to be controlled in the fried manufacturing processes.

Setting control points.

Identification of defects originating in the composition and preparation of the fried. More likely causes and possible corrective actions.

Process Controls: Operating procedures for infuse controls, humidity, flux, and comparison with standard samples. Expression and interpretation of test results.

Basic concepts on statistical methods applied to quality control in ceramic fried manufacturing processes: sampling procedures. Sorting, description and graphical representation of measured data. Management and interpretation of control graphs.

Labeling rules.

Non-compliance procedures.

3. Prevention of environmental and health risks in the industrial manufacture of ceramic chips

Prevention of environmental pollution resulting from deep-fried manufacturing operations: Equipment and dust aspiration installations. Purification of water and liquid effluents. Treatment of gaseous emissions. Treatment of solid waste.

Safety and occupational health in the manufacture of ceramic chips: Precautions to be adopted for the handling and transport of materials used. Prevention of risks arising from the manufacture of deep-fried products. Protection and occupational health measures.

4. Organisation of operations for the manufacture of ceramic chips

Manufacturing programs and work orders.

Description of operating procedures. Documentation used.

Coordination of work teams: communication, motivation and conflict resolution techniques.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the manufacture of ceramic chips, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 1 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education) or other higher level education related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

FORMATIVE MODULE 2: MANUFACTURE OF CERAMIC PIGMENTS

Level: 2

Code: MF0654_2

Associated with UC: Fabricating ceramic pigments

Duration: 120 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Analyze processes for making calcined pigments by relating basic manufacturing operations, input and output products, process variables, necessary means, and procedures used.

CE1.1 Describe the main manufacturing processes of calcined pigments, relating to the characteristics of the products obtained and their main applications.

CE1.2 Relating the characteristics of the input and output products in the basic operations of the processes of manufacture of calcined pigments: mixing and homogenization, calcination, milling, washing, drying- micronisation.

CE1.3 Identify equipment, facilities, and auxiliary media, relating to the different processes of manufacturing calcined pigments.

CE1.4 Identify the main variables of calcination, washing, milling and drying process describing their influence in the successive manufacturing stages and in the quality of the product obtained.

CE1.5 In a scenario of manufacturing a calcined pigment, based on the technical information of the process and a manufacturing program:

-Perform a process diagram reflecting the sequence of operations and the input and output product in each.

-Deducir the main characteristics of the necessary means of production, such as capacity, production and technology used.

-Determine the main control points and parameters to control.

-Identify and describe the operations required for the fulfillment of the manufacturing program and identify the jobs involved.

-Prepare the required work orders.

CE1.6 Identify and describe the main defects in enamels and pastes, attributable to the manufacturing operations of calcined pigments, pointing out their most probable causes and proposing solutions.

C2: Analyze the processes of preparation of dyes in dissolution for the colouring of enamels and pastes, relating the basic manufacturing operations, the input and output products, the process variables, the media required and the procedures used.

CE2.1 Describe the main processes for the production of soluble salts, related to the characteristics of the products obtained and their main applications.

CE2.2 Relate the characteristics of the input and output products in the basic operations of the dye dissolution processes.

CE2.3 Identify and relate the necessary equipment, facilities, and auxiliary means to the different process of dissolving colorants.

CE2.4 In a practical scenario of manufacturing a soluble salt solution for the colouring of ceramic pastes from the technical information of the process and a manufacturing program:

-Perform a process diagram reflecting the sequence of operations and the input and output product in each.

-Deducir the main characteristics of the necessary means of production, such as capacity, production and technology used.

-Determine the main control points and parameters to control.

-Identify and describe the operations required for the fulfillment of the manufacturing program and identify the jobs involved.

-Prepare the required work orders.

CE2.5 Identify and describe the main defects in pastes and enamels, attributable to the manufacturing operations of dyestuffs in dissolution, pointing out their most probable causes and proposing solutions.

C3: Identify the calcined pigments, colorants and soluble salts and the raw materials and additives used in their manufacture.

CE3.1 Identify the main commercial and technical denominations of the raw materials and additives, used in the manufacture of ceramic pigments, classifying them according to their composition and role.

CE3.2 Classify the different types of ceramic pigments according to the characteristics of the manufactured products.

CE3.3 Describe and explain the most relevant aspects of the conditions of discharge, storage, and handling of materials used in the preparation of ceramic pigments.

CE3.4 Identify and describe the main defects in the final products attributable to raw materials and/or additives, point out their most likely causes and propose solutions.

C4: Analyze equipment and facilities for the manufacture of ceramic pigments, relating their characteristics and performance to their function in the process, and describe their constitution and operation.

CE4.1 In a practical assumption of reception and storage of raw materials, dosage, mixing, milling, aspiration and purification of powders and calcination, based on graphic and technical information of the facilities and equipment, explain its objective and the essential aspects of its operation and constitution, using specific concepts and terminology and identifying the functions and contribution of the main sets, pieces or elements to the functionality of the equipment.

CE4.2 In a practical scenario of washing, drying, micronizing, mixing, storing and assembling a prepared product, based on graphic and technical information of the installations and equipment, explain its objective and the aspects essential to its functioning and constitution, using specific concepts and terminology and identifying the functions and contribution of the main sets, pieces or elements to the functionality of the equipment.

CE4.3 Indicate the main elements of the installations and equipment subject to review and self-restraint, considering the criteria for their repair or replacement.

C5: Point and operate with ceramic pigment manufacturing equipment, in safety conditions and obtaining the product with the established quality.

CE5.1 In a practical scenario for the manufacture of calcined pigments, from the technical procedural instructions, the manufacturing program and the technical documentation of the machinery used:

-Regular and operate with the automatic dosing and raw material and additive equipment and homogenization of the mixture according to the composition and the manufacturing program.

-Regular and operate the calcination furnace, according to the technical instructions received and the manufacturing program.

-Regular and operate with the grinding, washing, drying and assembling and palletizing equipment, according to the needs of the manufacturing program.

-Modify, following technical instructions, some process parameters such as time, flow rates, and temperatures.

-Indicating the main elements of the installations and equipment subject to review and self-restraint and the criteria for repair or replacement.

-Identify the risks and level of danger posed by the manipulation of the different materials, products, tools and equipment used.

-Describe the security elements of equipment and installations, as well as the systems and clothing to be used.

CE5.2 In a practical scenario for the manufacture of soluble salts, from technical procedural instructions, the manufacturing program and the technical documentation of the machinery used:

-Regular and operate with the automatic dosing and raw material and additive equipment and homogenization of the mixture according to the composition and the manufacturing program.

-Regular and operate the dissolution and filtering equipment of soluble salts according to the needs of the manufacturing program.

-Modify, following technical instructions, some process parameters such as flow rates, temperatures, and pH.

-Indicating the main elements of the installations and equipment subject to review and self-restraint and the criteria for repair or replacement.

-Identify the risks and level of danger posed by the manipulation of the different materials, products, tools and equipment used.

-Describe the security elements of equipment and installations, as well as the systems and clothing to be used.

CE5.3 In a practical scenario of modifying the operating parameters, evaluate their possible repercussions and indicate and, if necessary follow, the logical sequence of actions.

C6: Take samples and calibrate and operate instruments and equipment for the performance of the raw material reception controls and the control of the ceramic pigment manufacturing process.

CE6.1 Interpret the instructions contained in a proposed raw material sampling plan and order and describe the actions to be performed.

CE6.2 Prepare the sample for testing according to standards and specifications using the appropriate tools and tools.

CE6.3 Operate diestramente, adjust to the standard conditions and verify the correct operation of the viscosimeter Ford and/or rotational cup, densimeter, series of sieves and frame, balance of precision, pHmetro, conductimeter, for obtain measurements of density, viscosity, granulometric distribution, pH of dissolution and presence of ions after washing.

CE6.4 Operate diestrally with manual application equipment of enamels by aerography, screen printing, or enameled skate to perform the comparison tests of ceramic pigments with standard samples.

CE6.5 Express test results in units and with specified accuracy.

CE6.6 Evaluate the results of tests on raw materials and ceramic pigments from the technical instructions set.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.5; C2 with respect to CE2.4; C5 complete; C6 with respect to CE6. 3 and CE6.4.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

Respect internal organization procedures and rules.

Communicate effectively with the right people at every moment, respecting the channels established in the organization.

Learn new concepts or procedures and effectively leverage training using acquired knowledge.

Comply with the production rules set by the organization.

Contents:

1. Ceramic pigments

Calcined ceramic pigments: classification criteria. Manufacturing operations. Process diagrams and manufacturing site schemas.

Soluble salts: criteria for the classification of soluble salts used in the ceramic industry. Manufacturing operations. Process diagrams and manufacturing site schemas.

Raw materials used in the manufacture of pigments.

Conditions for the transportation, storage, and preservation of the materials used.

2. Installations and operating procedures for the manufacture of pigments

Transport and storage facilities for raw materials: pulverulent solids transport techniques.

Dosing and mixing facilities: silos and hoppers. Problems with the discharge of silos. Solid mixers. Automated management of solid dosing and mixing plants.

Calcination furnaces: types of furnaces. Fuels. General scheme: zones and elements of the oven. Elements of regulation, security and control.

Auxiliary installations of furnaces: furnace loading and unloading. Fuel storage and feeding facilities. Installations for the extraction and purification of smoke.

Procedures and facilities and the milling and washing of pigments: main process variables. Mills.

Washing procedures. Centrifuges.

Drying and Micronization Procedures and Facilities: Micronizer Mills and Micronizer Dryers.

Mixing of micronized pigments.

Pulled out and palletizing.

Soluble salt preparation operations: technology used. Main process variables. Packaging and storage.

3. Organisation of operations for the manufacture of calcined pigments and dyestuffs in dissolution

Manufacturing programs and work orders.

Description of operating procedures. Documentation used.

Coordination of work teams: communication, motivation and conflict resolution techniques.

4. Quality control in processes for the manufacture of calcined pigments and dyestuffs in dissolution

Main parameters to be controlled in the processes of manufacturing calcined pigments and dyestuffs in dissolution.

Setting control points.

Identification of defects in pastes and enamels that can be blamed on calcined pigments, dyes and soluble salts. More likely causes and possible corrective actions.

Process Controls: Controls on pigment manufacturing operations. Expression and interpretation of test results.

Basic concepts on statistical methods applied to quality control in processes of manufacturing calcined pigments and soluble salts: sampling procedures. Sorting, description and graphical representation of measured data. Management and interpretation of control graphs.

Labeling rules.

Non-compliance procedures.

5. Prevention of environmental and health risks in the industrial manufacture of calcined pigments and dyestuffs in dissolution

Prevention of environmental contamination resulting from the production operations of calcined pigments and soluble salts: equipment and installations for the aspiration of powders. Purification of water and liquid effluents. Treatment of gaseous emissions. Treatment of solid waste.

Safety and occupational health in the manufacture of calcined pigments and soluble salts: precautions to be taken for the handling and transport of materials used. Prevention of risks arising from the manufacture of calcined pigments and soluble salts. Protection and occupational health measures.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the manufacture of ceramic pigments, which shall be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 1 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education) or other higher level education related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

FORMATIVE MODULE 3: MANUFACTURE OF CERAMIC ENAMELS IN GRANILLA, ENGOBES, PELLETS AND MICRONIZED POWDERS

Level: 2

Code: MF0655_2

Associated with UC: Fabricating ceramic glazes in granilla, engobes, pellets, and micronized powders

Duration: 90 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Analyze the processes of preparing enamels in granilla, pellets and micronized powders, relating the basic manufacturing operations, the input and output products, the process variables, the necessary means and the procedures used.

CE1.1 Describe the main processes of preparing enamels in granilla, pellets and micronized powders, relating them to the characteristics of the products obtained and their main applications.

CE1.2 Relate the characteristics of the input and output products in the manufacturing processes of glazes in granilla, pellets and micronized powders.

CE1.3 Identify the main commercial and technical denominations of the raw materials and additives used in the manufacture of enamels in granilla, pellets and micronized powders, classifying them according to their composition and the role they play.

CE1.4 Identify equipment, facilities, and auxiliary media, relating to different manufacturing processes of granilla enamels, pellets, and micronized powders.

CE1.5 Identify the main process variables in the grinding, atomization, granulation, drying, and granulometric selection operations, considering their influence on the quality of the product obtained.

CE1.6 In a practical scenario of preparing a glaze in granilla, pellets or powder from the technical information of the process and a manufacturing program:

-Perform a process diagram reflecting the sequence of operations and the input and output product in each.

-Deducir the main characteristics of the necessary means of production, such as capacity, production and technology used.

-Determine the main control points and parameters to control.

-Identify and describe the operations required for the fulfillment of the manufacturing program and identify the jobs involved.

-Prepare the required work orders.

CE1.7 Identify and describe the main defects in granilla enamels, pellets and micronized powders attributable to raw materials, additives and preparation operations to identify their most probable causes and to propose solutions.

CE1.8 Describe and explain the most relevant aspects of the storage and handling conditions of the materials used and products obtained in the preparation of enamels in pellets and micronized powders.

C2: Analyze equipment and facilities for the preparation of granilla enamels, pellets and micronized powders, relating their characteristics and performance to their function in the process, and describe their constitution and operation.

CE2.1 In a practical scenario of preparing enamels in granilla as dosing systems, grinders, granulometric and mixing equipment, based on graphic and technical information of the installations and equipment, explain its objective and the essential aspects of its functioning and constitution by correctly employing concepts and terminology and identifying the functions and contribution of the main sets, pieces or elements to the functionality of the equipment.

CE2.2 In a practical scenario of preparing pelletized enamels such as dosing systems, atomizers, granulators, dryers, shredders, granulometric and mixing equipment, based on graphic information and technical facilities and equipment, explain their objective and the essential aspects of their operation and constitution using specific concepts and terminology and identifying the functions and contribution of the main assemblies, pieces or elements to the functionality of the team.

CE2.3 In a practical scenario of preparation of micronized enamels such as dryers, mills, "micronizers", granulometric selection and mixing equipment, based on graphic and technical information of the installations and teams, explain their objective and the essential aspects of their operation and constitution using specific concepts and terminology and identifying the functions and contribution of the main sets, pieces or elements to the functionality of the team.

CE2.4 Indicate the main elements of the installations and equipment under review and self-restraint, describing the criteria for their repair or replacement.

C3: Point-and-operate with equipment for preparing enamels in micronized granillas and powders, in safety conditions and obtaining the product with the established quality.

CE3.1 In a practical case of manufacture of a granilla enamel, based on the technical procedure instructions, the manufacturing program and the technical documentation of the machinery used:

-Adjust to working conditions, start up, feed the frite and control the grinding machines and equipment, granulometric selection, powder aspiration and sagging.

-Regular and operate, if any, the granilla mixer dosing the components according to the composition and the manufacturing program.

-Modify, following technical instructions, some process parameters such as grinding degree, granulometric range, or mixing time.

-Indicating the main elements of the installations and equipment subject to review and self-restraint and the criteria for repair or replacement.

-Identify the risks and level of danger posed by the manipulation of the different materials, products, tools and equipment used.

-Describe the security elements of equipment and installations, as well as the individual protection systems and equipment to be used.

CE3.2 In a practical case of manufacturing a micronized enamel from a previously prepared suspension, technical instructions for procedure, manufacturing program and technical documentation of the machinery employee:

-Adjust to working conditions, start up, feed the mixture and control the machines and equipment of drying, grinding, "drying-micronized", aspiration and separation of powders and sagging.

-Regular and operate, if applicable, the powder mixer by dosing the components according to the composition and the manufacturing schedule.

-Modify, following technical instructions, or indicate the operating procedures for modifying some process parameters such as drying and production temperature.

-Modify, following technical instructions, or indicate the operating procedures for modification of the product's granulometry.

-Perform the granulometry control tests and express the results in the units and with the specified precision.

-Indicating the main elements of the installations and equipment subject to review and self-restraint and the criteria for repair or replacement.

-Identify the risks and level of danger posed by the manipulation of the different materials, products, tools and equipment used.

-Describe the security elements of the equipment and installations, as well as the individual protective equipment to be used.

CE3.3 In case of practical modification of the operating parameters, evaluate their possible repercussions and indicate the logical sequence of actions.

C4: Point and operate with enamel preparation equipment in pellets, in safety conditions and obtaining the product with the established quality.

CE4.1 In a practical case of manufacturing an atomized enamel, based on the technical procedure instructions, the manufacturing program and the technical documentation of the machinery used:

-Adjust to working conditions, start up, feed the enamel and control the machines and equipment for pumping the enamel, generator of hot gases, suction and separation of powders, atomizer, selection granulometric, crushing and sagging.

-Modify, following technical instructions, or indicate operating procedures for modification of some process parameters such as pumping flow, nozzle diameter, hot gas flow or temperature or production.

-Modify, following technical instructions, or indicate operating procedures for moisture modification or product granulometry.

-Perform the particle size and humidity control tests and express the results in the correct units and with the specified accuracy.

-Indicating the main elements of the installations and equipment subject to review and self-restraint and the criteria for repair or replacement.

-Identify the risks and level of danger posed by the manipulation of the different materials, products, tools and equipment used.

-Describe the security elements of the equipment and installations, as well as the individual protective equipment to be used.

CE4.2 In a practical scenario of manufacturing a granular enamel, based on the technical procedure instructions, the manufacturing program and the technical documentation of the machinery used:

-Regular and operate with the dosing equipment of raw materials and additives according to the composition and the manufacturing program.

-Adjust to working conditions, start up, feed the mixture and control the machines and equipment of granulate, drying, granulometric selection, crushing, aspiration and separation of powders and ensacado.

-Modify, following technical instructions, or indicate the operating procedures for modifying some process parameters such as spin, temperature, or production speed.

-Modify, following technical instructions, or indicate operating procedures for moisture modification or product granulometry.

-Perform the particle size and humidity control tests and express the results in the correct units and with the specified accuracy.

-Indicating the main elements of the installations and equipment subject to review and self-restraint and the criteria for repair or replacement.

-Identify the risks and level of danger posed by the manipulation of the different materials, products, tools and equipment used.

-Describe the security elements of the equipment and installations, as well as the individual protective equipment to be used.

CE4.3 In a practical scenario of manufacturing a mixture of pelletized enamels, based on the technical procedure instructions, the manufacturing program and the technical documentation of the machinery used:

-Regular and operate with component dosing equipment according to the composition and the manufacturing schedule.

-Adjust to working conditions, load, start and control the mixer and the assembly equipment.

-Modify, following technical instructions, or indicate operating procedures for mixing system speed modification.

-Indicating the main elements of the installations and equipment subject to review and self-restraint and the criteria for repair or replacement.

-Identify the risks and level of danger posed by the manipulation of the different materials, products, tools and equipment used.

-Describe the security elements of the equipment and installations, as well as the individual protective equipment to be used.

CE4.4 In a practical scenario of modification of the operating parameters, evaluate their possible impact and indicate and, if necessary, follow the logical sequence of actions.

C5: Take samples and calibrate and operate instruments and equipment, for the performance of the control of the reception of raw materials and the control of the process of manufacture of enamels in granilla, pellets and micronized powders.

CE5.1 Interpret the instructions contained in a proposed raw material sampling plan and order and describe the actions to be performed.

CE5.2 Prepare the sample for testing according to established standards and specifications using the appropriate tools and tools.

CE5.3 Prepare test kits according to the technical specifications of control.

CE5.4 Operate diestramente, adjust to pattern conditions, and verify proper operation of:

-Equipment for moisture determination in solids.

-Ford and/or rotational Viscosimeter.

-Densile.

-Series of sieves and frames.

-Precision Balance, to obtain measurements of moisture, density, viscosity, and granulometric distribution of the raw materials and prepared enamels.

CE5.5 Operate with manual application equipment of dry enamels and by serigraphy to perform the comparison tests of the enamels prepared with standard samples.

CE5.6 Express the test results in the correct units and with the specified accuracy.

CE5.7 Evaluate the results of tests on raw materials and enamels prepared from technical instructions.

C6: Perform calculations relating to composition operations, process stages, online controls, and storage and consumption of materials, following technical instructions.

CE6.1 Get data and process information by applying formulas derived from the mass balance in atomization, granulate, and micronized processes.

CE6.2 Relate by calculations and graphically express, the density of barbotins with their solids content and the specific weight of solids.

CE6.3 In a practical scenario of control tests, based on the data obtained and following technical instructions:

-Operate using established formulas and correctly express the results.

-graphically reintroduce the test data that requires and interpret it.

-Build statistical control graphs and interpret the graphical representation obtained.

CE6.4 In a practical assumption of making a glaze, from the composition and the quantity to be obtained, calculate the load of each solid material and water or binder necessary.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.6; C3 with respect to CE3.1 and CE3.2; full C4; C5 with respect to CE5.4.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

Respect internal organization procedures and rules.

Communicate effectively with the right people at every moment, respecting the channels established in the organization.

Learn new concepts or procedures and effectively leverage training using acquired knowledge.

Comply with the production rules set by the organization.

Contents:

1. Preparation of ceramic glazes in granilla, in pellets and micronized powders, organization of manufacturing operations.

Manufacturing programs and work orders.

Description of operating procedures. Documentation used.

Coordination of work teams: communication, motivation and conflict resolution techniques.

Granilla Glaze Classification Criteria. Applications.

Manufacturing operations: process diagrams. Main process variables.

Facilities and machines: mills, granulometric selection equipment, mixers, suction and dust separation installations, and sagging and labeling equipment. Regulation, management and control.

Storage and transport of granillas.

Pellet classification criteria in pellets. Applications.

Materials used.

Manufacturing operations: process diagrams. Main process variables.

Installations and machines: atomizers, granulators, dryers, granulometric selection equipment, shredders, mixers, suction and dust separation installations, and sagging and labeling equipment. Regulation, management and control.

Storage and transport of enamels in pellets.

Applications of the micronized glazes.

Manufacturing operations: process diagrams. Main process variables.

Installations and machines: dryers, micronizers, "micronizers", granulometric selection equipment, mixers, suction and dust separation installations, and sagging and labeling equipment. Regulation, management and control.

2. Quality control in manufacturing processes for enamels in granilla, pellets and micronized powders

Main parameters that must be controlled in the processes of making enamels in granilla, pellets and micronized powders. Establishment of the control points.

Identification of defects. More likely causes and possible corrective actions.

Process Controls: Operating procedures of the controls of granulometry, humidity, mechanical strength and comparison with standard samples. Expression and interpretation of test results.

Basic concepts on statistical methods applied to quality control in manufacturing processes of glazes in granilla, pellets and micronized powders: sampling procedures. Sorting, description and graphical representation of measured data. Management and interpretation of control graphs.

Labeling rules.

Non-compliance procedures.

3. Prevention of environmental and health risks in the industrial manufacture of enamels in granilla, pellets and micronized powders

Prevention of environmental pollution resulting from the manufacturing operations of glazes in granilla, pellets and micronized powders: equipment and installations for the aspiration of powders. Purification of water and liquid effluents. Treatment of gaseous emissions. Treatment of solid waste.

Safety and occupational health in the manufacturing operations of glazes in granilla, pellets and micronized powders: precautions to be taken for the handling and transport of materials used. Prevention of risks arising from manufacturing operations of enamels in granilla, pellets and micronised powders. Protection and occupational health measures.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the manufacture of ceramic glazes in granilla, engobes, pellets and micronized powders, which will be credited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 1 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education) or other higher level education related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

FORMATIVE MODULE 4: PREPARATION OF CERAMIC ENAMELS AND ENGOBES IN BARBOTIN AND VITRIFIABLE INKS

Level: 2

Code: MF0656_2

Associate to UC: Prepare ceramic enamels and engobes in barbotin and vitrifiable inks

Duration: 90 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Analyze the processes of preparation of engobes, enamels and ceramic inks, relating the basic manufacturing operations, the input and output products, the process variables, the necessary means and the procedures used.

CE1.1 Describe the main processes of preparation of engobes, enamels and ceramic inks, relating to the characteristics of the products obtained and their main applications.

CE1.2 Relate the characteristics of the input and output products in the manufacturing processes of engobes, enamels and ceramic inks.

CE1.3 Identify equipment, facilities and auxiliary means, relating to different processes of manufacture of engobes, enamels and ceramic inks.

CE1.4 Identify the main process variables in the milling and unread operations in the preparation of engobes, enamels and inks, considering their influence in the successive manufacturing stages and in the quality of the product obtained.

CE1.5 In a practical scenario of preparing a ceramic enamel or ink, from the technical information of the process and a manufacturing program:

-Perform a process diagram reflecting the sequence of operations and the input and output product in each.

-Deducir the main characteristics of the necessary means of production, such as capacity, production and technology used.

-Determine the main control points and parameters to control.

-Identify and describe the operations required for the fulfillment of the manufacturing program and identify the jobs involved.

-Prepare the required work orders.

CE1.6 Identify and describe the main defects in enamels and inks attributable to the preparation operations, pointing out their most probable causes and proposing solutions.

C2: Identify the raw materials and additives used in the manufacture of engobes, enamels and ceramic inks, describing their main characteristics.

CE2.1 Identify the main commercial and technical denominations of the raw materials and additives used in the manufacture of engobes, enamels and inks and classify them, according to their composition and paper perform.

CE2.2 Relate the materials used in the compositions of engobes, enamels and inks and their ratio between them with the behavior of the mixture in the process of preparation.

CE2.3 Classify the different types of engobes, enamels and ceramic inks according to the characteristics of the ceramic products manufactured.

CE2.4 Describe and explain the most relevant aspects of the conditions of discharge, storage, and handling of materials used in the preparation of ceramic inks, engobes, and enamels.

CE2.5 Identify and describe the main defects in the final products attributable to raw materials and/or additives, point out their most likely causes and propose solutions.

C3: Analyze equipment and facilities for the preparation of engobes, enamels and ceramic inks, relating their characteristics and performance to their function in the process, and describe their constitution and operation.

CE3.1 In a practical scenario of preparing engobes and enamels by grinding or unread as dosing systems, mills, sifting equipment, magnetic separators, finished product storage tanks and other, from graphic and technical information of installations and equipment, to explain their objective and the essential aspects of their operation and constitution, using specific concepts and terminology and identifying functions and contribution of the main sets, parts or elements to the functionality of the equipment.

CE3.2 In a practical scenario of preparing ceramic inks by grinding or unread as dosing systems, colloidal mills, microwaves or tricycles, sifting equipment and others, based on information graphic and technical equipment and equipment, explain its purpose and the essential aspects of its operation and constitution using specific concepts and terminology and identifying the functions and contribution of the main assemblies, parts or elements to the functionality of the equipment.

CE3.3 Indicate the main elements of the installations and equipment subject to review and self-restraint and the criteria for repair or replacement.

C4: Put to the point and operate with equipment for preparing engobes, enamels and ceramic inks, in safety conditions and obtaining the product with the established quality.

CE4.1 In a practical scenario for the manufacture of engobes and enamels, from the technical procedural instructions, the manufacturing program and the technical documentation of the machinery used:

-Load, adjust to working conditions, put in place, control and unload grinding and/or unread machines and equipment.

-Modify, following technical instructions, some process parameters such as molturant elements, grinding time, spin speed, time, and/or unread agitation.

-Indicating the main elements of the installations and equipment subject to review and self-restraint and the criteria for repair or replacement.

-Identify the risks and level of danger posed by the manipulation of the different materials, products, tools and equipment used.

-Describe the security elements of equipment and installations, as well as the individual protection systems and equipment to be used.

CE4.2 In a practical scenario for the manufacture of ceramic inks, from the technical procedural instructions, the manufacturing program and the technical documentation of the machinery used:

-Regular and operate with the dosing equipment of raw materials and additives and homogenization of the mixture according to the composition and the manufacturing program.

-Modify, following technical instructions, some process parameters such as spin speed and distance between the colloidal mill grinds, the number of balls and the agitation speed of the microbus mill, separation between Tricyclic mill rollers, production, automatic sieve mesh light.

-Indicating the main elements of the installations and equipment subject to review and self-restraint and the criteria for repair or replacement.

-Identify the risks and level of danger posed by the manipulation of the different materials, products, tools and equipment used.

-Describe the security elements of the equipment and installations, as well as the individual protective equipment to be used.

CE4.3 In a practical scenario of modifying the operating parameters, evaluate their possible repercussions and indicate and, if necessary, follow the logical sequence of actions.

C5: Take samples and calibrate and operate instruments and equipment for the performance of the control of the reception of raw materials and the control of the process of manufacture of engobes, enamels and ceramic inks.

CE5.1 Interpret the instructions contained in a proposed raw material sampling plan, ordering and describing the actions to be performed.

CE5.2 Prepare the sample for testing according to established standards and specifications using the appropriate tools and tools.

CE5.3 Prepare test kits according to the technical specifications of control.

CE5.4 In an equipment operation scenario, based on the following pattern conditions, adjust and verify the operation of:

-Equipment for moisture determination in solids.

-Ford and/or rotational Viscosimeter.

-Densile.

-Series of sieves and frames.

-Precision Balance, to obtain measurements of moisture, density, viscosity, fusibility, and granulometric distribution of raw materials, enamels, and inks.

CE5.5 Operate diestrally with manual application equipment of enamels by aerography, screen printing, or enameled skate to perform the comparison tests of enamels and inks with standard samples.

CE5.6 Express test results in units and with specified accuracy.

CE5.7 Evaluate the results of the tests on raw materials, enamels and inks from the technical instructions set.

C6: Perform calculations relating to composition operations, process stages, online controls, and material storage and consumption.

CE6.1 In a practical scenario of the data obtained from the control tests:

-Operate using established formulas and correctly express the results.

-graphically reintroduce control data that requires and interpret it.

CE6.2 Calculate the theoretical load in ball mills for dry grinding and wet, intermittent operation, and the loading and distribution of molturant elements.

CE6.3 In a practical case of manufacture of a certain ink or enamel, from the composition and the quantity to be obtained, calculate the load of each solid material and water or vehicle-specific vehicle required.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.5; C3 with respect to CE3.1 and CE3.2; full C4; C5 with respect to CE5.4 and CE5.5.

Other capabilities:

Take responsibility for the work you are developing.

Respect internal organization procedures and rules.

Communicate effectively with the right people at every moment, respecting the channels established in the organization.

Learn new concepts or procedures and effectively leverage training using acquired knowledge.

Comply with the production rules set by the organization.

Contents:

1. Preparation of ceramic hoenges and enamels. Organisation of the manufacturing operations of ceramic enamels and inks

Raw and additive materials used in the manufacture of engobes and enamels: function. Commercial presentations. Conditions for the transport and preservation of the materials used.

Coloring of glazes: pigments and colorants used.

Enamel classification criteria: type compositions.

Calculating load formulas.

Metering of components. Weight dispensers and volume dispensers.

Mills and installations: main variables of the milling process. Regulation, handling and control of mills for enamels and engobes.

Discharge and storage operations of enamels and engobes. Procedures and facilities.

Manufacturing programs and work orders.

Description of operating procedures. Documentation used.

Coordination of work teams: communication, motivation and conflict resolution techniques.

2. Manufacture of ceramic inks

Raw and additive materials used in the manufacture of ceramic inks: function. Silk-screen vehicles. Commercial presentations. Conditions for the transport and preservation of the materials used.

Inks classification criteria: type compositions.

Calculating load formulas.

Metering components.

Facilities and equipment for mixing and milling: colloidal, tricyclic and microbus mills. Automatic sifting. Main variables of the process. Regulation, management and control of equipment.

Storage and preservation of ceramic inks.

3. Quality control in processes for manufacturing enamels and ceramic inks

Main parameters to be controlled in the processes of making enamels and inks. Establishment of the control points.

Identification of defects. More likely causes and possible corrective actions.

Process Controls: Operating procedures of the granulometric distribution and rejection controls, viscosity, thixotropy, solids content, and comparison with standard samples. Expression and interpretation of test results.

Basic concepts on statistical methods applied to quality control in processes for the manufacture of enamels and ceramic inks: sampling procedures. Sorting, description and graphical representation of measured data. Management and interpretation of control graphs.

Labeling rules.

Non-compliance procedures.

4. Prevention of environmental and health risks in the industrial manufacture of ceramic enamels and inks

Prevention of environmental pollution resulting from the manufacturing operations of enamels and inks: equipment and installations of dust aspiration. Purification of water and liquid effluents. Treatment of gaseous emissions. Treatment of solid waste.

Safety and occupational health in the manufacturing operations of enamels and ceramic inks: Precautions to be adopted for the handling and transportation of materials used. Prevention of risks arising from the manufacture of enamels and inks. Protection and occupational health measures.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1.-Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the preparation of ceramic enamels and engobes in barbotin and vitrifiable inks, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 1 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education) or other higher level education related to the professional field.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2.-Accredited pedagogical competence according to what the competent administrations establish.

ANNEX VII

PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATION: ORGANISATION OF THE MANUFACTURE OF FRIED, ENAMELLED AND CERAMIC PIGMENTS

Professional Family: Glass and Ceramics

Level: 3

Code: VIC208_3

General Competition

Organize and manage the manufacture of chips, enamels and ceramic pigments, as well as the quality of production and prevention of occupational and environmental risks, following the technical instructions given by the responsible for the planning and quality of production, ensuring manufacturing with the required quality, within the intended time and in the established safety and environmental conditions.

Competition Units

UC0662_3: Organize and manage the manufacture of ceramic chips, pigments and enamels

UC0663_3: Control the processes of making fried, pigments and ceramic enamels

UC0664_3: Participate in production programming in process industries

UC0665_3: Participate in the development and maintenance of quality and environmental management systems in process industries

Professional Environment

Professional Scope

Develops its activity in the area of organization and supervision of the production and/or management of quality and environmental, in entities of public or private nature, small, medium, large or micro-sized, both by is self-employed, regardless of its legal form in the manufacture of fried, pigments and ceramic enamels. It develops its activity depending on its case, functional and/or hierarchically of a superior. The principles of universal accessibility are applied in the development of professional activity in accordance with the applicable regulations.

Productive Sectors

It is located in the production sector of ceramic manufacture, subsector of production of fried, pigments, enamels, engobes, inks and suspensions for obtaining decorative effects in ceramic products.

Relevant Occupations and Jobs

The terms of the following relationship of occupations and jobs are used with a generic and omnicomprensivo character of women and men.

Programming and production control technicians in ceramic pigments and enamels industries

Quality Management Technicians in Ceramic Pigments and Enamels Industries

Quality control laboratory technicians in ceramic pigments and enamels industries

Technicians of ceramic pigments and enamels in the area of environmental management

Associated Training (420 hours)

Training Modules

MF0662_3: Organization and management of the manufacture of fried chips, pigments and enamels (180 hours)

MF0663_3: Reliability and control systems in the manufacture of fried chips, pigments and enamels (90 hours)

MF0664_3: Production programming in process industries (60 hours)

MF0665_3: Quality and environmental management in process industries (90 hours)

COMPETITION UNIT 1: ORGANIZE AND MANAGE THE MANUFACTURE OF FRIED, PIGMENTS AND CERAMIC ENAMELS

Level: 3

Code: UC0662_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Participate in the organization, preparation and development of lines for the manufacture of fried, enameled and ceramic pigments, following established procedures and complying with applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 1.1 Basic operations, their sequence, materials, technical means, and process variables are identified, following production programming and process instructions.

CR 1.2 The selection of raw materials and additives for the manufacture of frits is carried out in accordance with the product fiche, taking into account their behaviour during the processing processes, such as the mixture and homogenisation, melting, cooling and packaging.

CR 1.3 The selection of raw materials and additives for the manufacture of ceramic enamels is carried out in accordance with the product fiche, taking into account their behaviour during the processing processes (dosage of raw materials and milling, micronisation, pelletized, classification by size, mixture of granules and/or granillas and bales).

CR 1.4 The selection of the raw materials and additives for the manufacture of ceramic pigments is carried out according to the product fiche, taking into account their behaviour during the processing processes, such as the mixing and homogenisation, calcination, washing and milling.

CR 1.5 The reception and storage operations of raw materials and additives, mixing and homogenisation, milling, melting or calcination, washing, drying, micronisation, mixing and packaging are carried out by selecting machines, procedures and technical instructions, in accordance with the procedures laid down and complying with the applicable rules.

CR 1.6 Technical materials, machines, procedures and instructions for carrying out the transport, processing, storage and disposal operations are selected, in compliance with the applicable regulations.

CR 1.7 Primary health and safety risks are identified, choosing prevention safety equipment and systems and complying with applicable regulations.

RP 2: Starting the manufacturing line to produce ceramic chips, pigments and enamels, based on the technical information of the process and complying with the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and protection environmental.

CR 2.1 The needs and flow of materials and the consumption of resources are calculated by setting the means for the start-up of the manufacture of fried, pigments and ceramic enamels.

CR 2.2 The means and tasks are assigned, taking into account the characteristics of the available means, the preparation of the workers and the manufacturing program.

CR 2.3 The regulation and programming of machines and complex equipment (automatic transmission and dosing systems, melting and calcination furnaces, granulators, furnace auxiliary systems and systems) Automatic packaging, among others) for the production of fried, pigments and ceramic enamels are monitored, allowing the process to be developed in accordance with established procedures and complying with applicable regulations.

CR 2.4 Possible quality defects, non-conformities of the process and their causes are identified, corrected or minimized.

CR 2.5 Primary health and safety risks are identified, choosing prevention safety equipment and systems and complying with applicable regulations.

CR 2.6 The procedures for the preparation of materials, machines and means of control are determined by ensuring that the process is carried out within the prescribed period and in the conditions of quality, safety and environmental protection. required.

RP 3: Manage process and production information for deep-fried chips, pigments, and ceramic glazes to carry out manufacturing, in accordance with the company's production and quality plans.

CR 3.1 The information and documentation required for the production of glass products is generated, considering the ease of interpretation by the staff involved.

CR 3.2 Documentation is controlled, ensuring the preservation, updating, access and dissemination of production information, providing for possible deviations, contingencies, and programming readjustments.

CR 3.3. The information received and generated is transmitted effectively and interactively at all levels, in accordance with the company's production and quality plans.

Professional context:

Production media:

Raw materials for the manufacture of fried, pigments and enamels. Additives for enamels: deflocculants, binders, thickeners, bactericides. Organic compounds for the preparation of ceramic inks. Packaging materials. Installations, machines and equipment for the manufacture of fried, pigments and ceramic enamels. Silos and warehouse of materials, dosing and mixing systems. Melting furnaces. Calcination furnaces. Dry and wet mills, dryers, micronizers, pelletizers, granulometric classifiers of pellings and pellets, mixers of micronized and of granillas or pellets. Automatic packers. Environmental protection systems. Waste treatment facilities. Inventory management software.

Products and results:

Fried in grain, scales, granilla or micronized. Enamels and engobes in barbotin, micronized, pelletized or in milling prepared loading. Micronized ceramic pigments. Ceramic inks and suspensions for obtaining decorative effects. Updating and archiving process information. Treatment and/or reuse of manufacturing waste. Product and process technical documentation.

Information used or generated:

Program of manufacture, inventory of materials, program of supplies, objectives of manufacture concretized in production, yields, consumption and quality. Technical documentation of supplies. Quality and environmental management manual. Plans and orders of manufacture. Maintenance plans. Technical information and records of machines and equipment. Parts of control and contingencies. Inventory and warehouse parts. Applicable rules on prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection. Selection of procedures and technical instructions. Work orders. Procedures and technical instructions for operation.

COMPETITION UNIT 2: CONTROL THE PROCESSES OF MAKING FRIED, PIGMENTS AND CERAMIC ENAMELS

Level: 3

Code: UC0663_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Monitor processes for the manufacture of ceramic chips, pigments and enamels, following established procedures and complying with applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational hazards and environmental protection.

CR 1.1 Production control procedures and parameters are identified, following production programming and processing instructions.

CR 1.2 Possible deviations from the established characteristics of the raw materials for the manufacture of chips and enamels are detected from the laboratory tests, proposing corrective actions.

CR 1.3 Possible deviations from the established characteristics of the raw materials for the manufacture of ceramic pigments are detected from the laboratory tests, proposing corrective actions.

CR 1.4 The records of the manufacturing process and the control data are analyzed, detecting deviations and proposing corrective actions.

CR 1.5 The operations of the process of making fried, pigments and ceramic enamels are controlled, verifying the operational state of the installations, machines and materials in process and the compliance of the regulations applicable.

CR 1.6 Possible deviations from the established characteristics of processed ceramic chips, pigments and enamels (comparison with standard samples, fusibility, dilatometric behaviour or colour development) detect, analyze laboratory controls and propose corrective actions.

CR 1.7 The process of making fried, pigments and ceramic enamels is monitored, verifying compliance with the health standards.

RP 2: Determine the requirements for the use of the fried, pigments and ceramic enamels, to define the procedures and the plan of necessary tests, optimizing the costs and ensuring compliance with the regulations in prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 2.1 The specifications and requirements for the use of ceramic chips, pigments and enamels are identified in accordance with the applicable rules.

CR 2.2 The required tests are developed by ensuring the degree of compliance with the applicable regulations and the quality characteristics required.

CR 2.3 The procedures, human resources and materials are established according to the test plan, optimizing the costs.

CR 2.4 The opinion of the tests is carried out taking into account the results information, the approval specifications and the requirements for the use of the product.

RP 3: Determine the supply control systems, process variables and finished products, providing the necessary means for their development and application, in order to achieve the objectives of the quality plan and environmental management of the company.

CR 3.1 The defined requirements for materials and auxiliary media and supply specifications are verified, ensuring the quality of the product.

CR 3.2 The procedures, equipment and control instructions for the supplies are determined, in compliance with the quality plan and applicable regulations.

CR 3.3 The control plan for the process of manufacture of fried, ceramic pigments and enamels and the product control plan are established, setting the verification points and procedures for sampling, monitoring, recording and assessment.

CR 3.4 The process and product control procedures are defined, indicating the elements and materials to be inspected, the sampling conditions, the means and test instruments, the assessment criteria for the results of the tests and the qualification of the control operator.

CR 3.5 The treatment, traceability and possible recycling of non-compliant materials is established, complying with applicable regulations.

CR 3.6 Quality control systems for supplies, intermediate products and finished product are defined, optimizing technical and human resources.

RP 4: Monitor inspection and testing processes in the laboratory and in the manufacturing plant, in order to comply with the procedures and standards established by the company's quality and environmental management plans, complying with the applicable rules.

CR 4.1 The calibration and maintenance status of the inspection and test equipment is checked, ensuring the conditions of use and complying with the applicable regulations.

CR 4.2 The sampling, inspection and testing are performed, following the established procedures and technical instructions.

CR 4.3 Extraordinary sampling and testing is ordered when circumstances require, following applicable regulations.

CR 4.4 Compliance with the control equipment and instrument maintenance plan is monitored, complying with applicable regulations.

RP 5: Manage the information generated in the process of monitoring and control of the production of chips, pigments and ceramic enamels to carry out the manufacturing according to the production and quality plans of the company, transmitting it according to established rules.

CR 5.1 The information and documentation necessary for the execution of the manufacture of cerns, pigments and ceramic enamels is generated, considering the ease of interpretation by the staff involved.

CR 5.2 Documentation is controlled, ensuring the preservation, updating, access and dissemination of production information, providing for possible deviations, contingencies, and programming readjustments.

CR 5.3 The information received and generated on the monitoring and control of the production of ceramic chips, pigments and enamels is transmitted effectively and interactively at all levels.

Professional context:

Production media:

Mineral raw materials and inorganic chemicals with varying degrees of transformation: clays, kaolines, feldspates, silicates, carbonates, quartz. Fried in grain, scales, granilla or micronized. Enamels in barbotin, micronized or pelletized. Micronized ceramic pigments. Suspension and organic binders. Machines and equipment: control laboratory equipment: laboratory ovens, stoves, precision scales, laboratory equipment. Equipment for the preparation of test pieces: mills, enamelled skates, screen printing machines, spray booth. Equipment for the determination of viscosity, density, thermal expansion, color, particle size, mechanical strength, resistance to chemical attack.

Products and results:

Fried in grain, scales, granilla or micronized. Enamels and engobes in barbotin, micronized, pelletized or in milling prepared loading. Micronized ceramic pigments. Ceramic inks and suspensions for obtaining decorative effects. Results of the tests and inspections for the control of raw materials. Results on process variables in the manufacture of fried, pigments and ceramic enamels. Test plans. Systems for control of supplies, variables and products. Control programme. Sampling and testing standards and procedures.

Information used or generated:

Production programming. Process instructions. Sampling and testing standards and procedures. Quality manual. Manual of use, maintenance and calibration of equipment and instruments. Regulations on prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection. Results of tests and inspections for the control of raw and semi-finished materials used in the manufacture of fried, pigments and ceramic enamels. Incident records. Non-conformance files and corrective actions. Updating and archiving process information.

COMPETITION UNIT 3: PARTICIPATE IN PRODUCTION PROGRAMMING IN PROCESS INDUSTRIES

Level: 3

Code: UC0664_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Organize the supply and storage of the materials and auxiliary means to carry out the manufacturing within the time and with the specified quality, complying with the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 1.1 The needs of materials, auxiliary media, and services are identified in a way that enables the programming of sourcing and manufacturing.

CR 1.2 The program of sourcing of materials, auxiliary means and services is carried out in compliance with the objectives of production and delivery times.

CR 1.3 The materials are stored taking into account their nature and the supplier's recommendations, ensuring their conservation status, accessibility, use of space and optimization of times, as well as the compliance with the applicable rules.

CR 1.4 The warehouse is managed by controlling, at all times, the stock and location of materials and auxiliary media.

CR 1.5 Information about the delivery terms and conditions of supplies is kept up to date, according to the procedure set out.

RP 2: Schedule manufacturing jobs to meet delivery times and quality conditions, according to the instructions of those responsible for planning and considering the technical information of the process, work, production plan and provisioning conditions, optimizing resources and complying with applicable regulations.

CR 2.1 The manufacturing program is made following technical instructions and considering manufacturing needs, stock in the warehouse, supply of supplies, human resources and performance and maintenance of machinery and facilities.

CR 2.2 The manufacturing schedule is established by considering the maintenance plan of the facilities and the machines, complying with the applicable regulations.

CR 2.3 Production execution tasks are assigned based on the human resources, materials, and means available.

CR 2.4 The oral and written instructions concerning the development and execution of manufacturing operations are issued, optimizing the efficiency of the facilities and meeting the quality and safety conditions. set.

RP 3: Manage the information generated in the production process to perform manufacturing according to the company's production plans, transmitting it according to established rules.

CR 3.1 The information and documentation required for manufacturing execution is generated, considering the ease of interpretation by the staff involved.

CR 3.2 Documentation is controlled, ensuring the preservation, updating, access and dissemination of production information and providing for possible deviations, contingencies, and programming readjustments.

CR 3.3 Received and generated information is transmitted efficiently and interactively at all levels.

Professional context:

Production media:

Data processing and text processing means.

Products and results:

Production program. Inventory and warehouse parts. Provisioning program. Storage specifications. Programme of supplies. Organization of technical and human resources. Updating and archiving process information. Production results reports.

Information used or generated:

Manufacturing objectives concretized in production, yields, consumption and quality. Technical documentation of supplies. Product and process technical documentation. Quality and environmental management manual. Maintenance plans. Technical information and records of machines and equipment. Safety and environmental standards. Manufacturing program. Storage procedures. Procedures and technical instructions for operation. Production results reports.

COMPETITION UNIT 4: PARTICIPATE IN THE DEVELOPMENT AND MAINTENANCE OF QUALITY AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS IN PROCESS INDUSTRIES

Level: 3

Code: UC0665_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Participate in the definition of the quality plan and in the organization for its development and application, following the established instructions and in accordance with the company's quality policy.

CR 1.1 Participation in the determination and/or definition of activities to manage quality, in determining functional relationships in quality and in the flow, process and organization of information, performs by following the instructions set out and considering the objectives set by the company.

CR 1.2 The motivation for the quality of the whole organization and the achievement of a competitive level in the market, reducing the quality costs and encouraging the process of continuous improvement, is assured by the quality plan defined.

CR 1.3 Participation in the elaboration of the documentary support of the system, in the work instructions or specific processes and in the forms and formats that, once completed, are constituted in the records that evidence the application of the system, is done by following the technical instructions.

CR 1.4 The organisation of the activities of the internal audit or self-assessment process is carried out in accordance with the technical instructions.

CR 1.5 The participation in the activities of the audit and certification process of the quality management system is performed according to the technical instructions.

CR 1.6 The system of application of the quality plan is completed by incorporating proposals for improvement of procedures adjusted to the standards on quality management and the possibilities of the company.

RP 2: Participate in the definition of the environmental management plan and the organization for its development and implementation, following the instructions established and in accordance with the company's environmental policy.

CR 2.1 Participation in the determination and/or definition of the environmental aspects related to the business of the company, the actions for the prevention of risks, the actions of monitoring and measurement of emissions, effluents and residues, the determination of the test and control means, the plan for their maintenance and calibration and in the flow, process and organisation of the information, is carried out in accordance with the technical instructions and objectives set by the company.

CR 2.2 Participation in the elaboration of the documentary support of the system, in the work instructions or specific processes and in the records that evidence the application of the system, is carried out following the instructions techniques.

CR 2.3 The organisation and participation in the activities of the internal audit process of the environmental management system is carried out in accordance with the technical instructions.

CR 2.4 Participation in the activities of the environmental management system audit process is performed in accordance with the technical instructions received.

CR 2.5 The proposed improvement of the procedure is incorporated into the environmental management plan, adapting them to the applicable regulations and the possibilities of the company.

RP 3: Analyze and evaluate system records for quality improvement and environmental management, proposing actions to improve process and product, generating and managing information.

CR 3.1 The numerical, statistical, and/or graphic treatment applies to the data, facilitating the reading and interpretation of the results.

CR 3.2 The quality of the product and the process, the detection of deviations in the established control values, the diagnosis of the causes of the non-conformities or out of control situations and the proposal for improvements quality and environmental management and cost reduction or reduction of effort is assessed by analyzing and interpreting the results.

CR 3.3 The detected deviations are communicated quickly to the one who corresponds to their knowledge.

CR 3.4 The elaborated documentation is in line with the established standards, allowing for the interpretation by the operators and those responsible for quality and environmental management, respectively.

CR 3.5 The information is generated, using it in a way that allows the definition, implementation and development of the company's environmental quality and management plans.

CR 3.6 The involvement of staff in improving quality and environmental management is ensured by establishing a broad flow of information.

CR 3.7 Documentary management is controlled by ensuring the conservation, updating, easy access and dissemination of quality and environmental management information.

Professional context:

Production media:

Data and text processing and transmission and storage and dissemination of information. Quality control software program.

Products and results:

Environmental management plan and organization. Quality plan and organization. Determination of the reliability of the product. Definition and development of supply control systems and manufacturing process. Determination of the reliability of the suppliers. Reports of results and proposals for the improvement of quality and environmental management. Management of quality information and environmental management. Reports on evolution and costs and improvement in quality. Reports of internal and external audits of quality and environment. Reports on review and improvement of quality and environmental management plans.

Information used or generated:

Quality Plan Objectives. Quality management standards. Regulatory technical requirements. Quality requirements demanded by the customer. Product quality, testing and packaging standards, labelling and acceptance. Objectives of the environmental management plan. Applicable rules for environmental management. Applicable regulations on occupational safety and health. Technical sheets of materials. Control data. Quality historical data.

Quality Manual. Environmental Management Manual. General system procedures. Work instructions or specific processes. Control charts. Machine and process capacity graphs. Forms. Manual of procedures and technical instructions for inspection and testing. Requirements and specifications for the supply of materials. Procedures for the treatment of non-compliant material. Reports of control results. Product reliability reports. Product technical documentation: technical, functional, and instructions for use.

TRAINING MODULE 1: ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT OF THE MANUFACTURE OF FRIED, PIGMENTS AND CERAMIC ENAMELS

Level: 3

Code: MF0662_3

Associate with UC: Organize and manage the manufacture of fried chips, pigments and enamels

Duration: 180 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Analyzing processes for the manufacture of fried, pigments and ceramic enamels, relating the input and output materials, process variables, means of manufacture and operating procedures, with the characteristics and properties of the products obtained.

CE1.1 In a practical case of making fried, pigments or enamels, from the technical process information:

-Identify the different stages of the manufacturing process by associating them with the input and output products, the techniques used, and the means used.

-Identify the variables of operation and their influence on the quality of the fried, pigments or enamels obtained and on the development of the process.

CE1.2 In a practical case of making fried, pigments or ceramic enamels, from a selected fried, pigment or enamel, information the established manufacturing technique and objectives:

-Perform a process diagram reflecting the sequence of operations and the flow of input materials and intermediate products.

-Indicate the different possible techniques for manufacturing operations by selecting the most appropriate ones.

-Indicate the main characteristics of the input and output products for each stage of the process.

-Point out the main variables in the process and estimate their values.

-Deducing the most important technological characteristics of the required means of production, such as the type of technology and production.

CE1.3 Identify the raw materials and materials used and the products obtained in the manufacture of ceramic chips, pigments and enamels, by means of the appropriate characteristics, properties and parameters in each case, using the appropriate terminology and units.

CE1.4 Explain the most relevant aspects of the conditions of storage, transport and handling of raw materials, intermediate products and finished products of the processes of manufacture of fried, pigments and enamels Ceramic, depending on the characteristics of the materials.

CE1.5 Interpret the behavior of raw materials and intermediate products, in the face of mechanical and thermal treatments to which they are subjected in the manufacture of fried, pigments and ceramic enamels, as the mixture, grinding, melting, drying, sintering and granulation, depending on the characteristics of the materials and the physical and chemical principles involved in the transformation.

CE1.6 Recognize and describe the main defects associated with the characteristics of the raw materials, and the processes of making fried, pigments and ceramic enamels, pointing out the most probable causes and proposing methods for their control and minimization or elimination.

CE1.7 Relate the composition of the mixture of raw materials with the melting or calcination temperature, the length of time, the viscosity of the melt or the color of the enamel or the pigment, depending on the characteristics of the materials.

CE1.8 In a practical scenario of making fried, ceramic pigments or enamels, based on technical information about the means used and the input and output products of a stage of the manufacturing process:

-Perform mass and thermal balances.

-Relate by calculations, tables, or charts the characteristics of the input and/or output products with operation parameters.

C2: Analyze the behavior of the enamels during the process of manufacturing ceramic products and the properties contributed to the product obtained, describing their transformations and properties.

CE2.1 Classify the fried, pigments and ceramic glazes, depending on their chemical compositions, their properties and their applications.

CE2.2 Describe the main physical-chemical transformations that take place in the enamel during the cooking process based on the characteristics of the materials.

CE2.3 Describe the mechanisms of diverter, opacification, and color of glazing according to the characteristics of the materials.

CE2.4 Describe the main properties of the glazing, analyzing the thermal, mechanical, optical and chemical properties and indicating:

-The qualitative influence of the enamel composition.

-The influence of the presence of crystalline species.

-The influence of process conditions, such as preparation, application, and cooking.

-The main techniques for your measurement and control.

CE2.5 Relate the characteristics and properties of the fried, pigments and enamels with the materials used and their manufacturing processes.

C3: Determine the process information required to perform the manufacture of ceramic chips, pigments and enamels, based on the analysis of the technical information of the product and the general instructions of manufacturing.

CE3.1 Determine the composition of the mixture of raw materials for the manufacture of a fried or a glaze, from the chemical analysis in oxides of each of the raw materials and the final product.

CE3.2 In a practical manufacturing scenario, based on the technical information of a frite, pigment or enamel and a proposal for a manufacturing program:

-Make a diagram of your manufacturing process by reflecting the sequence of stages and the input and output product in each of them.

-Determine facilities, machines, and equipment that are required for each operation.

-Identify operations and tasks such as the preparation and regulation of machines and equipment, preparation of materials, driving and control of machines, performing manual and self-maintenance operations, necessary in each process stage.

-Indicate the procedures for performing each operation.

-Indicating the main elements of the installations and equipment subject to review and self-restraint and the criteria for repair or replacement.

CE3.3 In a practical manufacturing scenario, based on the technical information of a frite, pigment or enamel and a proposal for a manufacturing program:

-Determine the human resources required, the general aspects of their qualification, and the basic training needs in the scope of the tasks described.

-Develop an instruction sheet for a particular operation of the manufacturing process, indicating tasks and movements, tools and tools, regulatory or control parameters, and manufacturing times.

-Set the flow of information related to the characterized process.

CE3.4 Determine process parameters and their tolerances, by performing calculations and/or using tables and graphs.

CE3.5 In a practical scenario of making fried, ceramic pigments and enamels, based on process information, describe the documentary management procedures used, as well as the conservation procedures, updating and accessing the process documentation.

C4: Analyze the means required for the manufacture of fried, ceramic pigments and enamels relating to the materials used and the products obtained.

CE4.1 In a practical scenario for the manufacture of ceramic chips, pigments and enamels, based on the technical information of a machine or equipment used in the manufacture and the characteristics of the products of entry and output:

-Choose the sequence of operations required for your tuning and tuning to the working conditions.

-Identify the components and devices of the machine or equipment in the installation plans and drawings, explaining its operation and the consequences of possible failures.

-Relate the control and control mechanisms with the process variables and the characteristics of the product obtained.

-Determine the procedures for preparing machine materials and control means.

-Calculate the operating parameters of the machine or equipment that allow the specified product to be obtained with the required quality and optimizing the available resources.

-To indicate the main elements of the installations and equipment to be reviewed and self-contained, the criteria for their repair or replacement and to propose a program of actions of first level self-restraint.

CE4.2 Compare different technologies used for the same operation of the manufacture of fried, pigments or enamels, depending on their production capacity and automation, the operating variables, the characteristics of the entry and exit products and the economic criteria for operation and investment.

CE4.3 Characterizing machines and equipment used in a process of making fried, pigments or enamels, by means of the characteristics, parameters and precise properties in each case, and using the terminology and the appropriate units.

C5: Organize and supervise works of manufacture of ceramic chips, pigments and enamels, complying with applicable regulations.

CE5.1 In a practical scenario for the manufacture of ceramic chips in industrial installations, on the basis of technical instructions and considering the applicable regulations:

-Identify the objectives of the manufacturing, the required means, and the appropriate human resources.

-Develop machine and facility tuning orders.

-Adjust process parameters according to the conditions set in equipment such as metering, mixing, feeder, melting furnace, cooling facilities, or sagging equipment.

-Identify the necessary documentation of the machine, equipment, and installation process.

-Make the required reports in the preparation and tuning of machines and installations

CE5.2 In a practical scenario for the manufacture of ceramic pigments in industrial installations, on the basis of technical instructions and in compliance with applicable regulations:

-Identify the objectives of the required manufacturing, media, and human resources.

-Develop machine and facility tuning orders.

-Perform the adjustment of the process parameters to the conditions established in equipment such as metering, mixing, feeder, calcination furnace, washing and drying facilities, windmills or sagging equipment and packaged.

-Identify the necessary documentation of the machine, equipment, and installation process.

-Make the required reports in the preparation and tuning of machines and installations.

CE5.3 In a practical scenario for the manufacture of ceramic enamels in industrial installations, on the basis of technical instructions and complying with the applicable regulations:

-Identify the objectives of the required manufacturing, media, and human resources.

-Develop machine and facility tuning orders.

-Perform the adjustment of the process parameters to the conditions established in equipment such as mollinings, mixers, micronizers, pelletizers or equipment for assembling and packing, dosing, mixing, feeding, furnace fusion, cooling facilities or sagging equipment.

-Identify the necessary documentation of the machine, equipment, and installation process.

-Make the required reports in the preparation and tuning of machines and installations.

CE5.4 In a practical case of making fried, ceramic pigments or enamels, from technical instructions and in compliance with the applicable regulations:

-Prepare orders for production start-up.

-Identify process documentation.

-Make the required reports in the production start up.

C6: Analyze the procedures for the treatment, disposal or recycling of waste, effluent and industrial emissions and the environmental management systems used in the manufacture of fried, pigments and enamels Ceramics, considering the applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CE6.1 Interpret environmental regulations by applying it to the manufacturing industries of deep-fried, ceramic pigments and enamels.

CE6.2 Describe the main wastes, effluents and emissions generated in the operations of the manufacture of fried, pigments and ceramic enamels, considering the applicable regulations.

CE6.3 Describe the main environmental standards for residues, effluents and emissions generated in the manufacture of ceramic chips, pigments and enamels, considering the applicable regulations.

CE6.4 In a practical scenario of making fried, pigments and/or ceramic enamel, based on the technical process information and complying with applicable regulations:

-Identify the generated waste, describing each of them.

-Indicate the most appropriate waste treatment techniques.

-Relating the main means used in the separation and treatment of waste.

C7: To analyze the safety conditions for the development of the processes of manufacture of fried, pigments and ceramic enamels, considering the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational risks and protection environmental.

CE7.1 Identify the risks and level of danger and toxicity involved in handling the various materials, products, tools and equipment used in the manufacture of fried, pigments and ceramic enamels, the applicable rules.

CE7.2 Interpret security regulations by applying it to the manufacturing industries of deep-fried, ceramic pigments and enamels.

CE7.3 Analyze the security elements of each machine, equipment and installation, as well as individual protection means, considering the most significant processes and operations.

CE7.4 Establish security measures and precautions to be taken based on specific rules or instructions applicable to different operations.

CE7.5 Describe the security conditions in the preparation operations of the machines and equipment, and first-level self-restraint, considering the applicable regulations.

CE7.6 In a practical scenario of making a fried, pigment or ceramic glaze, from the production facilities and equipment:

-Identify the security risks and conditions of the installations and machines.

-Deducing the level of risk of the different jobs, establishing the rates of danger.

-Establish necessary means and facilities, such as personal protections, machine protections, detecting or means of extinction, to maintain an adequate level of security.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.1, CE1.2 and CE1.8; C3 with respect to CE3.2 and CE3.3; C4 with respect to CE4.1; C5 complete; C6 with respect to CE6.4; C7 with respect to CE7.6.

Other capabilities:

Take Responsibility for the work that you develop and achieve your goals.

Demonstrate a degree of autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to your activity.

Transmit information clearly, in an orderly, structured, clear and accurate manner respecting the channels established in the organization.

Propose alternatives to improve results.

Demonstrate interest in broad knowledge of the organization and its processes.

Respect internal organization procedures and rules.

Contents:

1. Properties of enamels

aesthetic and functional properties of glazes.

Classification criteria: classification according to the function they perform in the product, the application method, and the product line.

The vitreous state: general characteristics of the vitreous state. Structure of the glazing.

Properties of the merging glazes.

Optical properties.

Mechanical properties.

Thermal expansion.

Resistance to chemical attack.

Influence of composition and process variables on the properties of enamels.

Enamel pacification: opacification mechanisms. Opacifying chemical species.

Coloring of enamels: mechanisms of coloring of enamels. Measure of color. Chemical dye species.

2. Management of deep-fried manufacturing operations and processes

Classification of frits.

Raw materials used. Requirements for use and safety standards for handling and transport.

Management and control of deep-fried manufacturing facilities: dosing and mixing of raw materials.

Operation variables. Installations. Main technological features and management systems.

Fries fusion: transformations experienced by the mix of raw materials. Process variables. Frilly factor. Fried melting furnaces.

Set to the point of deep-fried manufacturing facilities.

Production startup: calculations and sequence of operations.

Process optimization.

Identification of security risks and conditions in deep-fried manufacturing operations.

3. Management of pigment manufacturing operations and processes

Classification of pigments based on the colour developed, chemical composition and temperature of use.

Raw materials used: Use requirements and safety standards for handling and transport.

Management and control of pigment manufacturing facilities: Dosing and mixing of raw materials, calcination, washing and milling of calcined pigment, drying and micronisation. Operating variables. Process management and control facilities and procedures. Calcination furnaces.

Set-up of ceramic pigment manufacturing facilities.

Production startup: Calculations and sequence of operations.

Process optimization.

Identification of security risks and conditions of pigment manufacturing operations.

4. Management of enamel manufacturing operations and processes

Classification of enamels based on their application, properties, chemical composition and maturation temperature.

Raw materials used: Use requirements and safety standards for handling and transport.

Management and control of the enamelling facilities. Dosage and mixing of raw materials. Operating variables. Installations. Main technological features and management systems. Grinding of enamels: manufacture of granillas and agglomerates. Manufacture of micronised powders. Manufacture of enamels in batches.

Identification of security risks and conditions of enamel processing operations.

5. Defects and non-conformities in fried, pigments and ceramic enamels. Residues, effluents and emissions in the manufacture of fried chips, pigments and enamels

Non-conformities in the processes of making fried, pigments and ceramic enamels.

Defects and non-conformities in ceramic products attributable to frits, pigments and enamels: identification of defects, determination of their causes and measures for their correction and prevention. Defects attributable to raw materials. Defects attributable to the manufacturing process.

Environmental regulations applicable.

Description and characterization of residues, effluents and emissions in the manufacture of fried, pigments and enamels.

Equipment and facilities for the treatment of waste, effluent, smoke and other emissions.

6. Information and documentation for the organisation of the production of fried, ceramic pigments and enamels

Production information for deep-fried, ceramic pigments and enamels.

Organization of information flows in the processes of making fried, pigments and ceramic enamels.

Reporting techniques.

Documentation. Treatment and file systems of the information.

Processed and information and documentation software file.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the organisation and management of the manufacture of ceramic chips, pigments and enamels, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other top-level vocational training courses.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2.-Accredited pedagogical competence according to what the competent administrations establish.

TRAINING MODULE 2: RELIABILITY AND CONTROL SYSTEMS IN THE MANUFACTURE OF FRIED, PIGMENTS AND CERAMIC ENAMELS

Level: 3

Code: MF0663_3

Associate to UC: Control the processes of making fried, pigments and ceramic enamels

Duration: 90 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Analyze production control methods in deep-fried manufacturing industries, ceramic pigments and enamels, considering the means of manufacture.

CE1.1 In a scenario of manufacturing ceramic chips at a stage of the process, based on process information and quality requirements in the product:

-Determine basic requirements and general type characteristics of supplies and procedures for their control, such as sampling, test equipment, mode of operation, acceptance or rejection criteria, results and frequency of tests.

-Develop a control plan indicating the parameters to be checked and the control points, their nominal and tolerances, the frequency of the controls, the inspection equipment or instruments and the documents for their record.

-Indicate the main defects attributable to the fried that can be presented in the finished products, point out the most probable causes and propose ways of solution in the short and/or medium term.

-Relate the main irregular situations that can occur in the characterized stage, indicating its most probable causes and demonstrating the actions that should be followed and the possible preventive actions.

CE1.2 In a scenario of manufacturing ceramic pigments at a stage of the process, based on process information and quality requirements in the product:

-Determine basic requirements and general type characteristics of supplies and procedures for their control, such as sampling, test equipment, mode of operation, acceptance or rejection criteria, results and frequency of tests.

-Develop a control plan indicating the parameters to be checked and the control points, their nominal and tolerances, the frequency of the controls, the inspection equipment or instruments and the documents for their record.

-Indicate the main defects attributable to the pigment that can be presented in the finished products, point out the most likely causes and propose ways of solution in the short and/or medium term.

-Describe the main irregular situations that may occur in the characterized stage, indicate their most probable causes and describe the actions that should be followed and the possible preventive actions.

CE1.3 In a practical scenario of preparing ceramic glazes at a stage of the process, based on process information and quality requirements in the product:

-Determine basic requirements and general type characteristics of supplies and procedures for their control, such as sampling, test equipment, mode of operation, acceptance or rejection criteria, results and frequency of tests.

-Develop a control plan indicating the parameters to be checked and the control points, their nominal and tolerances, the frequency of the controls, the inspection equipment or instruments and the documents for their record.

-Indicate the main defects attributable to enamel that can be presented in finished products, point out the most probable causes and propose ways of solution in the short and/or medium term.

-Describe the main irregular situations that may occur in the characterized stage, indicate their most probable causes and describe the actions that should be followed and the possible preventive actions.

CE1.4 Analyzing by calculations, tables and/or graphical representations a process of making ceramic chips, pigments or enamels from the process control data and the technical information.

C2: Apply control techniques and procedures for raw materials, chips, pigments and ceramic enamels, complying with applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CE2.1 In a practical scenario of control of raw materials used in the manufacture of ceramic chips, pigments or enamels, considering compliance with the applicable regulations:

-Identify the parameters that must be controlled and relate to the control techniques used.

-Identify equipment, reagents, and materials for the realization of control.

-Develop the orders for the preparation of the required samples, reagents, and equipment.

-Schedule the operations required to perform the control.

-Carry out tests for the control of raw materials used in the manufacture of ceramic chips, pigments or enamels, such as the distribution of grain, impurities, colour development and comparison with samples standard, by using equipment and laboratory tools.

-Identify and describe the standards of use, safety and storage of materials and reagents, and relate them to their main characteristics of toxicity, stability and packaging.

CE2.2 In a scenario of control of ceramic chips, pigments or ceramic enamels, considering compliance with applicable regulations:

-Identify the parameters to be checked, relating them to the control techniques used.

-Identify equipment, reagents, and materials for the realization of control.

-Develop the orders for the preparation of the required samples, reagents, and equipment.

-Schedule the necessary operations, considering applicable regulations.

-Perform control tests such as the fusion button, color development, dilatometry, comparison with standard samples, adaptation between enamel and support and solubility of fried in water, using equipment and useful laboratory.

-Identify and describe the rules of use, safety and storage of materials and reagents, relating to their main characteristics of toxicity, stability and packaging.

CE2.3 Schedule the recording and organization operations of the control data file considering a process of making fried, pigments, or ceramic glazes.

C3: Determine the reliability of fried, enameled and ceramic pigments, in accordance with the related product regulations, applying the corresponding test procedures and complying with the applicable rules of prevention occupational risks and environmental protection.

CE3.1 Point out for a certain fried, pigment or ceramic enamel the main properties that affect its reliability, the procedures for its evaluation and, where appropriate, the existing regulations concerned.

CE3.2 In a practical scenario of determining the reliability of a frit, pigment or ceramic enamel, considering compliance with applicable regulations:

-Identify quality regulations regarding the product.

-Identify the requirements for use or, where applicable, the type-approval of the product.

-Determine the tests to assess the degree of compliance of the identified requirements.

-Operate and, where appropriate, set up the instruments and equipment required for the performance of the tests.

-Analyze and dictate the results obtained.

-Develop a report reflecting the main aspects of the process followed, such as requirements, regulations, trials, procedures, results, and opinion.

-Develop a proposal for resolution or improvement of detected problems.

C4: To analyze the necessary safety conditions for the development of control operations of raw materials, fried, enamels and ceramic pigments, considering the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CE4.1 Identify the risks and level of danger and toxicity involved in handling the various materials, products and laboratory equipment used in the control of raw materials, fried, pigments and enamels ceramics, considering compliance with applicable regulations.

CE4.2 Interpret the safety regulations applicable to the laboratories for the characterization and control of raw materials, fried, enamels and ceramic pigments, considering a manufacturing process.

CE4.3 Analyze the security elements of each lab, equipment, and installation, as well as the means of protection and clothing, applying them to the most significant processes and operations.

CE4.4 Establish security measures and precautions to be taken based on specific rules or instructions applicable to different operations.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.1, CE1.2 and CE1.3; C2 with respect to CE2.1 and CE2.2; CE3 with respect to CE3.2.

Other capabilities:

Take Responsibility for the work that you develop and achieve your goals.

Demonstrate a degree of autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to your activity.

Transmit information clearly, in an orderly, structured, clear and precise manner.

Propose alternatives to improve results.

Respect internal organization procedures and rules.

Contents:

1. Control of operations and processes for the manufacture of ceramic chips, ceramic pigments and ceramic enamels

Fries manufacturing processes: Main parameters to be controlled in the stages of reception and storage of raw materials, dosage, homogenization, fusion, cooling and sagging. Manufacturing line controls.

Pigment manufacturing processes: Main parameters to be controlled in the stages of receiving and storing raw materials, dosing, mixing, homogenization, calcination, washing, drying, baled. Manufacturing line controls.

Enamel manufacturing processes: Main parameters to be controlled in the stages of receiving and storing raw materials, dosing, mixing, milling, micronized, pelletized, sagging and packed. Manufacturing line controls.

2. Reliability of products: fried, pigments and ceramic enamels

Quality regulations for glazed ceramic products: general rules. Product regulations: employment requirements. Test regulations. Measure and reliability tests.

Characterization and control of materials: sampling techniques. Preparation and commissioning of equipment. Test techniques.

3. Recording and organizing the data archive of raw materials, chips, pigments and ceramic enamels

Coding procedures and technical documentation file.

Traceability.

How to store samples.

4. Safety standards in the ceramic laboratory

Reagents and materials used: toxicity and dangerousness.

Precautions to be taken for the handling and storage of reagents and materials.

Identification and prevention of risks arising from control operations of ceramic materials and products.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the control of the processes of manufacture of fried, pigments and ceramic enamels, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other top-level vocational training courses.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 3: PRODUCTION PROGRAMMING IN PROCESS INDUSTRIES

Level: 3

Code: MF0664_3

Associated with UC: Participate in production programming in process industries

Duration: 60 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Analyze warehouse management and material sourcing techniques, identifying the necessary technical information, objectives, and production characteristics.

CE1.1 Identify and describe the main stock and warehouse management techniques, the information required in each case and the forecasting techniques, indicating their fundamental aspects and valuing their advantages, problems and applications.

CE1.2 Describe the basic principles of product coding and inventory management used in warehouse management.

CE1.3 In a practical scenario of manufacturing a given product, based on the technical information of the process, the product structure, the information on suppliers (delivery times, minimum lot and economic lot, the stock of materials, manufacturing schedule and stock of material in progress):

-Elaborate provisioning calendars by applying sourcing techniques to "order point" and the periodic provisioning model.

-Indicate the general characteristics of the coding and traceability systems of the materials.

-Analyze the differences in provisioning management, proposing practical examples of application of each one.

CE1.4 In a practical scenario of manufacturing a certain product from the technical information of the process, the product structure, the information on suppliers, the stock of materials, the program of manufacturing and stock of material in progress:

-Describe the general characteristics of product sourcing derived from production management using the "just in time" method.

-To indicate the general characteristics of the systems of coding and traceability of materials and semi-finished products derived from production management by means of the "just in time" method.

-Analyze the differences in sourcing management from traditional techniques, proposing practical examples of application of product sourcing in the "just in time" management model.

-Describe the documentary structure required for provisioning management.

C2: Schedule sourcing of materials for the manufacture of a given product, considering process information, material needs and stocks, and delivery forecasts.

CE2.1 To elaborate, by means of calculations, a calendar of material supply with a horizon of one month from a practical simple production, characterized by technical information of the process, structure of the product, supplier information such as delivery times, minimum batch and economic lot, stock of materials, manufacturing schedule and stock of material in progress.

CE2.2 In a practical storage of raw materials necessary for the manufacture of a given product, from the technical information on the material, characteristics of the space and/or equipment available storage and processing information:

-Determine the transport conditions of the material and the means and procedures for its loading and/or unloading.

-Determine the appropriate storage shape by indicating the humidity and storage temperature conditions, stacking shape, protections, and others.

-Perform a sketch detailing the distribution of the materials and products, taking into account the required storage conditions, the length of time and the ease of access.

-Describe the actions to be performed against the most frequent incidents: Failure in supplies by a supplier, non-compliant departure that is incorporated into the process, oscillating price in the market of some material premium, and others.

CE2.3 Solve practical cases of material sourcing programming for the manufacturing process of a given product, using inventory management and production software.

C3: Schedule production for the manufacture of a given product, considering process information, material needs and stocks, and delivery forecasts.

CE3.1 Identify, describing them, the most relevant production programming techniques for batch manufacturing, in continuous and workshop type.

CE3.2 Explain the practical differences arising from the application of MRP and MRPII production management systems.

CE3.3 Describe the documentary structure required for the management of the supplies.

CE3.4 In a practical scenario of manufacturing a particular product, from process information, product structure, available means and manufacturing plan, establish a production schedule for a week containing:

-Material consumption checks.

-Calendar of machine and material preparation operations required.

-Routes to be followed by each product based on the transformations and processes to be submitted.

-Daily production and storage capacity of inbound products, products in progress, and finished products.

CE3.5 Solve practical cases of product production programming, using inventory management and production software.

C4: Apply method and time analysis techniques, taking into account the technical information of the process.

CE4.1 Describe, analyzing, the basic fundamentals that underpin the main task analysis techniques, methods and times.

CE4.2 In a practical scenario of a stage of the manufacturing process of a given product, from the technical information of the process, technology used and a manufacturing program:

-Identify and describe the jobs required for the development of the described stage.

-Describe the main features of the most significant jobs.

-Describe the fundamental aspects of the task analysis techniques that can be used in the most significant jobs.

CE4.3 In a scenario of manufacturing a particular product that includes several manual operations with machines and/or tools, from a manufacturing plan:

-Calculate the time required for each operation by applying the appropriate analysis techniques in each case.

-Calculate total manufacturing time considering the appropriate tolerance margins.

-Describe the techniques and procedures for control and record of performance at work.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.3 and CE1.4; C2 with respect to CE2.2; C3 with respect to CE3.4; C4 with respect to CE4.2 and CE4.3.

Other capabilities:

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Demonstrate interest in broad knowledge of the organization and its processes.

Communicate effectively with the right people at every moment, respecting the channels established in the organization.

Adapt to organization, organizational and technological changes as well as new situations or contexts.

Sharing information with the work team.

Contents:

1. Management of supplies and warehouses in process industries

Stores: Stock units.

Definition of location structure: location attribution. Release of locations.

Traditional materials management systems: continuous review systems. Periodic review systems.

Material needs planning systems: structure of a material needs planning system.

Organization of a material store.

2. Production programming in process industries. Methods and times of work in process industries

Production plans. Methods: concepts of planning and programming. Production systems. Determination of capabilities and workloads. Time limits for implementation. Commissioning and control. Programming techniques.

The "just in time" system. IT applications for materials management and programming of production and maintenance.

Task analysis methods.

Study of Times.

Default time systems.

Measurement methods of work or activity times and rhythms.

Improving methods in the preparation of machines.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to participation in production programming in process industries, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other top-level vocational training courses.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 4: QUALITY AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT IN PROCESS INDUSTRIES

Level: 3

Code: MF0665_3

Associate with UC: Participate in the elaboration and maintenance of quality and environmental management systems in process industries

Duration: 90 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Determine quality management and improvement systems and environmental management, identifying their core elements from technical information.

CE1.1 Identify and describe the basic elements of a quality management system.

CE1.2 Identify and describe the main differences between quality assurance and total excellence or quality, relating them to quality assurance systems, with the management of total quality and with models of excellence.

CE1.3 Describe document support and document structure for quality management systems.

CE1.4 Describe the basics of different types of quality audits.

CE1.5 Describe the structure of environmental management costs, analyzing the influence of each of them.

C2: Analyze the essential aspects of environmental management systems, identifying their core elements.

CE2.1 Identify and describe basic and general legal requirements in environmental matters.

CE2.2 Describe the basic essential features of environmental infrastructure in different manufacturing sectors.

CE2.3 Identify and describe the basic elements of an environmental management system developed by the current regulations.

CE2.4 Describe the basic aspects of audits of environmental management systems.

CE2.5 Describe the structure of environmental management costs and analyze the influence of each of them.

C3: Determine quality management and improvement systems and environmental management, identifying their core elements and starting with technical information.

CE3.1 In a practical process of manufacturing process, based on the technical product information and the process and the quality objectives of the company:

-Determine basic requirements and general type characteristics of supplies and procedures for their control, such as sampling, test equipment, mode of operation, acceptance or rejection criteria, results and frequency of tests.

-Determine a process control plan by setting:

-The control points and the variables or parameters to be controlled.

-The inspection procedures for each control point, such as the conditions and frequency of sampling, the necessary equipment or inspection instruments, the mode of operation and the recording of the results.

-The responsibility of the acting decisions in each of the most probable cases of deviation from the ideal conditions of manufacture.

-Develop a control results record tab for a given point of inspection.

-Determine the treatments of non-compliant materials and products.

-Determine the mechanisms that ensure the flow of information.

CE3.2 In a practical scenario of a certain stage of the manufacturing process, based on the technical information and the characteristics of the input and output products:

-Identify key quality indicators for the realization of the self-assessment process.

-Define measurement and evaluation proposals for identified quality indicators.

-Define the basic characteristics of the PDCA methodology for continuous improvement and its application to the practical scenario characterized.

C4: Analyze and apply the main tools for quality management, applying the associated techniques.

CE4.1 Identify characteristics that affect quality or solve problems associated with simple practical assumptions, applying techniques such as:

-Problem analysis techniques.

-Cause-effect diagrams.

-Histograms.

-Pareto Analysis.

-Scatter diagrams.

-"Ideas storm".

CE4.2 Solve problems associated with simple practical product prevention and improvement scenarios, applying techniques such as:

-Modal analysis of faults and effects.

-Matrix diagram or "Quality Function Deployment" (QFD).

CE4.3 In a practical material receipt scenario, based on the characteristics of the sampling plan, such as sample size and acceptance criteria, determine acceptance or rejection criteria using the analysis tables and sampling graphs.

CE4.4 Describe operating procedures for the determination of machine and process capacity:

-Sampling procedures.

-Prerequisites.

-Setting tolerances.

-Determination of capacity indexes.

CE4.5 In a practical scenario of determining the capacity of a machine or manufacturing process, from a series of data obtained, the sampling conditions and the tolerances laid down:

-Calculate capacity indexes.

-Represent and interpret the probability line.

-Explain how the setting of tolerances and the focus and adjustment of the machine or process affect their capacity.

CE4.6 In a scenario of obtaining a data list of the measure of a quality feature or a control parameter in the manufacture of a given product:

-Build a control graph by variables, determining their scales and control limits.

-Figure the control values obtained during product manufacturing and identify and analyze potential out of control situations, such as gusts, trends, or out of control points.

-Develop control reports by describing and analyzing the major detected incidents.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C3 complete; C4 with respect to CE4.3, CE4.5, and CE4.6.

Other capabilities:

Take Responsibility for the work that you develop and achieve your goals.

Demonstrate a degree of autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to your activity.

Transfer information clearly, in an orderly, structured, clear and precise manner, respecting the channels established in the organization.

Propose alternatives to improve results.

Demonstrate interest in broad knowledge of the organization and its processes.

Learn new concepts or procedures and effectively leverage training using acquired knowledge

Contents:

1. Quality in process industries. Industrial policy on quality and the environment in process industries

Fundamental concepts about quality.

Quality systems.

Normalization, certification, and approval.

International regulations in place in quality management.

International regulations in force in environmental management.

Quality plans.

Models of excellence.

2. Tools for Quality Management in Process Industries

Factors that identify quality.

Non-conformance prevention and quality improvement techniques.

Statistical control of processes.

Reliability.

3. Quality management in process industries

Planning, organization, and control.

Quality Management System.

Certification of quality systems

Models of Excellence.

Implementation and development of a quality management system: diagnosis of the situation of departure: indicators of quality and self-assessment. Methodology for the elaboration of a quality manual. Methodology for the identification, definition and description of processes and their interrelations. Continuous improvement actions methodology: the PDCA cycle. Audit planning.

Quality training plans: objectives. Training actions. Monitoring and evaluation of a training plan.

Quality costs: quality cost structure. Assessment and procurement of cost data.

4. Environmental management in process industries

Legal regulations in force. Industry examples.

Planning, organization and control of environmental management.

Environmental training plans.

Environmental management system documentation.

Emergency plans.

Tracking, measurement, and corrective actions.

Environmental Management System Audit.

Implementation of an Environmental Management System: Methodology for the elaboration of an environmental manual. Environmental planning and drafting of procedures on audit planning.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the participation in the elaboration and maintenance of quality and environmental management systems in process industries, which will be accredited by one of the two forms following:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other top-level vocational training courses.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

ANNEX VIII

PROFESSIONAL QUALIFICATION: ORGANISATION OF THE MANUFACTURE OF CERAMIC PRODUCTS

Professional Family: Glass and Ceramics

Level: 3

Code: VIC209_3

General Competition

Organize and manage the manufacture of pastes and conformed ceramic products, as well as the management of quality and environmental protection, following the technical instructions given by those responsible for planning and quality of production, ensuring its execution with the required quality, within the time envisaged and in the established safety and environmental conditions.

Competition Units

UC0666_3: Organize and manage the manufacture of ceramic pastes

UC0667_3: Organize and manage the manufacture of conformed ceramic products

UC0668_3: Control the processes of making pastes and conformed ceramic products

UC0664_3: Participate in production programming in process industries

UC0665_3: Participate in the development and maintenance of quality and environmental management systems in process industries

Professional Environment

Professional Scope

Develops its activity in the areas of organization and supervision of the production or management of quality and environmental protection dedicated to the manufacture of ceramic pastes and ceramic products entities of a public or private nature, small, medium, large or micro-sized enterprises, both self-employed and non-employed, irrespective of their legal form. It develops its activity depending on its case, functional and/or hierarchically of a superior. The principles of universal accessibility are applied in the development of professional activity in accordance with the applicable regulations.

Productive Sectors

It is located in the production sector of ceramics, in the subsectors related to the manufacture of pastes in barbotina, plastic masses or atomized powders, and in the subsectors of tile manufacture, structural ceramics, Refractory, ceramic dishware and household goods and decoration, sanitary ware and ceramics for technical use.

Relevant Occupations and Jobs

The terms of the following relationship of occupations and jobs are used with a generic and omnicomprensivo character of women and men.

Technicians in the programming and control of production in ceramic industries

Quality management technicians in ceramic industries

Quality control laboratory technicians in ceramic industries

Technicians in ceramic industries in the area of environmental management

Associated Training (480 hours)

Training Modules

MF0666_3: Organization and management of the manufacture of ceramic pastes (90 hours)

MF0667_3: Organization and management of manufactured ceramic products (150 hours)

MF0668_3: Reliability and control systems in the manufacture of pastes and conformed ceramic products (90 hours)

MF0664_3: Production programming in process industries (60 hours)

MF0665_3: Quality and environmental management in process industries (90 hours)

COMPETITION UNIT 1: ORGANIZE AND MANAGE THE MANUFACTURE OF CERAMIC PASTES

Level: 3

Code: UC0666_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Participate in the organization of the preparation and preparation work of the equipment for the manufacture of ceramic pastes, complying with the applicable regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and protection environmental.

CR 1.1 The necessary elementary operations and their sequence, the materials and technical means, and the values of the process variables are identified, following production programming and process instructions.

CR 1.2 The selection of raw materials, additives and colours for the manufacture of ceramic pastes is carried out in accordance with the product fiche, taking into account their behaviour during the processing processes. which are subjected, such as mixing, homogenization, grinding, unread, atomization, filter-pressing, wetting and kneading.

CR 1.3 The machinery, procedures and technical instructions of the operations for the reception and storage of clays and non-clay raw materials; dosing, mixing and homogenisation; grinding or unread; atomised, wetted or grainy; kneading: film-pressing and colouring are selected in accordance with the procedures laid down and in compliance with the applicable rules.

CR 1.4 The materials, machinery, procedures and technical instructions for the transport, processing, storage and disposal of waste are determined in compliance with the applicable regulations.

CR 1.5 The primary health and safety risks in the work environment, as well as the most appropriate preventive measures to prevent accidents are determined unequivocally.

CR 1.6 Individual protective equipment and safety means are identified by applying care and supervision in each performance.

RP 2: Set up production for the manufacture of ceramic pastes based on the technical information of the process, following the established quality standards and complying with the applicable risk prevention regulations work and environmental protection.

CR 2.1 The material needs, resource consumption and material flow for the manufacture of ceramic pastes are calculated, ensuring production is put in place and complying with the quality standards. set.

CR 2.2 Available resources and assignment of tasks are organized, taking into account the characteristics, knowledge, and skills of the workers, according to the manufacturing program.

CR 2.3 The regulation and programming of complex machines and equipment (transport and automatic dosing systems, mills, deleitors, atomizers, moisturizers and grinders, among others) is monitored according to the established procedures and complying with applicable rules.

CR 2.4 Quality defects, non-conformities of the process and their most probable causes, are identified by allowing their correction or, where appropriate, the minimization of their impact.

CR 2.5 The primary health and safety risks in the work environment are determined by establishing the preventive measures indicated.

CR 2.6 The procedures for the preparation of materials, machines and means of control are necessary, ensuring the conditions of quality, safety and environmental protection indicated.

CR 2.7 The distribution of functions is ordered, allowing the start-up and development of the manufacture of ceramic pastes in the time and the established quality.

RP 3: Generate and manage process information and the production of ceramic pastes to carry out the production of ceramic pastes in accordance with the established standards and following the production and quality plans of the company.

CR 3.1 The information is generated, using it in a way that enables the beginning and development of the manufacture of ceramic pastes.

CR 3.2 Documentary management is established by ensuring the preservation, updating, access and dissemination of production information related to product and process information, performance, efficiency and quality production of the machines and the operating and production manuals.

CR 3.3 The information received and generated is communicated effectively and interactively at all levels.

CR 3.4 The elaborated documentation is in line with the established standards, allowing easy interpretation by the operator and the production managers, respectively.

Professional context:

Production media:

Mineral raw materials and inorganic chemicals with varying degrees of transformation: clays, kaolines, feldspates, silicates, carbonates, quartz, talc, shavings and residues. Colouring agents for pastes. Deflocculants. Machinery and equipment: storage facilities for raw materials: ages, silos and barns. Facilities for the treatment and recycling of sludge. Solid dosing facilities. Desleitors. Crumbles. Ball mills, impact and pendulum mills. Vibrotamices and "thrommels". Gas suction and dust separation installations. Dosing and weighing facilities. Balsas for agitation and storage of barbotinas. Barbobotin's trasegic pumps. Defercurlers. Atomizers, granulators, filter-press, amassadoras, moisturizers. Hot gas generators. Installations of atomised powders. Cogeneration systems. Waste treatment facilities. Computer equipment.

Products and results:

Ceramic pastes with different degrees of finish: moistened powder, granulated, atomized, kneaded, in barbotin and press-press cakes. Regulation and programming of production machines and equipment. Implementation of the production process. Optimization of technical and human resources. Updating and archiving process information. Treatment and/or reuse of manufacturing waste.

Information used or generated:

Program of manufacture, inventory of materials, program of supplies, objectives of manufacture concretized in production, yields, consumption and quality. Technical documentation of supplies. Product and process technical documentation. Quality and environmental management manual. Plans and orders of manufacture. Maintenance plans. Technical information and records of machines and equipment. Parts of control and contingencies. Inventory and warehouse parts. Applicable rules on prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

Selection of procedures and technical instructions. Work orders. Procedures and technical instructions for operation.

COMPETITION UNIT 2: ORGANIZE AND MANAGE THE MANUFACTURING OF CONFORMED CERAMIC PRODUCTS

Level: 3

Code: UC0667_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Participate in the organization of the preparation and development works of the lines for the manufacture of ceramic products, according to the production schedule, the process instructions and complying with the applicable labour and environmental risk prevention rules.

CR 1.1 The necessary elementary operations and their sequence, the materials and technical means, and the values of the process variables are identified, following production programming and process instructions.

CR 1.2 The materials, machines, procedures and technical instructions are selected, allowing to perform the operations of reception and conditioning of pastes, enamels and inks; preparation of moulds, extrusion nozzles and other auxiliary means; conformation and drying; enamelling and decoration; cooking; mechanical treatment and choice and packaging in accordance with the procedures laid down and in compliance with the applicable rules.

CR 1.3 The materials, machines, procedures and technical instructions for the transport, treatment, storage and disposal operations are determined in compliance with the applicable regulations.

CR 1.4 The primary health and safety risks in the work environment, as well as the most appropriate preventive measures to prevent accidents are determined unequivocally.

CR 1.5 Individual protective equipment and safety means are identified by applying care and supervision in each performance.

RP 2: Carry out production for the manufacture of ceramic products, based on the technical information of the process, following the applicable regulations of prevention in occupational risks, protection environmental and quality.

CR 2.1 The calculation of the material needs, resource consumption and material flow is determined in a way that is available to the media for the production of ceramic pastes, following the rules of established quality.

CR 2.2 Available resources and assignment of tasks are organized, taking into account their characteristics, the knowledge and skills of the workers and the manufacturing program.

CR 2.3 The regulation and programming of complex machines and equipment (automatic dosing systems, presses, extruder or automatic casting lines, enamelling and/or automatic decoration equipment, ovens and auxiliary systems, Polishing equipment, cutters and other mechanical treatments, internal transport systems, sorting, packaging and automatic labelling, among others) is monitored in accordance with the procedures laid down and complying with the applicable regulations.

CR 2.4 Quality defects, non-conformities of the process and their most likely causes are identified, allowing their correction or, where appropriate, the minimisation of their impact.

CR 2.5 The primary health and safety risks in the work environment are determined by establishing the preventive measures indicated.

CR 2.6 The procedures for the preparation of materials, machines and means of control are necessary, ensuring the conditions of quality, safety and environmental protection indicated.

CR 2.7 The distribution of functions is ordered, allowing the start-up and development of the manufacture of ceramic products made up in time and the established quality.

RP 3: Generate and manage process information and manufacturing of conformed ceramic products, for the manufacture of the same in accordance with established standards and following the production and quality plans of the company.

CR 3.1 The information is generated, using it in a way that enables the beginning and development of the manufacture of conformed ceramic products.

CR 3.2 Documentary management is established by ensuring the preservation, updating, access and dissemination of production information related to product and process information, performance, efficiency and quality production of the machines and the operating and production manuals.

CR 3.3 The information received and generated is communicated effectively and interactively at all levels.

CR 3.4 The elaborated documentation conforms to the established standards, allowing easy interpretation by the operators and the production managers, respectively.

Professional context:

Production media:

Ceramic pastes, chips, pigments, enamels, engobes, inks and suspensions for the production of decorative effects, decals, cooked ceramic supports, plaster and polymers for the manufacture of casting moulds. Packaging materials. Machines and equipment: amassadoras, extruders, calibration tornos, press-calibration machines, presses, machines and lines of casting, enamelling lines. Equipment for decoration by injection of ink. Dosing and weighing facilities. Flexography and huecogravure workshops. Continuous or discontinuous drying and furnaces. Park of vagonets and transport systems. Mechanical treatment equipment for cooked ceramic products: cutters, polishing machines and bevelers. Automatic selection machines, automatic packers. Environmental protection systems. Waste treatment facilities. Computer equipment.

Products and results:

Ceramic Tiles, bricks, coves, lattice, special pieces and other articles of cooked earth for the construction, enamelled or unglazed. Ceramic toilets. Tableware, household items, and ornaments. Refractory, electrical insulators, abrasives, industrial use parts and ceramic articles for laboratory purposes. Regulation and programming of production machines and equipment. Implementation of the production process. Optimization of technical and human resources. Updating and archiving process information. Treatment and/or reuse of manufacturing waste.

Information used or generated:

Program of manufacture, inventory of materials, program of supplies, objectives of manufacture concretized in production, yields, consumption and quality. Technical documentation of supplies. Product and process technical documentation. Quality and environmental management manual. Plans and orders of manufacture. Maintenance plans. Technical information and records of machines and equipment. Parts of control and contingencies. Inventory and warehouse parts. Applicable rules on prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection. Selection of procedures and technical instructions. Work orders. Procedures and technical instructions for operation

COMPETITION UNIT 3: CONTROL THE PROCESSES OF MAKING PASTES AND CONFORMED CERAMIC PRODUCTS

Level: 3

Code: UC0668_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Monitor the manufacturing processes of ceramic pastes to obtain production under quality and productivity conditions, complying with applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 1.1 Production control procedures and parameters are identified, following production programming and processing instructions.

CR 1.2 The results of the checks carried out in the laboratory on the characteristics of the raw materials for the manufacture of pastes, such as clays, kaolines, carbonates, feldspates, talcos, chamots and dyes, are interpreted by allowing to detect deviations, perform corrective actions, or propose improvement actions.

CR 1.3 The records of the manufacturing process of ceramic pastes and of the control data of the same are interpreted to detect deviations, perform corrective actions or propose improvement actions.

CR 1.4 The process of manufacturing ceramic pastes, is monitored by allowing production to be adjusted to the established forecasts in terms of quality, quantity and time of execution of the works.

CR 1.5 The monitoring and monitoring of the operations of the manufacture of ceramic pastes are carried out in such a way as to permit the knowledge of the operational state of the installations, machines and materials in process, verifying the applicable rules.

CR 1.6 The results of the laboratory controls on the characteristics of the processed pastes, such as plasticity, moisture, granulometric distribution, compactness or cooking behavior, are interpret by allowing deviations to be detected, performing corrective actions, or proposing improvement actions in the process.

CR 1.7 The response to contingencies arising in the course of the work is done by trying to reduce the losses caused by maintaining the security measures.

RP 2: Monitor the process of manufacturing of ceramic products formed to obtain production under the conditions of quality, productivity and safety established, complying with the applicable rules of risk prevention work and environmental protection.

CR 2.1 Production control procedures and parameters are identified, following production programming and processing instructions.

CR 2.2 The laboratory results of the controls, on the characteristics of the pastes and enamels for the manufacture of conformed ceramic products, are interpreted allowing the detection of deviations and making corrective actions or proposing improvement actions.

CR 2.3 The records of the manufacturing process of conformed ceramic products and the control data thereof are interpreted to allow the detection of deviations and to take corrective actions or propose actions improvement.

CR 2.4 The process of manufacturing ceramic pastes, is monitored allowing production to be adjusted to the established forecasts in terms of quality, quantity and time of execution of the works.

CR 2.5 The monitoring and monitoring of the operations of the manufacturing process of ceramic products, are carried out in a way that allows to know the operational state of the installations, machines and materials in process, verifying applicable regulations.

CR 2.6 Laboratory results of controls on the characteristics of manufactured ceramic products, such as dimensional dimensions and stability, porosity, compactness, mechanical properties, resistance to attack chemical or thermal properties are interpreted, allowing detection of deviations and performing corrective actions or proposing improvement performances in the process.

CR 2.7 The response to contingencies arising in the course of the work is done by trying to reduce the losses caused by maintaining the security measures.

RP 3: Determine the requirements for use and the degree of compliance with the applicable regulations for the manufacture of pastes and ceramic products, identifying the procedures and the test plan, optimizing the costs and ensuring occupational and environmental safety.

CR 3.1 The specifications and requirements for the use of conformed ceramic products are identified in compliance with the applicable regulations.

CR 3.2 The tests necessary to assess the degree of compliance with the applicable regulations and/or the quality characteristics required by the customers are clearly determined.

CR 3.3 The test plan is performed by determining human and material procedures and resources for execution and evaluation, optimizing costs.

CR 3.4 The opinion of the tests is carried out taking into account the information on the results and the approval specifications and the requirements for the use of the product.

RP 4: Determine the supply control systems, process variables, and finished products to meet the specific objectives of the quality plan, environmental management and labour security company, providing the necessary means for its development and application.

CR 4.1 The requirements for materials and auxiliary media for manufacturing supply specifications are defined by ensuring the quality of the product.

CR 4.2 The procedures, equipment, and control instructions for the supplies are determined according to your application.

CR 4.3 The control plan for the ceramic products manufacturing process and the product control plan are developed by establishing the verification points and the sampling, control, recording and evaluation procedures.

CR 4.4 Control procedures are performed by specifying the object of the procedure, the elements or materials to be inspected; the sampling conditions, the means and test instruments, the mode of operation; the criteria for assessing the results obtained, how to express them and the qualification of the operational staff who are in control, in compliance with the applicable rules.

CR 4.5 The treatments specified for the non-compliant material are determined by allowing their identification, traceability and, where appropriate, recycled, in accordance with the established instructions.

CR 4.6 The defined control systems are made by ensuring the quality of the supplies, the intermediate products and the finished product, optimizing the technical and human resources.

CR 4.7 The management and organization of the necessary resources are determined by conducting the control tests and inspections.

RP 5: Monitor inspection and testing processes in the laboratory and in the manufacturing plant, to align them with the procedures and standards established by the company's quality and environmental management plans.

CR 5.1 Inspection and test equipment are calibrated and under conditions of use, according to technical instructions.

CR 5.2 The sampling, inspection and testing are carried out in accordance with established technical procedures and instructions.

CR 5.3 Extraordinary sampling and testing is ordered when circumstances require it.

CR 5.4 The maintenance plan for control equipment and instruments is in compliance with the applicable regulations on the prevention of occupational and environmental risks.

RP 6: Generate and manage the information of the processes of monitoring and control of the production of pastes and of ceramic products, to carry out the production according to the production plans and quality of the company.

CR 6.1 The information is generated, using it in a way that allows the monitoring of the manufacture of pastes and conformed ceramic products.

CR 6.2 Documentary management is established by ensuring the conservation, updating, access and dissemination of production information, relating to the advancement, quality and fulfillment of production objectives.

CR 6.3 The documentation used for carrying out the scheduled inspections and tests is kept up to date and available at the established site.

CR 6.4 The information received and generated is communicated effectively and interactively at all levels.

CR 6.5 The elaborated documentation conforms to the established standards, allowing easy interpretation by the operators and the production managers, respectively.

Professional context:

Production media:

Mineral raw materials and inorganic chemicals with varying degrees of transformation: clays, kaolines, feldspates, silicates, carbonates, quartz. Fried in grain, scales, granilla or micronized. Enamels in barbotin, micronized or pelletized. Micronized ceramic pigments. Suspension and organic binders. Ceramic pastes. Ceramic products finished or in process. Machines and equipment: laboratory equipment for control: Laboratory disorders, stoves, precision scales, laboratory tools. Equipment for the preparation of test pieces: presses, extruders, grinders, grinders, screen printing machines, plaster moulds, enamelled skate, spray booth. Equipment for the determination of plasticity, viscosity, compaction, density, thermal expansion, dimensions, particle size, color, mechanical strength, resistance to chemical attack, frost, carbonates content.

Products and results:

Data and reports on manufacturing process records and parameters of manufactured supplies and products. Determination of the reliability of the product. Definition and development of supply control systems and manufacturing process. Determining the reliability of suppliers

Information used or generated:

Production programming. Process instructions. Control programme. Sampling and testing standards and procedures. Technical instructions. Quality manual. Manual of use, maintenance and calibration of equipment and instruments. Applicable rules on prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection. Test results and control inspections of raw materials used in the manufacture of conformed ceramic products. Results of control of process variables in the manufacture of conformed ceramic products. Incident records. Non-conformance files and corrective actions. Updating and archiving process information.

COMPETITION UNIT 4: PARTICIPATE IN PRODUCTION PROGRAMMING IN PROCESS INDUSTRIES

Level: 3

Code: UC0664_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Organize the supply and storage of the materials and auxiliary means to carry out the manufacturing within the time and with the specified quality, complying with the applicable regulations of prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection.

CR 1.1 The needs of materials, auxiliary media, and services are identified in a way that enables the programming of sourcing and manufacturing.

CR 1.2 The program of sourcing of materials, auxiliary means and services is carried out in compliance with the objectives of production and delivery times.

CR 1.3 The materials are stored taking into account their nature and the supplier's recommendations, ensuring their conservation status, accessibility, use of space and optimization of times, as well as the compliance with the applicable rules.

CR 1.4 The warehouse is managed by controlling, at all times, the stock and location of materials and auxiliary media.

CR 1.5 Information about the delivery terms and conditions of supplies is kept up to date, according to the procedure set out.

RP 2: Schedule manufacturing jobs to meet delivery times and quality conditions, according to the instructions of those responsible for planning and considering the technical information of the process, work, production plan and provisioning conditions, optimizing resources and complying with applicable regulations.

CR 2.1 The manufacturing program is made following technical instructions and considering manufacturing needs, stock in the warehouse, supply of supplies, human resources and performance and maintenance of machinery and facilities.

CR 2.2 The manufacturing schedule is established by considering the maintenance plan of the facilities and the machines, complying with the applicable regulations.

CR 2.3 Production execution tasks are assigned based on the human resources, materials, and means available.

CR 2.4 The oral and written instructions concerning the development and execution of manufacturing operations are issued, optimizing the efficiency of the facilities and meeting the quality and safety conditions. set.

RP 3: Manage the information generated in the production process to perform manufacturing according to the company's production plans, transmitting it according to established rules.

CR 3.1 The information and documentation required for manufacturing execution is generated, considering the ease of interpretation by the staff involved.

CR 3.2 Documentation is controlled, ensuring the preservation, updating, access and dissemination of production information and providing for possible deviations, contingencies, and programming readjustments.

CR 3.3 Received and generated information is transmitted efficiently and interactively at all levels.

Professional context:

Production media:

Data processing and text processing means.

Products and results:

Production program. Inventory and warehouse parts. Provisioning program. Storage specifications. Programme of supplies. Organization of technical and human resources. Updating and archiving process information. Production results reports.

Information used or generated:

Manufacturing objectives concretized in production, yields, consumption and quality. Technical documentation of supplies. Product and process technical documentation. Quality and environmental management manual. Maintenance plans. Technical information and records of machines and equipment. Safety and environmental standards. Manufacturing program. Storage procedures. Procedures and technical instructions for operation. Production results reports.

COMPETITION UNIT 5: PARTICIPATE IN THE DEVELOPMENT AND MAINTENANCE OF QUALITY AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS IN PROCESS INDUSTRIES

Level: 3

Code: UC0665_3

Professional realizations and realization criteria:

RP 1: Participate in the definition of the quality plan and in the organization for its development and application, following the established instructions and in accordance with the company's quality policy.

CR 1.1 Participation in the determination and/or definition of activities to manage quality, in determining functional relationships in quality and in the flow, process and organization of information, performs by following the instructions set out and considering the objectives set by the company.

CR 1.2 The motivation for the quality of the whole organization and the achievement of a competitive level in the market, reducing the quality costs and encouraging the process of continuous improvement, is assured by the quality plan defined.

CR 1.3 Participation in the elaboration of the documentary support of the system, in the work instructions or specific processes and in the forms and formats that, once completed, are constituted in the records that evidence the application of the system, is done by following the technical instructions.

CR 1.4 The organisation of the activities of the internal audit or self-assessment process is carried out in accordance with the technical instructions.

CR 1.5 The participation in the activities of the audit and certification process of the quality management system is performed according to the technical instructions.

CR 1.6 The system of application of the quality plan is completed by incorporating proposals for improvement of procedures adjusted to the standards on quality management and the possibilities of the company.

RP 2: Participate in the definition of the environmental management plan and the organization for its development and implementation, following the instructions established and in accordance with the company's environmental policy.

CR 2.1 Participation in the determination and/or definition of the environmental aspects related to the business of the company, the actions for the prevention of risks, the actions of monitoring and measurement of emissions, effluents and residues, the determination of the test and control means, the plan for their maintenance and calibration and in the flow, process and organisation of the information, is carried out in accordance with the technical instructions and objectives set by the company.

CR 2.2 Participation in the elaboration of the documentary support of the system, in the work instructions or specific processes and in the records that evidence the application of the system, is carried out following the instructions techniques.

CR 2.3 The organisation and participation in the activities of the internal audit process of the environmental management system is carried out in accordance with the technical instructions.

CR 2.4 Participation in the activities of the environmental management system audit process is performed in accordance with the technical instructions received.

CR 2.5 The proposed improvement of the procedure is incorporated into the environmental management plan, adapting them to the applicable regulations and the possibilities of the company.

RP 3: Analyze and evaluate system records for quality improvement and environmental management, proposing actions to improve process and product, generating and managing information.

CR 3.1 The numerical, statistical, and/or graphic treatment applies to the data, facilitating the reading and interpretation of the results.

CR 3.2 The quality of the product and the process, the detection of deviations in the established control values, the diagnosis of the causes of the non-conformities or out of control situations and the proposal for improvements quality and environmental management and cost reduction or reduction of effort is assessed by analyzing and interpreting the results.

CR 3.3 The detected deviations are communicated quickly to the one who corresponds to their knowledge.

CR 3.4 The elaborated documentation is in line with the established standards, allowing for the interpretation by the operators and those responsible for quality and environmental management, respectively.

CR 3.5 The information is generated, using it in a way that allows the definition, implementation and development of the company's environmental quality and management plans.

CR 3.6 The involvement of staff in improving quality and environmental management is ensured by establishing a broad flow of information.

CR 3.7 Documentary management is controlled by ensuring the conservation, updating, easy access and dissemination of quality and environmental management information.

Professional context:

Production media:

Data and text processing and transmission and storage and dissemination of information. Quality control software program.

Products and results:

Environmental management plan and organization. Quality plan and organization. Determination of the reliability of the product. Definition and development of supply control systems and manufacturing process. Determination of the reliability of the suppliers. Reports of results and proposals for the improvement of quality and environmental management. Management of quality information and environmental management. Reports on evolution and costs and improvement in quality. Reports of internal and external audits of quality and environment. Reports on review and improvement of quality and environmental management plans.

Information used or generated:

Quality Plan Objectives. Quality management standards. Regulatory technical requirements. Quality requirements demanded by the customer. Product quality, testing and packaging standards, labelling and acceptance. Objectives of the environmental management plan. Applicable rules for environmental management. Applicable regulations on occupational safety and health. Technical sheets of materials. Control data. Quality historical data.

Quality Manual. Environmental Management Manual. General system procedures. Work instructions or specific processes. Control charts. Machine and process capacity graphs. Forms. Manual of procedures and technical instructions for inspection and testing. Requirements and specifications for the supply of materials. Procedures for the treatment of non-compliant material. Reports of control results. Product reliability reports. Product technical documentation: technical, functional, and instructions for use.

TRAINING MODULE 1: ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT OF CERAMIC PASTES MANUFACTURING

Level: 3

Code: MF0666_3

Associate with UC: Organize and manage the manufacture of ceramic pastes

Duration: 90 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Analyze ceramic pastes manufacturing processes by relating the input and output materials, process variables, manufacturing means and operating procedures, with the characteristics and properties of the pastes obtained.

CE1.1 In a practical scenario of making ceramic pastes, from the technical process information:

-Identify the different stages of the manufacturing process by associating them with the input and output products, with the techniques used and with the means used.

-Identify the variables of operation and their influence on the quality of the ceramic paste obtained and on the development of the process.

CE1.2 In a practical case of making ceramic paste, based on technical information and a manufacturing program:

-Perform a process diagram reflecting the sequence of operations and the flow of materials.

-Indicate the different possible techniques for manufacturing operations by selecting the most appropriate ones.

-Indicate the main characteristics of the input and output products for each stage of the process.

-Point out the main variables in the process and estimate their values.

-To deduce the most important technological characteristics of the necessary means of production, such as the type of technology and production.

CE1.3 Identify the raw materials, additives, dyes, materials used in the manufacture of ceramic pastes and the type of paste obtained, by means of the appropriate characteristics, properties and parameters in each case, using the appropriate terminology and units.

CE1.4 Explain the most relevant aspects of storage conditions, transport, and handling of raw materials, additives, dyes, intermediate products and finished products in the manufacture of pastes ceramics.

CE1.5 Interpret the behaviour of raw materials, additives, dyes and intermediate products, in the face of the processing processes to which they are subjected in the manufacture of ceramic pastes, such as mixing, homogenization, grinding, unreading, atomization, filtropressing, wetting and kneading according to the characteristics of the materials and the physical and chemical principles involved in the transformation.

CE1.6 Recognize and describe the main defects associated with the characteristics of the raw materials and additives and the process of making the paste, pointing out the most probable causes and proposing methods for their control and minimization or removal.

CE1.7 In a practical scenario of making ceramic paste, based on the technical information on the means used and the products of entry and exit of a stage of the process of manufacture of ceramic pastes:

-Perform mass and thermal balances.

-Relate by calculations, tables, or graphs the characteristics of the input and/or output products with operation parameters.

C2: Determine the process information required to carry out the manufacture of ceramic pastes, based on the analysis of the technical information of the product and the general manufacturing instructions.

CE2.1 In a practical scenario of a manufacturing program, based on the technical information of a ceramic paste and the available means:

-Make a diagram of your manufacturing process, reflecting the sequence of stages and the input and output product in each.

-Determine the facilities, machines, and equipment that are required for each operation.

-Identify operations and tasks, such as the preparation and regulation of machines and equipment, preparation of materials, driving and control of machines, performing manual and self-maintenance operations, necessary in each process stage.

-Indicate the procedures for performing each operation.

-Indicate the main elements of the installations and equipment subject to review and self-restraint and the criteria for repair or replacement.

CE2.2 In a practical scenario of making a ceramic paste and available media, from a given information:

-Determine the human resources required, the general aspects of their qualification, and the basic training needs in the field of the tasks described.

-Develop a sheet of instructions for a particular operation of the paste manufacturing process, indicating: tasks and movements; tools and tools; control or control parameters; manufacturing times.

-Set the information flow related to the characterized process

CE2.3 Determine, by performing calculations and/or using tables and graphs, process parameters and their tolerances

CE2.4 In a practical scenario for the manufacture of ceramic pastes, from the information of the production process, describe the procedures of documentary management used, as well as the conservation procedures, updating and accessing the process documentation.

C3: Analyze the means necessary for the manufacture of ceramic pastes, relating to the materials used and the products obtained.

CE3.1 In a practical case of manufacture of ceramic pastes, based on the technical information that characterizes a machine or equipment used in the manufacture of ceramic pastes, such as schemes, features or instructions of the manufacturer and the characteristics of the input and output products:

-Describe the sequence of operations required for your tuning and tuning to the working conditions.

-Identify the components and devices of the machine or equipment in the installation plans and drawings, explaining its operation and the consequences of possible failures.

-Describe the mechanisms of regulation and control and relate them to the variables of the process and the characteristics of the paste obtained.

-Determine the procedures for preparing machine materials and control means

-Calculate the operating parameters of the machine or equipment that allow the specified paste to be obtained, with the required quality and optimizing the available resources.

-Indicate the main elements of the installations and equipment under review and self-restraint, the criteria for their repair or replacement and propose a program of first-level self-restraint.

CE3.2 Compare different technologies used for the same manufacturing operation of ceramic pastes, depending on their production capacity and automation, the operating variables, the characteristics of the the entry and exit products and the economic criteria for operation and investment.

CE3.3 Characterizing machines and equipment used in the manufacture of ceramic pastes by means of the precise characteristics, parameters and properties in each case, using the terminology and the units appropriate.

C4: Organize and supervise works of manufacture of ceramic pastes, generating the technical information indicated.

CE4.1 In a practical scenario of manufacturing ceramic pastes in industrial facilities, from a manufacturing program:

-Identify the objectives of the right manufacturing, media, and human resources.

-Develop machine and facility tuning orders.

-Perform the adjustment of process parameters to conditions set on equipment such as mills, amassadoras, extruder, or atomizer.

-Identify the necessary documentation of the machine, equipment, and installation process.

-Make the required reports in the preparation and tuning of machines and installations

CE4.2 In a practical scenario of manufacturing ceramic pastes in industrial facilities:

-Develop the orders for production start-up.

-Identify the process documentation.

-Make the required reports in the production startup

C5: Analyze the procedures for the treatment, disposal or recycling of waste, effluents and industrial emissions, used in the manufacture of ceramic pastes, considering the environmental prevention regulations applicable.

CE5.1 Interpret environmental regulations by applying it to the ceramic pulp manufacturing industries.

CE5.2 Describe the main wastes, effluents and emissions generated in the manufacturing operations of ceramic pastes.

CE5.3 Describe environmental standards for residues, effluents and emissions generated in the manufacture of ceramic pastes.

CE5.4 In a practical scenario of making ceramic pastes, from the technical process information:

-Identify and describe the generated waste.

-Indicate waste treatment techniques.

-Describe the means used for the separation and recycling of waste.

C6: Analyze the necessary safety conditions for the development of ceramic pastes manufacturing processes, considering the applicable regulations.

CE6.1 Identify the risks and level of danger and toxicity involved in handling the various materials, products, tools and equipment used in the manufacture of ceramic pastes.

CE6.2 Interpret the security regulations applicable to the ceramic pulp manufacturing industries.

CE6.3 Analyze the security elements of each machine, equipment and installation, as well as the means of protection and clothing to be used in the most significant processes and operations.

CE6.4 Establish security measures and precautions to be taken based on specific rules or instructions applicable to different operations.

CE6.5 Describe the security conditions in the preparation operations of the machines and equipment, and first-level automation.

CE6.6 In a practical case of manufacture of a certain ceramic paste, known facilities and production equipment:

-Identify the security risks and conditions of installations and machines

-Deduct the risk level of the different jobs, establishing the hazard rates

-Establish necessary means and facilities such as personal protections, machine protections, detectors, or means of extinction, to maintain an adequate level of security.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.1, CE1.2 and CE1.7; C2 with respect to CE2.1 and CE2.2; C3 for CE3.1; full C4; C5 for CE5.4; C6 for CE6.6.

Other capabilities:

Take Responsibility for the work that you develop and achieve your goals.

Demonstrate a degree of autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to your activity.

Transmit information clearly, in an orderly, structured, clear and precise manner.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Demonstrate interest in broad knowledge of the organization and its processes.

Contents:

1. Processes for the manufacture of ceramic pastes. Properties of ceramic pastes and their influence on the development of manufacturing operations and on the properties of the finished product

Raw materials used in the manufacture of ceramic pastes: clays, kaolines and non-plastic raw materials. Ceramic pastes: main characteristics and properties of use. Classification criteria.

Processes for the manufacture of ceramic pastes: manufacturing operations of ceramic pastes. Relationship between products and processes. Disposal in plant of production areas and equipment.

Pasta compositions.

Plasticity.

Reology applied to ceramic materials manufacturing processes.

Ceramic powder properties.

2. Management of operations and processes for the manufacture of ceramic pastes. Information and documentation for the organisation of the production of ceramic pastes

Receiving of clays. Stacking and stacking techniques.

Process operations: homogenization and storage of clays. Dosage. Grinding. Unread. Paste conditioning techniques.

Process Variables.

Machines, equipment, and manufacturing facilities.

Set-up of ceramic pastes manufacturing facilities.

Production startup: sequence of operations.

Identification of security risks and conditions of ceramic paste manufacturing operations.

Mass and energy balance sheets in manufacturing facilities.

Process optimization.

Production information for ceramic pastes.

Organization of information flows in ceramic pastes manufacturing processes.

Documentation. Treatment and file systems of the information.

Processed and information and documentation software file.

3. Defects and non-conformities in ceramic pastes

Non-conformities in the manufacturing processes ceramic pastes.

Defects and non-conformities in ceramic products attributable to pastes: identification of defects, determination of their causes and measures for their correction and prevention: defects attributable to raw materials. Defects attributable to the manufacturing process.

4. Residues, effluents and emissions in the manufacture of ceramic pastes

Environmental regulations applicable to the manufacture of ceramic pastes.

Description and characterization of residues, effluents and emissions in ceramic pulp manufacturing industries.

Equipment and facilities for the treatment of residues, effluents, fumes and other emissions used in the manufacture of ceramic pastes.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Mastery of knowledge and techniques related to the organisation and management of ceramic pastes, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other top-level vocational training courses.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 2: ORGANIZATION AND MANAGEMENT OF MANUFACTURING OF SHAPED CERAMIC PRODUCTS

Level: 3

Code: MF0667_3

Associate with UC: Organize and Manage the Manufacturing of Conformed Ceramic Products

Duration: 150 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Analyze manufacturing processes for conformed ceramic products, relating the input and output materials, process variables, manufacturing means and operating procedures, with the characteristics and properties of the products obtained.

CE1.1 In a practical scenario of manufacturing conformed ceramic products, from the technical process information:

-Identify the different stages of the manufacturing process by associating them with the input and output products, with the techniques used and with the means used.

-Identify the operating variables and their influence on the quality of the shaped ceramic product obtained and on the development of the process.

CE1.2 In a practical scenario of manufacturing a ceramic product, based on technical information and a manufacturing program:

-Perform a process diagram reflecting the sequence of operations and the flow of materials.

-Indicate the different possible techniques for manufacturing operations and select the most appropriate ones.

-Indicate the main characteristics of the input and output products for each stage of the process.

-Point out the main variables in the process and estimate their values.

-To deduce the most important technological characteristics of the necessary means of production as the type of technology and production.

CE1.3 Identify the raw materials, the semi-finished materials, the materials used and the ceramic products obtained, using the appropriate characteristics, properties and parameters in each case, using the terminology and the appropriate units.

CE1.4 Interpreting the behavior of raw materials, pastes, semi-finished products and intermediate products, in the operations of conformation, drying, enamelling, decoration, cooking and mechanical treatments, characteristics of the physical and chemical materials and principles involved in the transformation.

CE1.5 Recognize and describe the main defects associated with the characteristics of the pastes and the enamels used and the process of manufacturing of the ceramic products formed, pointing out the most probable causes and proposing methods for their control and minimization or elimination.

CE1.6 Explain the most relevant aspects of storage conditions, transportation, and handling of raw materials, pastes, semi-finished products and finished products in the manufacture of conformed ceramic products.

CE1.7 In a practical scenario of a stage of the manufacturing process, based on technical information about the means used and the input and output products:

-Perform mass and thermal balances.

-Relate by calculations, tables, or graphs the characteristics of the input and/or output products with operation parameters.

C2: Determine the process information required to perform the manufacture of conformed ceramic products, based on the analysis of the technical information of the product and the general manufacturing instructions.

CE2.1 In a practical scenario of manufacturing a ceramic product, based on the technical information of a ceramic product and a proposal for a manufacturing program:

-Make a diagram of your manufacturing process by reflecting the sequence of stages and the input and output product in each of them.

-Determine the facilities, machines, and equipment that are required for each operation.

-Identify operations and tasks, such as the preparation and regulation of machines and equipment, preparation of materials, driving and control of machines, performing manual and self-maintenance operations required in each process stage.

-Indicate the procedures for performing each operation.

-Indicate the main elements of the installations and equipment subject to review and self-restraint and the criteria for repair or replacement.

CE2.2 In a practical scenario of manufacturing a ceramic product, based on the technical information of a ceramic product and a proposal for a manufacturing program:

-Determine the human resources required, the general aspects of their qualification, and the basic training needs in the field of the tasks described.

-Draw up an instruction sheet for a particular operation of the ceramic product manufacturing process by indicating: tasks and movement, tools and tools, regulatory or control parameters, and manufacturing times.

-Set the flow of information related to the characterized process.

CE2.3 Establish cooking programs for ceramic products based on the technical information on the raw materials used, composition of the paste and enamel, technical characteristics of the final product and the means of available production in each case.

CE2.4 Determine, by performing calculations and/or using tables and graphs, process parameters and their tolerances.

CE2.5 Describe the documentary management procedures used as the procedures for conservation, updating, and access to the process documentation.

C3: Analyze the necessary means in the manufacture of conformed ceramic products, relating to the materials used and the products obtained.

CE3.1 In a practical case of manufacture of conformed ceramic products, from the technical information that characterizes a machine or equipment used, the characteristics or instructions of the manufacturer and the characteristics of the input and output products:

-Describe the sequence of operations required for your tuning and tuning to the working conditions.

-Identify the components and devices of the machine or equipment in the installation plans and drawings, explaining its operation and the consequences of possible failures.

-Describe the mechanisms of regulation and control, relating them to the variables of the process and the characteristics of the ceramic product obtained.

-Calculate the operating parameters of the machine or equipment to enable the specified ceramic product to be obtained with the required quality and by optimizing the available resources.

-Determine the procedures for preparing materials, machines, and control means

-Indicate the main elements of the installations and equipment under review and self-restraint, the criteria for their repair or replacement and propose a program of first-level self-restraint.

CE3.2 Compare different technologies used for the same manufacturing operation of ceramic products, based on their production capacity and automation, the operating variables, the characteristics of the input and output products and the economic criteria for operation and investment.

CE3.3 Characterizing machines and equipment used in manufacturing processes for conformed ceramic products, using the precise characteristics, parameters and properties in each case and using the terminology and the appropriate units.

C4: Organize and monitor manufacturing works for conformed ceramic products, based on technical information.

CE4.1 In a practical scenario of manufacturing ceramic products formed in industrial installations, based on the technical information:

-Identify the objectives of the right manufacturing, media, and human resources.

-Develop machine and facility tuning orders.

-Perform the adjustment of the process parameters to the conditions set in equipment such as presses, extruder, casting facilities, dryers, enamelling and decoration lines, and ovens.

-Identify the necessary documentation of the machine, equipment, and installation process.

-Make the required reports in the preparation and tuning of machines and installations

CE4.2 In a practical scenario of manufacturing ceramic products formed in industrial installations, based on the technical information:

-Develop the orders required for production start-up.

-Identify the documentation of the required process.

-Make the required reports in the production startup

C5: Analyze the procedures for the treatment, disposal or recycling of waste, effluents and industrial emissions used in the manufacturing companies of conformed ceramic products, considering the regulations Applicable environment.

CE5.1 Interpret the environmental regulations applicable to the manufacturing industries of conformed ceramic products.

CE5.2 Describe the main wastes, effluents and emissions generated in the manufacturing operations of conformed ceramic products.

CE5.3 Describe the main environmental standards for residues, effluents and emissions generated in the manufacture of conformed ceramic products.

CE5.4 In a practical scenario of manufacturing conformed ceramic products, from the technical process information:

-Identify and describe the generated waste.

-Indicate the most appropriate waste treatment techniques.

-Describe the main means used for the separation and recycling of waste.

C6: To analyze the necessary safety conditions for the development of the manufacturing processes of conformed ceramic products, considering the regulations of prevention of occupational risks and environmental protection applicable.

CE6.1 Identify the risks and level of danger and toxicity involved in handling the various materials, products, tools and equipment used in the manufacture of conformed ceramic products.

CE6.2 Interpret the security regulations applicable to the manufacturing industries of conformed ceramic products.

CE6.3 Analyze the security elements of each machine, equipment and installation, as well as the means of protection and clothing to be used in the most significant processes and operations.

CE6.4 Establish security measures and precautions to be taken based on specific rules or instructions applicable to different operations.

CE6.5 Describe the security conditions in the preparation operations of the machines and equipment and first-level self-restraint.

CE6.6 In a practical case of manufacturing a certain ceramic product, based on information on production facilities and equipment:

-Identify the security risks and conditions of installations and machines

-Deduct the risk level of the different jobs, establishing the hazard rates

-Order and distribute jobs properly, applying security criteria

-Establish necessary facilities and facilities, such as personal protections, machine protections, detectors, or means of extinction, maintaining an adequate level of security.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.1, CE1.2 and CE1.7; C2 with respect to CE2.1 and CE2.2; C3 for CE3.1; full C4; C5 for CE5.4; C6 for CE6.6.

Other capabilities:

Take Responsibility for the work that you develop and achieve your goals.

Demonstrate a degree of autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to your activity.

Transfer information clearly, in an orderly, structured, clear and precise manner, respecting the channels established in the organization.

Propose alternatives to improve results.

Demonstrate interest in broad knowledge of the organization and its processes.

Learn new concepts or procedures and effectively leverage training using acquired knowledge

Contents:

1. Companies, processes and ceramic products formed. Properties of conformed ceramic products

Conformed ceramic products: main characteristics and properties of use. Classification criteria.

Ceramic processes: manufacturing operations of ceramic products. Basic operations. Relationship between products and processes. Disposal in plant of production areas and equipment. Flow of materials and products.

Permeability.

Porosity/compactness.

Mechanical behavior of conformed ceramic products.

Thermal dilation.

Material behavior in the face of heat action.

2. Management of the operations and manufacturing processes of conformed ceramic products. Defects and non-conformities in ceramic products

Process operations: Ceramic product shaping techniques. Drying of ceramic products. Application of enamels and inks in wet and dry via. Cooking of ceramic products. Mechanical treatments in cooked ceramic products.

Process Variables.

Machines, equipment, and manufacturing facilities.

Systems for the management and control of installations and manufacturing processes for conformed ceramic materials.

Set-up of manufacturing facilities for conformed ceramic products.

Production startup: calculations and sequence of operations.

Identification of security risks and conditions of the manufacturing operations of conformed ceramic products.

Mass and energy balance sheets in manufacturing facilities.

Process optimization.

Non-conformities in manufacturing processes ceramic products.

Defects and non-conformities in ceramic products: identification of defects, determination of their causes and measures for their correction and prevention, defects attributable to raw and semi-finished materials, defects attributable to the manufacturing process.

3. Information and documentation of the organization of the production of conformed ceramic products

Production information for conformed ceramic products.

Organization of information flows in the manufacturing processes of conformed ceramic products.

Documentation. Treatment and file systems of the information.

Processed and information and documentation software file.

4. Residues, effluents and emissions generated in the manufacture of conformed ceramic products.

Environmental regulations applicable to the manufacture of conformed ceramic products.

Description and characterization of residues, effluents and emissions in manufacturing industries of conformed ceramic products.

Equipment and facilities for the treatment of residues, effluents, fumes and other emissions in the manufacturing facilities of conformed ceramic products.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the organisation and management of the manufacture of conformed ceramic products, which shall be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other top-level vocational training courses.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

FORMATIVE MODULE 3: RELIABILITY AND CONTROL SYSTEMS IN THE MANUFACTURE OF PASTES AND SHAPED CERAMIC PRODUCTS

Level: 3

Code: MF0668_3

Associated with UC: Control the processes of making pastes and conformed ceramic products

Duration: 90 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Analyze production control methods and means of manufacture in ceramic pulp manufacturing industries, considering process information and quality requirements.

CE1.1 In a practical scenario of a stage of the manufacture of ceramic pastes, based on the process information and the quality requirements in the product:

-Determine basic requirements and general type characteristics of supplies and procedures for their control, such as sampling, test equipment, mode of operation, acceptance or rejection criteria, results and frequency of tests.

-Develop a control plan indicating the parameters to be checked and the control points, their nominal and tolerances, the frequency of the controls, the necessary equipment or inspection instruments and the documents for your registration.

-To indicate the main defects attributable to the paste that can be presented in the finished products, to point out the most probable causes and to propose ways of solution in the short and/or medium term.

-Describe the main irregular situations that may occur, indicate their most likely causes, and describe the actions that should be followed and the possible preventive actions.

-Explain the impact on production and quality of poor preparation and maintenance of machines and installations.

CE1.2 Analyze data listings of control of a process of manufacturing ceramic pastes, based on the technical information of the process, by means of calculations, tables and/or graphical representations detecting possible deviations of the ideal manufacturing conditions.

C2: Analyze production control methods and manufacturing means in manufacturing industries for conformed ceramic products, considering process information and quality requirements.

CE2.1 In a practical scenario of a process stage of manufacturing ceramic products, based on process information and quality requirements in the product:

-Determine basic requirements and general type characteristics of supplies and procedures for their control, such as sampling, test equipment, mode of operation, acceptance or rejection criteria, results and frequency of tests.

-Develop a control plan indicating the parameters to be checked, their nominal and tolerances, the frequency of the controls, and the documents for their registration.

-Indicate the main defects that can occur in finished products, pointing out the most likely causes and proposing short and/or medium term solutions.

-Describe the main irregular situations that may occur, indicate their most likely causes, and describe the actions that should be followed and the possible preventive actions.

-Explain the impact on production and quality of poor preparation and maintenance of machines and installations.

CE2.2 Analyze data listings for control of a ceramic product manufacturing process, based on the technical information of the process, by means of calculations, tables and/or graphical representations detecting possible deviations of the the ideal manufacturing conditions.

C3: Apply techniques and procedures for the control of raw, semi-finished materials, pastes and ceramic products, considering the process information and the quality requirements.

CE3.1 In a practical scenario of control of raw materials, fried, pigments, enamels or pastes for the manufacture of conformed ceramic products:

-Identify the parameters that must be controlled and relate to the control techniques used.

-Identify equipment, reagents, and materials needed for control.

-Elaborate the orders for the preparation of the required samples, reagents, and equipment

-Schedule the required operations.

-Carry out tests for the control of raw materials, chips, pigments, enamels or pastes for the manufacture of conformed ceramic products.

-Identify and describe the rules for the use, safety and storage of materials and reagents and relate them to their main characteristics of toxicity, stability and packaging.

CE3.2 In a scenario of controlled ceramic product control:

-Identify the parameters that must be controlled and relate to the control techniques used.

-Identify equipment, reagents, and materials needed for control.

-Elaborate the orders for the preparation of the required samples, reagents, and equipment

-Schedule the required operations.

-To characterize the materials and to determine the properties of the products obtained in the manufacture of ceramic pastes, by using equipment and laboratory tools.

-Identify and describe the rules for the use, safety and storage of materials and reagents and relate them to their main characteristics of toxicity, stability and packaging.

CE3.3 Schedule the recording and organization operations of the control data file required in the manufacture of shaped pastes and ceramic products.

C4: Determine the reliability of shaped pastes and ceramic products, in accordance with product regulations, by applying the corresponding test procedures.

CE4.1 Point out for a certain ceramic product the main properties that affect their reliability, the procedures for their assessment and, where applicable, the applicable regulations.

CE4.2 In a practical scenario of determining the reliability of a paste or a conformed ceramic product:

-Identify quality regulations regarding the product.

-Identify the requirements for use or, where applicable, the type-approval of the product.

-Determine the necessary tests to assess the degree of compliance of the identified requirements.

-Operate and, where appropriate, put into place the instruments and equipment necessary for the conduct of the tests.

-Analyze and dictate the results obtained.

-Develop a report that reflects the main aspects of the process, such as requirements, regulations, trials, procedures, results, and opinion.

-Develop a proposal for resolution or improvement of detected problems.

C5: To analyze the security conditions necessary for the development of control operations of raw materials, pastes and ceramic products, considering the regulations for the prevention of occupational risks and applicable environmental protection.

CE5.1 Identify the risks and level of danger and toxicity involved in handling the various materials, products and laboratory equipment used in the control of raw materials, fried, pigments, enamels, pastes and conformed ceramic products.

CE5.2 Interpret the safety regulations applicable to the laboratories for the characterization and control of raw materials and ceramic products.

CE5.3 Analyze the security elements of each lab, equipment and installation, as well as the means of protection and clothing to be used in the most significant processes and operations.

CE5.4 Establish security measures and precautions to be taken based on specific rules or instructions applicable to different operations.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.1; C2 with respect to CE2.1; C3 with respect to CE3.1 and CE3.2; C4 with respect to CE4.2.

Other capabilities:

Take Responsibility for the work that you develop and achieve your goals.

Demonstrate a degree of autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to your activity.

Transfer information clearly, in an orderly, structured, clear and precise manner, respecting the channels established in the organization.

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Demonstrate interest in broad knowledge of the organization and its processes.

Learn new concepts or procedures and effectively leverage training using acquired knowledge

Contents:

1. Control of operations and processes for the manufacture of ceramic pastes and shaped ceramic products

Main parameters to be controlled in the stages of receiving and storing raw and semi-finished materials for the manufacture of conformed ceramic products, forming, drying, enamelling, decoration, cooking and mechanical treatments.

Online controls.

Characterization and control of materials: sampling techniques. Preparation and commissioning of equipment. Test techniques.

2. Product reliability: fried, enamelled, pigments, pastes and shaped ceramic products

Quality regulations for conformed ceramic products: general regulations. Product regulations: employment requirements. Test regulations. Measure and reliability tests.

3. Recording and organizing the control data file for raw materials, pastes and conformed ceramic products

Coding procedures and technical documentation file.

Traceability.

How to store samples.

4. Safety standards in the ceramic laboratory

Reagents and materials used: toxicity and dangerousness.

Precautions to be taken for the handling and storage of reagents and materials.

Identification and prevention of risks arising from control operations of ceramic materials and products.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the control of processes for the manufacture of pastes and conformed ceramic products, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other top-level vocational training courses.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 4: PRODUCTION PROGRAMMING IN PROCESS INDUSTRIES

Level: 3

Code: MF0664_3

Associated with UC: Participate in production programming in process industries

Duration: 60 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Analyze warehouse management and material sourcing techniques, identifying the necessary technical information, objectives, and production characteristics.

CE1.1 Identify and describe the main stock and warehouse management techniques, the information required in each case and the forecasting techniques, indicating their fundamental aspects and valuing their advantages, problems and applications.

CE1.2 Describe the basic principles of product coding and inventory management used in warehouse management.

CE1.3 In a practical scenario of manufacturing a given product, based on the technical information of the process, the product structure, the information on suppliers (delivery times, minimum lot and economic lot, the stock of materials, manufacturing schedule and stock of material in progress):

-Elaborate provisioning calendars by applying sourcing techniques to "order point" and the periodic provisioning model.

-Indicate the general characteristics of the coding and traceability systems of the materials.

-Analyze the differences in provisioning management, proposing practical examples of application of each one.

CE1.4 In a practical scenario of manufacturing a certain product from the technical information of the process, the product structure, the information on suppliers, the stock of materials, the program of manufacturing and stock of material in progress:

-Describe the general characteristics of product sourcing derived from production management using the "just in time" method.

-To indicate the general characteristics of the systems of coding and traceability of materials and semi-finished products derived from production management by means of the "just in time" method.

-Analyze the differences in sourcing management from traditional techniques, proposing practical examples of application of product sourcing in the "just in time" management model.

-Describe the documentary structure required for provisioning management.

C2: Schedule sourcing of materials for the manufacture of a given product, considering process information, material needs and stocks, and delivery forecasts.

CE2.1 To elaborate, by means of calculations, a calendar of material supply with a horizon of one month from a practical simple production, characterized by technical information of the process, structure of the product, supplier information such as delivery times, minimum batch and economic lot, stock of materials, manufacturing schedule and stock of material in progress.

CE2.2 In a practical storage of raw materials necessary for the manufacture of a given product, from the technical information on the material, characteristics of the space and/or equipment available storage and processing information:

-Determine the transport conditions of the material and the means and procedures for its loading and/or unloading.

-Determine the appropriate storage shape by indicating the humidity and storage temperature conditions, stacking shape, protections, and others.

-Perform a sketch detailing the distribution of the materials and products, taking into account the required storage conditions, the length of time and the ease of access.

-Describe the actions to be performed against the most frequent incidents: Failure in supplies by a supplier, non-compliant departure that is incorporated into the process, oscillating price in the market of some material premium, and others.

CE2.3 Solve practical cases of material sourcing programming for the manufacturing process of a given product, using inventory management and production software.

C3: Schedule production for the manufacture of a given product, considering process information, material needs and stocks, and delivery forecasts.

CE3.1 Identify, describing them, the most relevant production programming techniques for batch manufacturing, in continuous and workshop type.

CE3.2 Explain the practical differences arising from the application of MRP and MRPII production management systems.

CE3.3 Describe the documentary structure required for the management of the supplies.

CE3.4 In a practical scenario of manufacturing a particular product, from process information, product structure, available means and manufacturing plan, establish a production schedule for a week containing:

-Material consumption checks.

-Calendar of machine and material preparation operations required.

-Routes to be followed by each product based on the transformations and processes to be submitted.

-Daily production and storage capacity of inbound products, products in progress, and finished products.

CE3.5 Solve practical cases of product production programming, using inventory management and production software.

C4: Apply method and time analysis techniques, taking into account the technical information of the process.

CE4.1 Describe, analyzing, the basic fundamentals that underpin the main task analysis techniques, methods and times.

CE4.2 In a practical scenario of a stage of the manufacturing process of a given product, from the technical information of the process, technology used and a manufacturing program:

-Identify and describe the jobs required for the development of the described stage.

-Describe the main features of the most significant jobs.

-Describe the fundamental aspects of the task analysis techniques that can be used in the most significant jobs.

CE4.3 In a scenario of manufacturing a particular product that includes several manual operations with machines and/or tools, from a manufacturing plan:

-Calculate the time required for each operation by applying the appropriate analysis techniques in each case.

-Calculate total manufacturing time considering the appropriate tolerance margins.

-Describe the techniques and procedures for control and record of performance at work.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C1 with respect to CE1.3 and CE1.4; C2 with respect to CE2.2; C3 with respect to CE3.4; C4 with respect to CE4.2 and CE4.3.

Other capabilities:

Propose alternatives with the aim of improving results.

Demonstrate interest in broad knowledge of the organization and its processes.

Communicate effectively with the right people at every moment, respecting the channels established in the organization.

Adapt to organization, organizational and technological changes as well as new situations or contexts.

Sharing information with the work team.

Contents:

1. Management of supplies and warehouses in process industries

Stores: Stock units.

Definition of location structure: location attribution. Release of locations.

Traditional materials management systems: continuous review systems. Periodic review systems.

Material needs planning systems: structure of a material needs planning system.

Organization of a material store.

2. Production programming in process industries. Methods and times of work in process industries

Production plans. Methods: concepts of planning and programming. Production systems. Determination of capabilities and workloads. Time limits for implementation. Commissioning and control. Programming techniques.

The "just in time" system. IT applications for materials management and programming of production and maintenance.

Task analysis methods.

Study of Times.

Default time systems.

Measurement methods of work or activity times and rhythms.

Improving methods in the preparation of machines.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to participation in production programming in process industries, which will be accredited by one of the following two forms:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other top-level vocational training courses.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.

TRAINING MODULE 5: QUALITY AND ENVIRONMENTAL MANAGEMENT IN PROCESS INDUSTRIES

Level: 3

Code: MF0665_3

Associate with UC: Participate in the elaboration and maintenance of quality and environmental management systems in process industries

Duration: 90 hours

Assessment Capabilities and Criteria:

C1: Determine quality management and improvement systems and environmental management, identifying their core elements from technical information.

CE1.1 Identify and describe the basic elements of a quality management system.

CE1.2 Identify and describe the main differences between quality assurance and total excellence or quality, relating them to quality assurance systems, with the management of total quality and with models of excellence.

CE1.3 Describe document support and document structure for quality management systems.

CE1.4 Describe the basics of different types of quality audits.

CE1.5 Describe the structure of environmental management costs, analyzing the influence of each of them.

C2: Analyze the essential aspects of environmental management systems, identifying their core elements.

CE2.1 Identify and describe basic and general legal requirements in environmental matters.

CE2.2 Describe the basic essential features of environmental infrastructure in different manufacturing sectors.

CE2.3 Identify and describe the basic elements of an environmental management system developed by the current regulations.

CE2.4 Describe the basic aspects of audits of environmental management systems.

CE2.5 Describe the structure of environmental management costs and analyze the influence of each of them.

C3: Determine quality management and improvement systems and environmental management, identifying their core elements and starting with technical information.

CE3.1 In a practical process of manufacturing process, based on the technical product information and the process and the quality objectives of the company:

-Determine basic requirements and general type characteristics of supplies and procedures for their control, such as sampling, test equipment, mode of operation, acceptance or rejection criteria, results and frequency of tests.

-Determine a process control plan by setting:

-The control points and the variables or parameters to be controlled.

-The inspection procedures for each control point, such as the conditions and frequency of sampling, the necessary equipment or inspection instruments, the mode of operation and the recording of the results.

-The responsibility of the acting decisions in each of the most probable cases of deviation from the ideal conditions of manufacture.

-Develop a control results record tab for a given point of inspection.

-Determine the treatments of non-compliant materials and products.

-Determine the mechanisms that ensure the flow of information.

CE3.2 In a practical scenario of a certain stage of the manufacturing process, based on the technical information and the characteristics of the input and output products:

-Identify key quality indicators for the realization of the self-assessment process.

-Define measurement and evaluation proposals for identified quality indicators.

-Define the basic characteristics of the PDCA methodology for continuous improvement and its application to the practical scenario characterized.

C4: Analyze and apply the main tools for quality management, applying the associated techniques.

CE4.1 Identify characteristics that affect quality or solve problems associated with simple practical assumptions, applying techniques such as:

-Problem analysis techniques.

-Cause-effect diagrams.

-Histograms.

-Pareto Analysis.

-Scatter diagrams.

-"Ideas storm".

CE4.2 Solve problems associated with simple practical product prevention and improvement scenarios, applying techniques such as:

-Modal analysis of faults and effects.

-Matrix diagram or "Quality Function Deployment" (QFD).

CE4.3 In a practical material receipt scenario, based on the characteristics of the sampling plan, such as sample size and acceptance criteria, determine acceptance or rejection criteria using the analysis tables and sampling graphs.

CE4.4 Describe operating procedures for the determination of machine and process capacity:

-Sampling procedures.

-Prerequisites.

-Setting tolerances.

-Determination of capacity indexes.

CE4.5 In a practical scenario of determining the capacity of a machine or manufacturing process, from a series of data obtained, the sampling conditions and the tolerances laid down:

-Calculate capacity indexes.

-Represent and interpret the probability line.

-Explain how the setting of tolerances and the focus and adjustment of the machine or process affect their capacity.

CE4.6 In a scenario of obtaining a data list of the measure of a quality feature or a control parameter in the manufacture of a given product:

-Build a control graph by variables, determining their scales and control limits.

-Figure the control values obtained during product manufacturing and identify and analyze potential out of control situations, such as gusts, trends, or out of control points.

-Develop control reports by describing and analyzing the major detected incidents.

Capabilities whose acquisition must be completed in a real work environment:

C3 complete; C4 with respect to CE4.3, CE4.5, and CE4.6.

Other capabilities:

Take Responsibility for the work that you develop and achieve your goals.

Demonstrate a degree of autonomy in the resolution of contingencies related to your activity.

Transfer information clearly, in an orderly, structured, clear and precise manner, respecting the channels established in the organization.

Propose alternatives to improve results.

Demonstrate interest in broad knowledge of the organization and its processes.

Learn new concepts or procedures and effectively leverage training using acquired knowledge

Contents:

1. Quality in process industries. Industrial policy on quality and the environment in process industries

Fundamental concepts about quality.

Quality systems.

Normalization, certification, and approval.

International regulations in place in quality management.

International regulations in force in environmental management.

Quality plans.

Models of excellence.

2. Tools for Quality Management in Process Industries

Factors that identify quality.

Non-conformance prevention and quality improvement techniques.

Statistical control of processes.

Reliability.

3. Quality management in process industries

Planning, organization, and control.

Quality Management System.

Certification of quality systems

Models of Excellence.

Implementation and development of a quality management system: diagnosis of the situation of departure: indicators of quality and self-assessment. Methodology for the elaboration of a quality manual. Methodology for the identification, definition and description of processes and their interrelations. Continuous improvement actions methodology: the PDCA cycle. Audit planning.

Quality training plans: objectives. Training actions. Monitoring and evaluation of a training plan.

Quality costs: quality cost structure. Assessment and procurement of cost data.

4. Environmental management in process industries

Legal regulations in force. Industry examples.

Planning, organization and control of environmental management.

Environmental training plans.

Environmental management system documentation.

Emergency plans.

Tracking, measurement, and corrective actions.

Environmental Management System Audit.

Implementation of an Environmental Management System: Methodology for the elaboration of an environmental manual. Environmental planning and drafting of procedures on audit planning.

Training context parameters:

Spaces and installations:

The spaces and facilities will provide a response, in the form of a classroom, a workshop, a workshop of practices, a laboratory or a singular space, to the training needs, according to the Professional Context established in the Unit Partner competence, taking into account the applicable regulations of the production sector, risk prevention, occupational health, universal accessibility and environmental protection.

Professional profile of trainer or trainer:

1. Domain of knowledge and techniques related to the participation in the elaboration and maintenance of quality and environmental management systems in process industries, which will be accredited by one of the two forms following:

-Level 2 academic training (Spanish Framework of Qualifications for Higher Education), Technical Engineering or other top-level vocational training courses.

-Professional experience of a minimum of 3 years in the field of competencies related to this training module.

2. Accredited pedagogical competence in accordance with what is established by the competent administrations.